Grade10 Quarter4 All-Subjects

SDO MALABON CITY
10
FILIPINO
Napapanahong Alternatibong Tulay sa
Pagkatuto
Ikaapat na Markahan
1
MODYUL 1: BAITANG 10
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 1-3
MGA INAASAHAN
Pagkatapos ng aralin at gawaing ito, inaasahang makamit mo ang
sumusunod na mga kasanayan:
 nasusuri ang pagkakaugnay ng mga pangyayaring napakinggan
tungkol sa kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng El filibusterismo;
 natitiyak ang kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng akda sa pamamagitan
ng pagtukoy sa mga kondisyon sa panahong isinulat ang akda,
pagpapatunay ng pag-iral ng mga kondisyong ito sa kabuuan o
ilang bahagi ng akda, pagtukoy sa layunin ng may-akda sa
pagsulat ng akda;
 naisasalaysay ang magkakaugnay na mga pangyayari sa
pagkakasulat ng El Filibusterismo; at
 nagagamit ang iba-ibang reperensiya/batis ng impormasyon sa
pananaliksik
MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN
Ang El Filibusterismo o Ang Paghahari ng Kasakiman na isinulat ni

Dr. Jose Rizal ay isang akdang pampanitikan na bunga ng kanyang
pagpupunyagi na gisingin ang damdaming makabayan ng mga Pilipino.
Ito ay orihinal na nakasulat sa wikang Kastila at inialay niya sa tatlong
paring martir na kilala sa bansag na Gomburza (Padre Gomez, Burgos,
at Zamora). Nauukol ang mga kabanata sa politikal at panlipunang
pangyayari na maiuugnay sa kasalukuyang kalagayan ng ating bayan.
Nakatutulong ang nobelang ito upang malinaw na maunawaan ang ating
kasaysayan gayondin kung paano harapin at bigyan ng solusyon ang
mga suliraning kinaharap sa akda na itinuturing na kanser ng lipunan.
2
Kaligirang Pangkasaysayan Ng El Filibusterismo
Bago pa man bumalik sa sariling bayan si Jose Rizal noong Oktubre 1887, marami ng
kasawiang dinanas ang kanyang mga kamag-anakan at kaibigan dahil sa pagkakasulat niya ng
Noli Me Tangere. Nang mga panahong yao’y nagdaranas din ng suliranin sa lupa ang mga
magsasaka ng Calamba. Ito ay kanilang inilapit kay Rizal na inihingi naman ng tulong ang
pagdinig sa kaso ng problema sa lupa, napasabay pa sa pagdinig ng kaso ni Rizal ukol sa
pagpapalathala ng tinaguriang “makamandag” na babasahing Noli Me Tangere. Maraming mga
tuligsa at pagbabanta ang tinanggap ni Rizal. Ang kanyang pamilya ay giniyagis din ng
maraming panggigipit.
Sa pagsusulat niya ng kaniyang ikalawang nobela, nagkaroon siya ng iba’t ibang

inspirasyon na hango sa kaniyang mga kinahaharap na isyu sa buhay.
Tuwiran at ‘di-tuwiran, naapektuhan ito ng wala pang anim na buwang pagkamalas niya
ng mga kasamaang ginagawa ng mga pari. Isa na rito ang pagpapahirap ng mga mananakop sa
kaniyang pamilya sa Calamba at pagkuha ng mga ito sa lupain ng kaniyang mga kababayan,
ang pagpapayaman ng mga kastila sa kanilang mga asyenda, pang-aakit sa mga babae,
panggugulo, pagliligpit sa mga kaaway at iba pa.
May tampok ring kuwento ng pag-ibig ang El Filibusterismo na ukol sa pagmamahal ni

Rizal kay Leonor Rivera kung saan hindi pinahintulutan ng mga magulang ng dalaga na
magpakasal sa kanya dahil sa pinaratangan siyang isang erehe ng mga kastila.
Nagkaroon din ng suliranin si Rizal sa paglilimbag ng aklat kabilang ang pananalapi.

Pinahiram siya ng pera ng kaibigang si Valentin Ventura. Noong Marso 29, 1891 ay tuluyang
natapos ni Rizal ang nobela na nailathala noong Setyembre 22, 1891 sa Ghent Belgium at
ipinamigay sa iba’t ibang bahagi ng Hongkong at Europa.
Ang nasabing nobela ay pampolitika na nagpapadama, nagpapahiwatig at nagpapagising

pang lalo sa maalab na hangaring makapagtamo ng tunay na kalayaan at karapatan ng bayan.
Gawain 1
Panuto: Ilahad ang pagkakaiba at pagkakatulad ng dalawang nobela ni
Rizal ayon sa mga sumusunod:
Noli Me Tangere El Filibusterismo

Nilalaman
Mga Tauhan
Mensaheng nais
ipaabot sa mga Pilipino
3
Ngayong nabasa mo na at naunawaan ang kaligirang
pangkasaysayan ng nobelang El Filibusterismo, basahin at unawain mo
naman ang Kabanata 1-3 ng El Filibusterismo. Pagkatapos ay sagutin
mo ang mga gawain sa ibaba.
BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 1: Sa Kubyerta
Kabanata 2: Sa Ilalim ng Kubyerta
Kabanata 3: Mga Alamat
GAWAIN 2
Panuto: Sagutin ang mga tanong.
1. Ilarawan ang Bapor Tabo sa mga sumusunod na aspeto:
a. Anyo/ Hugis
b. Mga Pasahero
2. Paghambingin ang pingkian ng katwiran nina Simoun at Don Custodio
ukol sa pagpapabilis ng paglalakbay ng Bapor Tabo. Sino ang higit
mong pinaniniwalaan? Bakit?
3. Sang-ayon ka ba sa paggamit ng mga bilanggo at sapilitang paggawa
sa pagsasakatuparan ng mga proyektong pambansa ng pamahalaan?
Ipaliwanag ang sagot.
4. Ano ang ibig ipahiwatig ni Rizal sa kabanata na ang mga Indio, Instik,
at Mestiso ay nasa ilalim ng kubyerta samantalang ang nasa itaas tulad
ng mga prayle, opisyal ng pamahalaan at iba pang mga illustrados ay
maginhawa sa kanilang paglalakbay?
5.Sa iyong palagay, sino si Donya Victorina sa ating lipunan ngayon?
6. Ilahad ang pagkakaiba ng mga pasahero sa ilalim ng kubyerta at sa
itaas ng kubyerta.
7. Ano-anong katangian ng mga kabataang Pilipino ang ipinakita nina
Isagani at Basilio? Dapat ba silang maging huwaran? Patunayan.
8. Iugnay ang Alamat ng Malapad na Bato sa kasaysayan ng Pilipinas.
9. Anong katangian ng mga Pilipno ang tinuligsa ni Dr. Jose Rizal sa
katauhan ni Donya Geronima? Paano ito maitutuwid?
10. Sinasang-ayunan mo ba si Simoun sa kanyang puna? Ano ang nais

matuklasan ni Simoun, bakit si Padre Salvi ang hiningan niya ng opinion
kaugnay nito? Bakit tila napatigalgal ang pari sa tanong na ito ni Simoun
sa kanya?
4
PAG-ALAM SA MGA NATUTUHAN
A. Panuto: Paghambingin sa tatlong salik ang tatlong pari bilang mga

lingkod ng Diyos.
Pagganap ng Pakikipagkapwa- Paraan ng

tungkulin tao pamumuhay
Padre
Florentino
Padre Irene
Padre Camorra
B. Panuto: Magtala ng mga napapanahong isyu na maaaring maiugnay

sa mga alamat na nasa teksto.
Alamat Isyung Maiuugnay

Alamat ng Malapad na Bato
Alamat ni Donya Geronima
Alamat ni San Nicolas
MGA SANGGUNIAN:
https://www.panitikan.com.ph/kaligirang-pangkasaysayan-ng-el-filibusterismo-buod
https://filipinotek.wordpress.com/2013/03/29/kasaysayan-ng-el-filibusterismo/
5
Ell Filibusterismo
Kabanata 4-10
MGA INAASAHAN

 natutukoy ang papel na ginagampanan ng mga tauhan sa akda sa
pamamagitan ng pagtunton sa mga pangyayari, pagtukoy sa mga
tunggaliang naganap, pagtiyak sa tagpuan, pagtukoy sa wakas;
 naibabahagi ang ginawang pagsusuri sa napakinggang buod ng
binasang akda batay sa katangian ng mga tauhan,
pagkamakatotohanan ng mga pangyayari, tunggalian sa bawat
kabanata naisasalaysay nang masining at may damdamin ang
isinulat na maikling kuwento; at
 natatalakay ang mga kaisipang ito: kabuluhan ng edukasyon,
pamamalakad sa pamahalaan, pagmamahal sa Diyos, bayan,
pamilya, kapwa-tao, kabayanihan, karuwagan, paggamit ng
kapangyarihan, kapangyarihan ng salapi, kalupitan at
pagsasamantala sa kapwa, kahirapan, karapatang pantao,
paglilibang, kawanggawa, paninindigan sa sariling prinsipyo at iba
pa.

Sa bahaging ito ng ating aralin, tiyak kong maiuugnay mo ang
iyong sarili sa bawat pangyayaring magaganap sa bawat kabanata.
Halina at tunghayan natin ang mga kabanatang nagpapakita ng mga
karanasang naranasan ng ating pambansang bayani.
Upang higit na maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

kabanata, basahin at unawain mo naman ang Kabanata 4-10 ng El
Filibusterismo. Pagkatapos ay sagutin mo ang mga gawain sa ibaba.
BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 4: Si Kabesang Tales
Kabanata 5: Ang Noche Buena ng Isang Kutsero
Kabanata 6: Si Basilio
6
Kabanata 7: Si Simoun
Kabanata 8: Maligayang Pasko
Kabanata 9: Ang mga Pilato
Kabanata 10: Kayamanan at Karalitaan
GAWAIN 1: Himayin Natin

Panuto: Isalaysay ang mahahalagang pangyayari sa buhay ni Kabesang
tales sa paraang dugtungan ng mga sanhi at bunga.
Simulan dito:
Sanhi: Nakakita si Telesforo nang masukal na bahagi ng kagubatan sa

labas ng bayan na sa palagay niya ay walang nagmamay-ari
Bunga:
Sanhi:
Bunga:
Sanhi:
Bunga:
Sanhi:
Bunga:
GAWAIN 2: Sagutin Natin

1. Ilahad ang dahilan ng pagkabalam ni Basilio patungo sa bahay ni
Kapitan Tiyago.
2. Ilarawan ang prusisyong nasaksihan nina Basilio at Sinong.
3. Ano ang motibo ni Kapitan Basilio sa pagbabayad ng kukuning alahas
ng alperes at ng kura? Nangyayari pa rin ba ito sa kasalukuyang
panahon? Maglahad ng katibayan.
7
4. Ano ang sadya ni Basilio sa kagubatan sa bisperas ng Pasko? Bakit
palihim at maingat ang pagtalunton niya sa kagubatan?
5. Bakit pumayag si Kapitan Tiyago na Medisina ang kursong kunin ni
Basilio gayong mas nais nito ang abogasya?
6. Ilahad ang mga hiwagang nakapaloob sa pagkatao ni Simoun sa
natuklasan ni Basilio sa kabanata 7.
7. Kung ikaw si Basilio ano ang iyong gagawin matapos matuklasan ang
lihim ni Simoun?
8. Ano-anong tradisyon ng mga Pilipino noon sa pagdiriwang ng Pasko?
Ginagawa pa rin ba ito sa kasalukuyan? Paghambingin.
9. Bakit napipi si Tandang Selo? Posible ba itong mangyari? Suportahan
ang sagot ng mga kaalamang medikal at sikolohikal.
10. Bakit pinababasa ni Hermana Penchang kay Huli ang aklat na
“Tandang Basyong Makunat”? Tama ba ang ginagawa niya? Kung ikaw
si Huli susundin mo ba si Hermana Penchang? Bakit?
11. Ano ang naging resulta ng ipinaglalaban ni Kabesang Tales?
Makatarungan ba para sa kanya ang nangyari?
12. Paano hinarap ni Kabesang Tales ang lahat ng pangyayari sa
kanyang pamilya?
13. Tama ba ang ginawa ni Kabesang Tales na ilagay ang batas sa
kanyang kamay? Kung ikaw ay naging saksi sa kanyang mga
paghihirap, anong tulong ang maibibigay mo sa kanya?
GAWAIN 1:
Sumulat ng isang sanaysay ukol sa paksang “Ang Pamilyang Pilipino
Noon at Ngayon”.
GAWAIN 2:
Gumawa ng isang tulang pampamilya. Gawin itong malikhain at
makulay. Lagyan ng angkop na pamagat at dibuho ang ginawang tula.
8
GAWAIN 3
Panuto: Ihanay ang mga kaisipan nina Simoun at Basilio sa mga isyung
panlipunang kanilang pinag-usapan at suriin ang mga ito sa ganitong
pormat.
Pahayag Nagsabi Kahulugan Kaugnayan sa

Kasalukuyan
9
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 11-15
MGA INAASAHAN
 naisasaad ang pagkamakatotohanan ng akda sa pamamagitan
ng pag-ugnay ng ilang pangyayari sa kasalukuyan;
 nagagamit ang angkop at masining na paglalarawan ng tao,
pangyayari at damdamin; at
 nailalarawan ang mga tauhan at pangyayari sa tulong ng mga
pang-uring umaakit sa imahinasyon at mga pandama.
Nakapahalagang gampanin ang kinakaharap ng mga pinuno ng

isang bansa. Sila ang pinagkakatiwalaan at inaasahang mangangalaga
sa kabutihan ng mga mamamayan. Sila rin ang inaasahang tutugon sa
pangunahing pangangailangan ng bansa upang makamit ang
kapayapaan at kaunlaran. Kaya’t nararapat na mag-ingat ang mga
mamamayan sa pagpili ng magiging pinuno, gayondin naman ang
pinuno ay kinakailangang manatiling tapat sa kanyang sinumpaang
tungkulin.
Samantala, guro ang pinakamahalagang katuwang sa paghubog
at pagbabago ng isang mag-aaral. Kung ang doktor ay nagliligtas ng
buhay, ang guro naman ang umaakay sa tamang landas ng buhay
“Ang Kabataan ang Pag-asa ng Bayan”. Ito ay kasabihang
naglalahad ng katotohanang hindi maisasantabi ang tinig at matayog na
kaisipan ng mga kabataan. Dapat lamang na ang mga kabataan ay
hinuhubog sa pagtugon ng mga pangangailangan ng lipunan at bansang
kinabibilanagan. Sila ang susunod na henerasyonng mamumuno sa
ikabubuti at ikauunlad ng isang bansa upang ang mga nakalipas na
pagkakamali at hindi magagandang nakaraan sa kasaysayan ay
maituwid at hindi na maranasan.
10
Habang bata pa ang isang tao, mahalagang mahubog sa kanya
ang magagandang saloobin at kaasalan upang maging patnubay niya ito
sa kanyang paglaki. Kahit mag-isa siyang tumahak sa buhay ay may
dadalhin siyang tapang na magiging kahulugan niya sa panahon ng
kabiguan at pagsubok, katulad ng kawayang hinuhutok habang bata pa
upang paglaki’y ‘di mahirapang humarap gaanuman kalakas ang ihip ng
hangin.

BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 11: Los Baños
Kabanata 12: Placido Penitente
Kabanata 13: Ang Klase sa Pisika
Kabanata 14: Sa Bahay ng mga Mag-aaral
Kabanata 15: Si Ginoong Pasta
GAWAIN 1
Panuto: Ibigay ang kahulugan ng mga salitang may salungguhit sa
pangungusap. Ayusin ang mga titik upang mabuo ang sagot. Isulat ang
sagot sa sagutang-papel
UMNDITI 1. Umigting ang pagpapatupad ng gunban tuwing

sasapit ang eleksiyon.
TNAALDAANK 2. Dinapuan ng insekto ang natirang pagkain dahil

nakatiwangwang ito.
NTTNLUIAU 3. Sinalungat ng mga nasasakdal ang bintang ng

kabilang panig.
IIILPGN 4. Nabinbin ang kanilang paglipat sa bagong tahanan

dahil sa mga kulang na papeles.
KNGUMHAI 5. Ang panukalang K to 12 ay nagkaroon na ng

katuparan upang tumaas daw ang antas ng
edukasyon.
11
GAWAIN 2:
Panuto: Sagutin ang mga sumusunod na tanong.
1. Ano ang dahilan ng dalawang kura at nagpapatalo sila sa sugal sa

Kapitan Heneral?
2. Sino si Placido Penitente? Iugnay ang kanyang pangalan sa kanyang
pagkatao.
3.Ilarawan ang namamayaning kalakaran sa edukasyon sa panahon ng
Kastila at ihambing sa kasalukuyan.
4. Angkop ba ang kakayahan at kasanayang ipinapakita ng guro sa
kabanata? Magbigay ng mga patunay. Paano ito nakakaapekto sa mga
mag-aaral?
5. Ano-anong magagandang katangiang dapat tularan ng kasalukuyang
kabataan ang ipinakita ng mga tauhang kabataan sa kabanata?
6. Kung ikaw ay isa sa mga mag-aaral sa kabanata, sasang-ayon ka rin
ba na magkaroon ng Akademya ng Wikang Kastila? Pangatwiranan.
7. Sa kasalukuyan, Ingles ang namamayaning wika kaya’t hinihikayat ng
pamahalaang patatagin, palakasin at paunlarin ang paggamit ng Ingles
sa akademya. Naniniwala ka bang higit na mapabubuti ang mga mag-
aaral at maaayos ang sistema ng edukasyon kung wikang dayuhan ang
gagamitin sa halip na wikang pambansa? Pangatwiranan.
8. Paano mo matutulungan ang bansa sa pagpapaunlad ng ating wika?
9. Sino si Ginoong Pasta? Gaano kahalaga ang paninindigan ng
abogado ukol sa usapin ng Akademya ng Wikang Kastila?
10. Ano-anong hakbang ang ginawa ni G. Pasta sa pagpapasya ukol sa
usapin?
11. Bakit hindi sang-ayon si G. Pasta sa Akademya ng Wikang Kastila
gayong hindi pa naman niya naririnig ang panig nina Isagani?
12. Ibigay ang mga kahinaan at kalakasan sa pagkatao ni G. Pasta.
12
GAWAIN 1:
Panuto: Isa-isahin ang mga suliraning panlipunang hinaharap ng
Kapitan Heneral at ang lahat ng kanyang mga kasamang kura at pinuno.
Paano nila ito nilutas? Gawin sa paraang review map.
Mga Dahilan sa Hindi Isyu Mga Dahilan ng

Pagsang-ayon Pagsang-ayon
1. Pagdadala ng
armas de salon
2. Gawing paaralan
ang sabungan
3. Ang guro sa Tiani
4. Akademya ng
Wikang Kastila
5. Pagpunta ni Huli
Mga Konklusyon
GAWAIN 2
Panuto: Bilang Pilipino at nasa hustong gulang na, nakikita mo bang
natutugunan ng pamahalaan ang pangangailangan ng mga
mamamayan? Paano mo ba gustong sagutin o tulungan ng pamahalaan
ang kanyang nasasakupan? Isulat ang iyong kasagutan sa wave.
Mga paraan kung paano dapat tulungan ng pamahalaan ang kanyang nasasakupan.
1. __________________________________________________________________
2.___________________________________________________________________
3. ___________________________________________________________________
4.___________________________________________________________________
4.___________________________________________________________________
5.____________________________________________________________________
13
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 16-20
“Ang taong nagigipit kahit sa patalim ay kumakapit.” Ito ay

kasabihang madalas nating naririnig mula sa mga taong nahaharap sa
matinding pagsubok ng buhay. Ipinapakikita nito ang katibayan o
kahinaan ng isang tao. Gaano man kabigat ang pagsubok, huwag nating
kaliligtaang ang matibay na pananampalataya sa Diyos ang tanging
makatutulong sa atin upang matighaw ang anomang kagipitang ating
nararanasan.
Ang bawat nilikha ay pinagkalooban ng talino at kakayahang

nararapat tuklasin at linangin upang ibahagi sa kapwa at gamitin sa
pagpapaunlad hindi lamang sa pansariling kapakanan kundi maging sa
liping kinabibilangan. Sa ganitong paraan, maibabalik natin ang papuri
sa Panginoon sa pinagkaloob niyang regalo sa atin.
Madalas na nakakaapekto ang nararamdaman natin sa

ginagawang pagpapasya kaya kung tayo ay may galit o hinanakit ay
hindi nagiging maganda ang bunga ng pagbuo natin ng desisyon.
Nararapat na isantabi ang personal na emosyon upang maging matuwid
ang ating desisyon. Isiping mabuti ang maaaring ibunga nito hindi
lamang sa sarili kundi sa mga taong nasa kanyang paligid. Sabi nga,
mabuti na ang hinay-hinay ngunit sigurado naman sa kinahihinatnan
kaysa sa mabilis na pabugsu-bugso ngunit walang patutunguhan. Ang
salita ay pumupukaw sa ating mga puso ngunit ang mabuting gawa ay
nakapagpapabago ng ating mga puso sa kapwa. Upang maging
mabuting ehemplo tayo sa kapwa lalo na sa mga bata, dapat tayong
maging maingat sa ating mga kinikilos.
Upang mas maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

14
BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 16: Ang Mga Kapighatian Ng Isang Intsik
Kabanata 17: Ang Perya sa Quiapo
Kabanata 18: Mga Kadayaan
Kabanata 19: Ang Mitsa
Kabanata 20: Ang Nagpapalagay
GAWAIN 1: Paghambingin ang paraan ng kalakalan noon sa

kasalukuyan.
KALAKALAN
NOON NGAYON

1. Sino si Quiroga? Bakit siya naghanda ng isang salusalo?
2. Ano-ano ang ginawa ni Quiroga upang makumbinsi ang mga
panauhin sa kanyang hangarin? Nagtagumpay ba siya? Nangyayari pa
rin ba ito sa kasalukuyan?
3. Paano nakumbinsi ni Simoun si Quiroga sa kanyang plano? Kung
ikaw si Quiroga ano ang iyong gagawin?
4. Ano ang pagkakaiba ng perya sa panahon ng Kastila sa mga perya
sa kasalukuyan?
15
5. Sino si Mr. Leeds? May kaugnayan ba si Simoun sa kanya?
Magbigay ng mga katibayan.
6. Paghambingin ang buhay nina Imuthis at Crisostomo Ibarra sa
ganitong paraan.
7. Kung ikaw ang ina ni Placido, ano ang maibibigay mong payo sa
kanya?
8. Ano-ano ang natuklasan ni Placido sa pagsama kay Simoun?
9. Suriin ang layunin ng paghihimagsik ng pangkat nina Simoun. Sang-
ayon ka ba sa kanilang ipinaglalaban? Bakit?
10. Nagtaka ang ina ni Placido sa inasal ng binata, may kinalaman kaya
ito sa plano ni Simoun? Ipaliwanag ang sagot.
11. Ano ang pagtingin ni Don Custodio sa mga Pilipino? Sang-ayon ka
ba rito? Bakit?
12. Bakit ipinagkatiwala kay Don Custodio ang pagpapasya ukol sa
Akademya ng Wikang Kastila?
13. Ipaliwanag kung bakit ipinalalagay ni Don Custodio na siya ay
magaling.
14. Bakit bantulot si Don Custodio ukol sa usapin ng Akademya ng
Wikang Kastila?
15. Sa kasalukuyan, mayroon bang opisyal ng gobyerno na nakaupo
kahit walang kakayahan?
GAWAIN 1. Paghambingin ang buhay nina Imuthis at Crisostomo Ibarra

sa ganitong paraan.
IMUTHIS IBARRA
16
GAWAIN 2
Panuto: Isulat sa sagutang papel kung TAMA o MALI ang mga
sumusunod na pahayag.
1. Si Quiroga ang nagbigay ng salusalo sa mga makapangyarihan at

mayayaman.
2.Ang hangad ni Quiroga ay magkaroon ng Konsulado ang kanyang
bansa sa Pilipinas.
3.Si Mister Leeds na may-ari ng perya sa Qiapo ay isang mestisong
Kastila.
4.Ang halaga ng bawat isang pulseras ay dalawang libong piso.
5.Ang nagsasalitang mahiwagang pugot na ulo sa perya ay si Imuthis.
6.Nagbalik si Imuthis upang maghiganti.
7. Ayaw nang mag-aral ni Placido sapagkat tutungo na siyang
Hongkong.
8.Napaaga ang desisyon ni Simoun sa binabalak na paghihimagsik
sapagkat handang-handa na ang arrabal.
9. Ang kasikatan sa Madrid ni Don Custodio ay nakarating sa Maynila at
nailathala sa mga pahayagan.
10. Isang oportunista si Don Custodio.
17
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 21-25
Ang mga Pilipino’y sadyang mahilig manood, mapa-telebisyon o

mapa-pelikula, ito ang pangunahing libangan natin. Sa panonood, hindi
lamang kasiyahan ang dapat isinasaalang-alang kundi lalo’t higit ang
kaalamang matututunan mula rito. May mabuting impluwensiya sa ating
pamumuhay at magbibigay-kamulatan sa nangyayari sa lipunan upang
makatugon sa pagbabagong hinihingi ng panahon.
Taglay ng mga Pilipino ang kagandahang asal na marunong

magpasalamat sa mga taong nakatulong at laging nakahandang
dumamay lalo na sa panahon ng kagipitan. Ang ugali at asal ay katulad
din ng isang sanggol na kinakailangang pangalagaan, arugain at
pagyamanin upang lumaking mabuting tao. Ang asal at pag-uugali ay
bahagi ng karunungan at pagpipigil sa negatibong damdamin ng tao
upang hindi makapanakit, sa halip ay makabuo ng pakikipag-kapwa tao.

BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 21: Mga Ayos-Maynila
Kabanata 22: Ang Palabas
Kabanata 23: Isang Bangkay
Kabanata 24: Mga Pangarap
Kabanata 25: Tawanan at Iyakan

1. Bakit maraming gustong makapanood ng palabas?
2. Suriin ang dalawang uri ng mga manonood sa Maynila.
3. Ano ang kapasyahan ni Don Custodio? Pabor ba ito sa mga
estudyante? Bakit?
18
4. Paano ipagdiriwang ng mga estudyante ang pagkakapanalo nila?
5. Sino-sino ang dumalo sa piging? Ano ang layunin nito?
6. Ilahad ang damdaming namayani sa mga binatang nagtipon sa
bulwagan ng Pansiterya Macanista de Buen Gusto sa pagtutumbas ng
mga ihinaing pagkain sa kanila.
a. panukalang sopas- Don Custodio
b. Tortang alimango- mga Prayle
c. Lumpyang Intsik- Padre Irene
d. Pansit Guisado - pamahalaan at bayan
7. Bigyang-puna ang mga estudyante sa idinaraos na piging.
8. Patunayan ang impluwensya ng mga prayle sa buhay ng mga
Pilipino.
GAWAIN 2: Magsaliksik ukol sa kasalukuyang Maynila sa mga

sumusunod na tala:
a. Ang Maynila bilang kapital ng Pilipinas
b. Ang mga mamamayan nito
c. Mga makasaysayang lugar
d. Mga parke o pasyalan
e. Mga serbisyong ibinibigay
GAWAIN 3: Talakayin ang pagbabagong naganap o ebolusyon ng mga

sumusunod na libangan ng mga Pilipino.
a. Teatro/tanghalan
b. Telebisyon
c. Sinehan
d. VCD/DVD/cable networking
e. Multimedia at iba pa
A. Sagutin ang mga tanong.

1. Dapat bang makisangkot ang mga kabataan sa usaping politikal ng
bansa? Ipaliwanag.
2. Ano ang mahalagang gampanin ng mga kabataan sa pagbabago ng
bansa?
19
3. Bilang kabataan, paano mo maipagtatanggol ang iyong sarili?
Sumulat ng mga hakbang o paraan ukol dito.
B. Paghambingin ang mga kabataan noon sa mga kabataan sa

kasalukuyan gamit ang mga sumusunod na aspeto.
Aspeto Kabataan Noon Kabataan Ngayon
Ideolohiyang Politikal
Pananaw sa Pag-ibig
Pag-ibig sa Bayan
20
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 26-30
SUBUKIN NATIN
Panuto: Nanonood, nagbabasa o nakikinig ka ba ng mga balita hinggil

sa mga napapanahong isyung panlipunan? Ano ang prediksyon mo sa
mga maaaring mangyari at magiging epekto nito sa mga mamamayan at
bansa. Ilahad ang sagot sa loob ng scroll.
Madaling magbitiw ng mga salita, ngunit higit na mahalaga ang

paninindigan sa mga salitang binitawan. Bawat salita ay karangalan at
pagkatao ang nakasalalay kaya’t ibayong pag-iingat ang gawin upang
hindi makasakit ng kapwa at upang hindi mapahamak.
Ang mapanuring mamamayan ay masusing pinag-aaralan ang

nangyayari sa kanyang paligid. Ibinabatay niya sa konkretong
pinagmulan ng pangyayari at hindi ayon lamang sa sabi-sabi o haka-
haka ng iba.
21
Tayong lahat ay may ugnayan sa isa’t-isa. Anoman ang ginawa
nating sa ating kapwa ay nagpapakita kung paano tayo naglilingkod sa
Diyos.
Lahat tayo ay pawang mga bisita lamang sa daigdig na ito.

Darating sa bawat isa sa atin ang kamatayan ayon sa itinakda ng ating
Lumikha. Hindi natin ito dapat ikalungkot, sa halip ay dapat natin itong
paghandaann upang sa muling pagharap natin sa Kanya ay maging
kalugod-lugod tayo.
Ang Pilipinas ay isang bansang may mataas na pagpapahalaga sa

moralidad. Isa sa pinahahalagahan nito ay ang kapurihan ng mga
kababaihan. Maingat ang mga Pilipina sa kanilang sarili at lubos ang
pangangalaga sa kanilang kapurihan na inaaring katumbas ng
karangalan at pagkatao. Mataas ang paggalang at pagkilala sa mga
Pilipina dahil sa kabila ng makabagong pananaw, nananatili ang
paniniwala sa kadalisayan ng kapurihan.

BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 26: Mga Paskin
Kabanata 27: Ang Prayle at Ang Pilipino
Kabanata 28: Mga Katatakutan
Kabanata 29: Mga Huling Salita Ukol Kay Kapitan Tiyago
Kabanata 30: Si Huli

1. Paano hinarap ng mga pinaghihinalaang estudyante ang mga
kaguluhan sa unibersidad? Anong pagkatao ng kabataan sa kabanata
ang ipinapakita rito?
2. Makatarungan bang hulihin si Basilio? Kung ikaw si Basilio ano ang
iyong gagawin?
3. Sino-sino ang tunay na may paninindigan sa mga pinuno ng bayan?
Bakit? Magbigay ng mga katibayan.
4. Sino si Padre Fernandez kay Isagani? Ang binata sa pari?
22
5. Ano-ano ang kinatatakutan ng mga mamamayan sa kabanata? Ilahad
ang mga naging epekto ng mga ito?
6. May kinalaman ba si Padre Irene sa maagang pagkamatay ni Kapitan
Tiyago? Patunayan.
7. Anong uri ng mamamahayag si Ben Zayb? Bakit mo nasabi?
8. Sa kasalukuyan, ano-anong pangyayari sa bansa ang
maihahalintulad sa mga pangyayaring inilahad sa kabanata?
9. Paano ginampanan ni Padre Irene ang mga tagubilin ng namatay?
a. mga pamamanahan
b. kasuotan
c. paraan ng paglilibing
10. Ano-anong magagandang kaugaliang Pilipino ang ipinakita sa
kabanatang ito? Ang mga gawi na dapat iwasan kundi man maiwaksi?
11. Ano-anong hakbang ang ginawa ni Huli para sa ikalalaya ni Basilio?
Nagtagumpay ba siya?
12. Bakit bantulot si Huli sa paghingi ng tulong kay Padre Camorra?
Ano-ano ang kanyang naiisip? May dapat ba siyang ipangamba?
13. Paano hinimok ni Hermana Bali si Huli na dumulog kay Padre
Camorra?
14. Ilahad ang naging bunga ng pagpunta nina Hermana Bali at Huli sa
kumbento.
15. Kung ikaw si Huli ano ang iyong gagawin upang matulungan mo ang
iyong kasintahan?
TANDAAN
Mga Tulong Sa Pag-aaral
1. Si Basilio ay isa nang nagsasanay sa panggagamot sa ospital.
2. Noon ay walang titulong Doktor ang mga Pilipinong nagtatapos ng
medisina. Licienciatura lamang ang pinagkaloob. Ngunit sila’y
nakapanggagamot din.
3. Pinakaiiwasan ni Basilio ang pagkasangkot sa politika dahil sa
kanyang mga karanasan noong bata pa siya. Ngunit ngayo’y hindi na
naiwasan ang pagkasangkot.
23
A. Panuto: Punan ng sagot ang talahanayan tungkol sa lumalaganap na

mga FAKE NEWS o maling balita sa bansa ngayon.
EPEKTO ng Fake News

TAO BANSA
B. Magsagawa ng paghahambing sa mga kababaihan ng Pilipinas sa

mga kababaihan ng Asya (2-3 nasyonalidad)
24
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 31-35
SUBUKIN NATIN
A. Panuto: Tingnan ang brainstorming worksheet sa gawain sa ibaba.

Sa unang kolum, makikita ang mga titik ng salitang PINUNO. Sa
ikalawang kolum, isulat ang salitang nagsisimula sa nasabing titik na
naglalarawan sa isang mabuting pinuno.
P
I
N
U
N
O
B. Panuto: Bumuo ng pangungusap hinggil sa nabuong mga

paglalarawan sa mabuting pinuno.
Kaakibat na ang papgpapasiya sa ating pang-araw-araw na

pamumuhay. Lahat ng bagay o kilos ay dapat na maingat na
isinasagawa upang hindi mapalihis. Iyan ay nakasalalay sa tamang
pagpapasiya, Kailangan nating pag-isipan nang mabuti ang ating pasiya
sapagkat nakasalalay dito ang ating kinabukasan. Dapat nating tandaan
na ang bawat maling pasiya ay nagdudulot ng suliranin sa buhay.
Samakatuwid, maging maingat sa bawat pasiya na ating isinasagawa.
Kailangan ang pagtitimbang-timbang upang maging maganda ang
bunga nito sa atin.
Ang pagpapasiyang gagawin ay dapat para sa kabutihan ng

nakararami at hindi lang pansarili lamang upang magkaroon ng silbi sa
iba.
25
Ang tao ay may kalakasan at kahinaan. Kadalasan dahil sa mga
kahinaang ito kaya tayo nadadapa at nagkakasala. Ngunit hindi ito ang
mahalaga kundi ang pagbangon at pagtutuwid sa kasalanang nagawa
kasama na rito ang paghingi ng tawad. Ang kapatawaran ay
napakahirap ipagkaloob lalo na’t napakasakit ng karanasang sinapit.
Magkagayonman, lagi tayong manalig sa Diyos at huwag manangan sa
sarili upang manaig ang pag-ibig na likas na bumubukal sa tao at limutin
ang nagawang kasalanan upang makapamuhay nang maayos.
Alalahanin natin, ang Diyos ay laging nakahandang yumakap at
masayang sumasalubong sa nagbabalik-loob sa Kanya. Gayondin sana
tayo sa ating kapwa.

BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 31: Ang Mataas na Kawani
Kabanata 32: Ang Ibinunga Ng Mga Paskin
Kabanata 33: Ang Huling Matuwid
Kabanata 34: Ang Kasal
Kabanata 35: Ang Pista

1. Ano ang sadya ng mataas na Kawani sa Heneral?
2. Bakit si Basilio na lamang ang naiwan sa bilangguan sa lahat ng mga
estudyanteng napiit? Makatwiran ba ito? Ipaliwanag ang sagot.
3. Anong pangunahing pangyayari ang ibinunga ng mga paskil sa
mamamayan?
4. Ano-ano ang sinapit ng mga sumusunod na estudyante matapos
hulihin?
a. Makaraig
b. Sandoval
c. Tadeo
d. Pecson
e. Juanito Pelaez
f. Isagani
26
5. Bakit maghahanda ng malaking piging si Simoun sa kasalan nina
Paulita at Juanito?
6. Ano ang dahilan at maraming gumagawa ng paraan upang mapalapit
kina Don Timoteo at Simoun? Anong hindi magandang ugali ang
ipinakita sa kabanatang ito? Nangyayari pa rin ba ito sa kasalukuyan?
Magbigay ng halimbawa.
7. Isa-isahin ang mga plano ni Simoun sa paghihimagsik. Sino-sino ang
sangkot. Anong mahalagang papel ang gagampanan ni Basilio?
8. Bakit nakaramdam ng pagkaawa at pagkagalit si Basilio nang makita
ang mga bagong kasal?
9. Magiging maligaya kaya ang bagong kasal? Magbigay ng sariling
palagay.
10. Ano ang kahulugan ng Mane Thacel Phares?
11. Bakit si Padre Salvi lamang ang nakakilala sa lagda ni Ibarra?
12. Sino ang kumuha ng ilawan at naghagis noon sa ilog?
13. Bakit hindi nakita ni Basilio si Isagani sa bahay ng huli nang kanyang
paroonan ang kaibigan?
14. Bakit nabigo na naman ang paghihimagsik na inihanda ni Simoun?
Ano ang nais iparating ni Dr. Jose Rizal sa pangyayaring ito?
A. Panuto: Punan ng sagot ang talahanayan

Sa mga naging pasiya ng mga tauhan, ano sa iyong palagay ang
magiging bunga ng mga ito sa kanilang buhay? Lapatan ng mga sagot
ang chart sa ibaba.
Tauhan Maaaring maging Ano ang kanyang mga

bunga ng kanyang dapat isinaalang-alang
pasiya bago nagpasiya?
Macaraig
Don Timoteo Pelaez
27
Paulita Gomez
B. Ano ang iyong opinyon tungkol sa paksang “Ang Pilipinas ay uhaw sa

tunay na Pinuno”. Isulat sa ibaba ang iyong sagot.
28
MODYUL 8: BAITANG10
El Filibusterismo
Kabanata 36-39
Ang pamamahayag ay isang gampaning kinakailangan ang pag-

iingat sapagkat ito ay paglalahad ng isang pangyayaring makaaapekto
sa buhay ng tao kaya mahalaga ang katapatan at katotohanan. Kaakibat
nito ang integridad at kredibilidad ng isang tao.
Ang buhay ay sadyang mahiwaga, may kaligayahan, may

kalungkutan, may kabiguan at pananagumpay, ang lahat ng ito ay
nagbibigay-kulay at kahulugan sa ating buhay. Maging matatag tayo at
handa sa mga sorpresa ng buhay at laging isipin na may
makapangyarihang kamay na laging nakasubaybay at laging umaalalay
kapag nadadapa tayo at nagkakamali. Buong pagmamahal tayong
aalalayang tumayo ng Diyos at muling humarap sa buhay, tumawag ka
lamang sa tuwina.
Saligan ng tao sa kanyang pamumuhay ang pananampalataya

upang manatili sa matuwid na pamumuhay. Pag-asa, ito ang lakas sa
gitna ng pagkaligalig, ng tila pangungulimlim ng buhay. Ang pag-ibig ang
pinakamatimbang sa tatlo, ang dahilan ng lahat kaya tayo naririto,
patuloy na nananalig at kailanma’y hindi nawawalan ng pag-asa.

BASAHIN MO
Kabanata 36: Ang Kagipitan ni Ben Zayb
Kabanata 37: Ang Hiwaga
Kabanata 38: Ang Kasawian
Kabanata 39: Katapusan
29
1. Suriin ang inihandang ulat ni Ben Zayb kaugnay ng kasalan at sa
naganap na nakawan sa Pasig. Anong uri ng mamamahayag si Ben
Zayb?
2. Bakit ipinagbawal ng Heneral ang paglathala sa nangyari sa kasalan?
Makatwiran ba ito?
3. Paano mo bibihisan ang katauhan ni Ben Zayb upang maging
kahanga-hanga siyang mamamahayag?
4. Bakit hindi nailihim sa sambayanan ang kaguluhan sa bahay ni Don
Timoteo at ang kaugnayan dito ni Simoun?
5. Patunayan na si Isagani ang kumuha ng ilawan at nagtapon nito sa
ilog.
6. Ano-ano ang katibayan ng pagiging “kilabot ng Luzon” ni
Matanglawin?
7. Bakit pinatay ni Matanglawin ang hukom sa Tiyani?
8. Ano-anong ang ibinunga ng panunulisan ni Kabesang Tales?
9. Saliminin ang naging buhay ng pamilya ni Kabesang Tales. Balikan
ang buhay nila nang sila’y nasa kapatagan, may pagkakataon pa kaya
silang maging maligaya?
10. Bakit kay Padre Florentino nagtungo si Simoun?
11.Kakulangan ba sa pananampalataya o pag-ibig ang ikinasawi ng
buhay ni Simoun? Patunayan
12. Tama bang inihulog ni Padre Florentino ang baul ng kayamanan sa
karagatan? Ano ang katwiran niya sa kapasyahang iyon? Sumasang-
ayon ka ba rito? Pangatwiranan
13. Kung ikaw ang may-akda, paano wawakasan ang nobela?
GAWAIN 1
Panuto: Ipaliwanag ang mga sumusunod:
a. Ang paglayo ay paglimot sa pusong sugatan.
b. Ang pag-ibig ni Isagani kay Paulita.
30
GAWAIN 2:
Kalunos-lunos ang sinapit ng pamilya ni Kabesang Tales. Ito ay
dahil na rin sa pagsasamantala ng ilan sa kanilang kapangyarihan. Sa
kanilang katauhan, ipinakita ni Rizal ang mukha ng pagmamalabis sa
kapangyarihan. Dahil dito, maraming aral ang makukuha ng mga
mambabasa.
Sumulat ng bagong salaysay sa buhay ng Kabesang Tales sa
pamamagitan ng graphic organizer na Story Map 3 sa ibaba.
Simula:
Gitna (mga pangyayaring naglalahad ng kakintalan):
Wakas:
31
GAWAIN 3:
Mula sa pag-uusap nina Simoun at Padre Florentino, suriin ang
mga ibinigay na dahilan ni Padre Florentino kung bakit hindi
nagtagumpay si Simoun sa kanyang balak at gumawa ng sariling
kongklusyon.
Isulat ang mga kasagutan sa graphic organizer na Conclusion
Chart.
Dahilan: Dahilan: Dahilan:
Kongklusyon:
32
SDO MALABON CITY
10
Supplementary Learning
Materials in English
Fourth Quarter
33
SUPPLEMENTARY LEARNING MATERIALS IN ENGLISH 10
FOURTH QUARTER/MELC 1/WEEK 1
LESSON 1: TECHNICAL TERMS IN RESEARCH
EXPECTATIONS
Specifically, this module will help you to
• Define technical terms used in research.
• Use terminologies in research.
• Enrich vocabulary with research.
PRETEST
DIRECTIONS: On a separate sheet of paper, choose the letter of the correct answer
inside the box.
A. Index D. Abstract
B. Bibliography E. Research
C. Archives
1. Study of a subject that is done to find out or report new knowledge about it
2. Alphabetical listings of topics or important terms used in a research
3. Records containing details regarding the history of a person or an organization
4. The summary of the research that appears at the beginning of the paper
5. Mention of your references such as books, articles, or even web page in your
research paper
LOOKING BACK
DIRECTIONS: Identify the following as examples of Primary or Secondary sources

of information.
________1. Textbook ________2. Journal ________3. Artifacts
________4. Encyclopedia _________5. Letters
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Technical terms used in research.
• RESEARCH- Study of a particular subject that is done to find out or report new
knowledge about it. A systematic investigation to contribute to an
existing body of knowledge.
• INDEX- Alphabetical listings of topics or important terms used in a research.
• ARCHIVES- Records containing details regarding the history of a person or an
organization.
• ABSTRACT- The summary of the research that appears at the beginning of the
paper. It summarizes all section and helps readers decide whether
to read the entire report.
34
• BIBLIOGRAPHY- Mention of your references such as books, articles, or even
web page in your research paper. It is also a list of the books
referred to in a scholarly work usually printed as an appendix.
• METHODOLOGY- Explains how the research was conducted.
• LITERATURE REVIEW- Provides a review of what others have written or
researched concerning a topic.
• INTRODUCTION- Presents background information, scope, and focus of the
research paper.
• DISCUSSION- Unrolls the main results, provides explanation, and describes
the most interesting points in the research.
• RESULTS- Presentation of data that was gathered in the research.
• CONCLUSION- Summary of discussion in the research.
ACTIVITY
DIRECTIONS: In your notebook, put a (/) if the statement about the technical terms
in research is correct and (X) if it is not.
1. Conclusion is the investigation in research in summarized form.
2. Literature review includes works of other researchers.
3. Abstract explains how the research was conducted.
4. Bibliography also refers to the different references used in the research.
5. A scientific process that contributes to an existing body of knowledge.
REMEMBER
Technical terms are an essential part of all technical and scientific writing. Each field
and specialty typically use a vocabulary that relays a variety of specialized concepts
by means of technical language.
CHECKING YOUR UNDERSTANDING

Do you think knowing these technical terms in research may be useful? Why?
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: Identify the Technical terms in research. Put your answers on
a separate sheet of paper.
1. A systematic investigation to contribute to an existing body of knowledge.
2. The summary of the research that appears at the beginning of the paper.
3. Provides a review of what others have written or researched concerning a
topic.
4. Alphabetical listings of topics or important terms used in a research.
5. Presents background information, scope, and focus of the research paper.
35
LESSON 2: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH
EXPECTATIONS
• List the different chapters of research.
• Distinguish the different scope of each chapters.
PRETEST
DIRECTIONS: Identify the different chapters of research by matching column A with
column B.
A B
1. Review of Related A. Chapter 1
Literature
2. Summary, Conclusion B. Chapter 2
and Recommendation
3. The Problem and its C. Chapter 3
Background
4. Analysis, Presentation, D. Chapter4
and Interpretation of
data
5. Research Methodology E. Chapter 5
LOOKING BACK
DIRECTIONS: List at least 5 technical terms in research and give their definition.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
36
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Research is an organized inquiry carried out to provide information for solving

problems.
There are 5 Chapters in Academic Research
Chapter 1- The problem and its background
Chapter 2- Review of related Literature
Chapter 3- Research Methodology
Chapter 4- Analysis, Presentation, and Interpretation of data
Chapter 5- Summary, Conclusion and Recommendation
ACTIVITY
DIRECTIONS: Identify in which Chapter (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) do the following belong.
1. Background of the Study includes purpose and reason behind the conduct of
the study, it can be found in this chapter.
2. Method of Research, the kind of research used by your study. This answers
why the method used is appropriate for the study.
3. Recommendations is a part of this chapter and should be solely based on the

significance of the study. This also includes the recommended actions that
should be done after the conduct of the study such as further assessment of
the subject, focus on other factors, etc.
4. This chapter will require your command of language and writing skills such as
summarizing, paraphrasing, and writing indirect speeches.
5. Statistical Treatment Applied is included in this chapter. The statistical

treatment that you will use which includes your sampling method and formulas
to come up with findings out of the data gathered.
37
REMEMBER
There are 5 Chapters in Academic Research
Chapter 1- The Problem and its Background

Chapter 2- Review of Related Literature
Chapter 3- Research Methodology
Chapter 4- Analysis, Presentation, and Interpretation of data
Chapter 5- Summary, Conclusion, and Recommendation

DIRECTIONS: Answer the given questions.
1. How many parts does research has?

2. Where can you apply conducting research? Why?
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: List down the 5 chapters of research.
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
38
LESSON 3: HOW TO SELECT AND LIMIT A RESEARCH TOPIC
EXPECTATIONS
• Familiarize yourself with research.

• Identify how to select and limit a research topic.
PRETEST
DIRECTIONS: Put a check (/) if it is part of selecting and limiting a research topic
and (X) if not.
___1. Brainstorm for ideas.
___2. Focus on multiple topics.
___3. Formulate a thesis statement.
___4. Be flexible.
___5. Do not focus on keywords.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
To complete a research, you need to learn how to select and limit a research topic.
How to select and Limit a Research Topic:
1. Brainstorm for ideas.
2. Identify the sources of general background information.
3. Focus on your topic.
4. Make a list of useful keywords.
5. Be flexible.
6. Define your topic as a focused research question.
7. Formulate a thesis statement.
ACTIVITY
Let’s Talk about it!
DIRECTIONS: Share your insights about the following steps in selecting and
limiting a research topic. Explain their advantages.
Steps in selecting and limiting a Advantages of doing it
research topic
39
1. Brainstorm for ideas.
2. Identify the sources of general
background information
3. Focus on your topic
4. Make a list of useful keywords
5. Be flexible
6. Define your topic as a focused
research question
7. Formulate a thesis statement
REMEMBER
Knowing how to select and limit a research topic is the best way to finish a research.
There are 7 steps that you may follow as listed above.
1. What is the importance of using the 7 steps in selecting and limiting a

research topic?
2. Is it necessary to use all 7 steps? Why?
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: Write T if the statement is TRUE and F if the statement is FALSE.
____1. There are 7 steps in selecting and limiting a research topic.
____2. Focusing on multiple topics may help you to finish the research ahead.
____3. Formulating a thesis statement is part of research.
____4. Being flexible is an important trait of being a researcher.
____5. Brainstorming of ideas is necessary in creating a research.
40
LESSON 4: HOW TO DEVELOP A QUESTIONNAIRE FOR
RESEARCH
EXPECTATIONS
• Familiarize oneself with research.

• Identify how to develop a questionnaire for research.
PRETEST
DIRECTIONS: Put a check (/) if it is part of developing a questionnaire for research
and (X) if not.
____1. Listing of keywords
____2. Use open-ended questions for questionnaires.
____3. Add variety to your questions.
____4. Put more important questions at the beginning of your questionnaire.
____5. Write an introduction for your questionnaire.
LOOKING BACK
DIRECTIONS: List the 7 steps in selecting and limiting a research topic.
1. 5.
2. 6.
3. 7.
4.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
QUESTIONNAIRE- a set of printed or written questions with a choice of answers,
devised for the purposes of a survey or statistical study.
Developing a questionnaire for research is essential. In this lesson you will find the 6
steps in developing a questionnaire for research.
1. Figure out what information you are trying to gather from this survey.
2. Write an introduction for your questionnaire.
3. Use closed questions for questionnaires.
4. Order your questions in a way that is meaningful and easy to follow.
5. Put the more important questions at the beginning of your questionnaire.
6. Add a little variety to your questions.
41
ACTIVITY
Let’s Talk about it!
DIRECTIONS: Share your insights abouts the following steps in developing a
questionnaire for research. Explain their advantages.
Steps in developing a questionnaire for Advantages in doing it

research
1. Figure out what information you are
trying to gather from this survey
2. Write an introduction for your
questionnaire
3. Use closed questions for
questionnaires
4. Order your questions in a way that is
meaningful and easy to follow
5. Put the more important questions at
the beginning of your questionnaire
6. Add a little variety to your questions
REMEMBER
There are 6 steps in developing a questionnaire for research.
1. Figure out what information you are trying to gather from this survey.
2. Write an introduction for your questionnaire.
3. Use closed questions for questionnaires.
4. Order your questions in a way that is meaningful and easy to follow.
5. Put the more important questions at the beginning of your questionnaire.
6. Add a little variety to your questions.
1. How many steps are given in developing a questionnaire for research?

2. For you, what is the most important step in creating a questionnaire?
Why?
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: Write T if the statement is TRUE and F if the statement is FALSE.
____1. It is a must to write an introduction for your questionnaire.
____2. Using open-ended is better than closed questions for questionnaire.
____3. Order your questionnaire that is confusing for the respondents is way better.
____4. Adding variety is not needed in creating a questionnaire.
____5. Arrange the questions from the most difficult to the easiest is the best way in
doing your questionnaire
42
LESSON 1: TECHNICAL DEFINITION OF TERMS
EXPECTATIONS

• identify the technical terms used in the sentence
• recognize the specific definition of the word
• give Technical definition of the term
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Technical Definition
- refers to the aspect of explaining or describing any technical term or
terminology. Technical definitions could be used in expanding the vocabulary
since most of these terms are explained in the exact manner. Examples include
the terms and definitions of the words found in dictionary.
- The use of Jargon- terminology only understood by people in a certain group.
READ AND ANALYZE THE GIVEN EXAMPLES BELOW.
Business Jargon Examples:

1. bang for the buck - a term that means to get the most for your money.
2. drill down - to look at a problem in detail.
3. chief cook and bottle-washer - a person who holds many responsibilities.
4. due diligence - putting effort into research before making a business decision.
Medical Jargon Examples:

5. idiopathic - a condition that does not have a clear explanation of cause.
6. atypical - something that is not completely normal.
7. negative - results of a test that indicate a tested condition is not present.
Police Jargon Examples:

8. code eight - term that means officer needs help immediately.
9. wolf pack - A group of patrol cars traveling together.
10. mirandize - to read someone their rights.
43
TYPES OF TECHNICAL DEFINITION
a. Definition that describes- often appeals to the readers’ visual senses by

describing size, shape, and appearance. Moreover, it describes what
the subject does, how it is used, and to what purpose.
Example:
Paper: is a thin sheet material produced by mechanically and/or
chemically processing cellulose fibers derived from wood.
b. Definition that compares and contrasts- gives similarities and differences of the
subject.
Example:
Traditional (face to face) learning takes place in a classroom setting
while online learning takes place in an online platform.
c. Definition that classifies- categorizes a term within a larger group to provide a

context or association.
Example:
Someone writing a field guide about birds and animals in the Philippines
could safely assume that many people would not know what a Pilandok
is. However, if the writer begins by defining a Pilandok as a kind of
mouse deer, much of mystery of the term disappear.
ACTIVITY
DIRECTIONS: Identify the correct technical definition of the following words. Write
the letter of your answer on the space provided.
A B
1. Microwave A. A telecommunication medium used for transmitting
moving images in monochrome (black and white), or in
color, and in two or three dimensions and sound.
2. Bicycle B. A social media platform that limits

messages to 280 characters.
3. Smartphone C. A pedal driven machine, held together by

a framework of metal tubes, with a seat
and handlebars for the rider.
4. Twitter D. A device that heats food using

electromagnetic energy.
5. Television E. A device that has the capability to

display photos, play videos, check, and send e-mail, and
surf the Web.
44
Part I
DIRECTIONS: Write T if the statement is True and F if it is not.
1. Technical definition introduces new information to readers in a clear and

effective way.
2. A microwave is not a device that heats food using electromagnetic energy.
3. A definition can give the exact meaning of a vague or ambiguous word.
4. The sentence below is an example of definition that describes.
“laptop computer is a small, portable personal computer.”
5. A definition that classifies categorizes a term within a larger group to provide
a context or association.
Part II
DIRECTIONS: Based on what you have learned. Give the specific technical.
definition of the words below.
Example: Meaning:
due diligence - putting effort into research before making a business
decision.
1. bang for the
buck
2. code eight
3. idiopathic
4. wolf pack
5. atypical
45
LESSON 2: OPERATIONAL DEFINITION OF TERMS
EXPECTATIONS

• understand the function of operational definition
• acknowledge the difference between technical and operational definition of the
word
• give the appropriate technical and operational definition
LOOKING BACK
Technical definition
-is used to introduce the vocabulary which makes up communication in a
particular field and includes the terms and definitions of the words found in
dictionary.
Example:
The phrase “low hanging fruit” first appeared in print in 1968. It was used in an
article in The Guardian newspaper.
“His work is so appealing to me that I feel almost

bashful praising it… He is gentle and stoic and
simple, his rare images are picked aptly, easily, like
low-hanging fruit, and though he appears to move
short distances slowly he really moves far and fast.”
Explanation:
Fruit that hangs at the bottom of the tree is easy to reach. This makes it
an easy task to complete and is usually the one that you attempt first.
You would then move on to more difficult tasks.
Source: theidioms.com
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Operational Definition
-refers to the specific meaning of a word or phrase given to it by the group of
people who use the word in their specific context. Furthermore, it is more on
the application of the word.
For example:
46
Computer
Technical Definition vs. Operational Definition
a computer is a device or a computer is something used in

machine used in performing, doing homework or browsing the
assessing, evaluating, and internet.
following commands set by the
users.
ACTIVITY
DIRECTIONS: Write A if you agree with the statement and D if you do not.
1. Operational definition includes information from the real world.

2. The meaning of wolf pack is an easy task to complete.
3. A computer is not a device used in performing, assessing, evaluating, and
following commands set by the users.
4. Technical definition is used to introduce the vocabulary which makes up
communication in a particular field.
5. “Low hanging fruit” first appeared in print in 1968.

DIRECTIONS: Give the appropriate technical and operational definitions of the
following words.
Word Technical Definition Operational Definition
Example: a road vehicle, typically with four is a car or truck that gets
wheels, powered by an internal you around from place to
Automobile
combustion engine or electric place and carries cargo or
motor and able to carry a small passengers and makes it
number of people. easier to live in the city or
countryside.
1. Family
2. Modular
Learning
3. Quarantine
47
4. Facebook
5. Pandemic
REFERENCES
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhjHy0gmL38
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IIEum0IIG74&t=58s
https://www.slideshare.net/ariadnerooney1/writing-technical-definitions-16350337
https://www.slideshare.net/safwanb/technical-defintions
https://techterms.com/definition/smartphone#:~:text=A%20smartphone%20is%20a%
20mobile,mail%2C%20and%20surf%20the%20Web.&text=Users%20also%20have
%20a%20much,to%20choose%20from%20than%20before.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laptop#:~:text=A%20laptop%20or%20laptop%20compu
ter,inside%20of%20the%20lower%20lid.
https://stevevincent.info/ITS311_7.htm#:~:text=Technical%20writing%20often%20co
ntains%20words,word%20tongue%20as%20an%20example.&text=An%20operation
al%20definition%20is%20the,word%20in%20their%20specific%20context.
https://brainly.ph/question/704399
https://brainly.ph/question/704399?fbclid=IwAR1bQlEcGXrEaD57DHVB4Y5_WI44D
4hlQVMqnxW52DEYfrUxgeYnb2nSExw
https://brainly.ph/question/250961?fbclid=IwAR1oZiIoUoD6YMVcKyFaiQDKQJLTev-
FHq3TM9AVsOS8-uXy84kB6omWw1g
https://www.theidioms.com/low-hanging-
fruit/#:~:text=Example%20Sentences&text=I%20would%20suggest%20that%20we,c
ompany%20is
48
Give expanded definitions of words (EN10V-IIIa-13.9)
EXPECTATIONS
At the end of the lesson, learners are expected to
• give expanded definitions of words.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
As our readings indicate, definition can begin with a synonym and antonym,
a brief phrase, or a formal sentence that explains the term or vocabulary words
in its most basic form. An expanded/extended definition is one or more
paragraphs that attempt to explain a complex term. Some terms may be so important,
there may be so much confusion about them, or they may be so difficult to understand
that an extended discussion is vital.
Expanded definitions use techniques of definition, the techniques you use will
depend on what is appropriate for your audience and subject matter. These
techniques are listed below:
1. Etymology – explaining the origin of the word itself.

Example:
Agony- Middle English agonie, borrowed from Anglo- French agonie, borrowed
from Late Latin agōnia “contest, struggle, anguish”,
From agṍn “gathering, assembly at games, contest for a prize.”
2. Cause and Effect – discussing how the situation came about and what effects
it may have.
Example:
A homeless person is someone without a permanent home. They may seek
shelter in parking garages, ATM vestibules, and subway stations. Because the
person is experiencing homelessness, this may put profound strain on personal
relationships. Drug abuse can become an issue, as the person seeks some
way of coping with the pain and hardship of living on the streets. This leads to
a downward spiral that drives the person deeper and deeper into the depths of
crippling poverty and isolation.
3. Examples- by giving examples of the word itself.
Example:
Arbitration was recently used to settle the dispute between the labor union and
management.
49
4. Comparing and contrasting- to define a class or category of objects and then
define their similarities and differences.
Example:
Organic vegetables may cost more than those that are conventionally grown,
but when put to the test, they are definitely worth every extra penny.
5. Describing a process- key phase in an event related to the term being

defined.
Example:
Veterinary dentistry includes the cleaning, adjustment, filing, extraction, or
repair of your pets’ teeth and all other aspects of oral health care. These
procedures should be performed by a veterinarian or a board-certified
veterinary dentist. Subject to state or provincial regulation, veterinary
technicians can perform certain dental procedures under the supervision of a
veterinarian.
ACTIVITY
A. Choose the synonymous word that could best replace the underlined words.
1. Doing the household chores is always a lot of drudgery.

A. task that keeps the home clean
B. body building exercise
C. well-paid job
D. hard, unpleasant work
2. My pen pal welcomed me cordially.
A. warmly C. coldly
B. indifferently D. casually
3. The news made her heart throb with excitement.
A. sad C. beat more slowly
B. sink D. beat
4. Modern gadgets make short work of house duties for the modern housewife.
A. servants C. robots
B. utensils D. labor saving devices
5. You are liable to be fined for speeding in the residential area.
A. possible B. easy C. likely D. due
B. Choose a word from the list. With the help of a dictionary, fill out the graphic
organizer with information that help define the word you chose. Use a separate
sheet of paper.
A. enormous D. sacred
B. forbidden E. soar
C. summon
50
WORD MAP
Definition
Synonyms Word Antonyms
Etymology

DIRECTIONS: Identify the expanded definition technique used on each paragraph.
___________1. Speed is a concept that marks our time. Everybody is in a hurry to go

somewhere. Industry is constantly demanding new inventions that will speed up
production so that the constant cry of the bosses to the workmen is speed it up! The
maker of automobiles boasts of the newest type of a car which is faster than the old
model. Shoppers push and shove each other all about the counters. All are in a hurry
to get something. People who are going to school, ship,or office rush breathlessly to
do important tasks. They gulp their food and swallow it in haste. Restless “hunters of
fun” crowd into places of entertainment. Most of thse people cannot sit still. At a movie,
they tap their feet or fingers in impatience. Yes, speed is the word of the day.
___________2. Speed is a concept that marks our day. Sluggishness is out. Speed is
demanded by industry which is constantly on the look-out for new inventions’
Sluggishness is penalized, especially in industries where compensation depends
upon output.Speed is the attractive come-on for short-term courses in cooking,
computerizing, sewing, diving, learning a new language, and others. The slower long-
term courses are not so appealing. Instant coffee is usually preferred to coffee that
must be boiled yet. Yes, speed is the word of the day.
___________3. The process of speeding up a vehicle begins with the setting of the
gear level to the first gear. This moves the vehicle from a stationary to a slow speed
of about less than ten kilometers per hour (kph). Gradually you shift the gear to the
next, pressing the accelerator pedal at the same time to attain a speed between 10-
30kph. You pick up more speed by shifting gears to the next higher levels at speed
beyond 30kph. To do this, however along with the shift to third or fourth gear, ever-
increasing pressure must be exerted on the accelerator. The only time you lift your
foot from the accelerator is when you shift gears, so that you can step on the clutch
51
pedal simultaneously with the shifting. After releasing the clutch pedal, you
immediately step on the accelerator pedal while picking up speed. Maximum speed is
attained once you shift to the fourth, or in the case of some vehicles, the fifth gear, at
which you travel at speeds of 80kph or above.
___________4. noun: speed; plural noun: speeds
the rate at which someone or something is able to move or operate.

"we turned onto the runway and began to gather speed"
Old English spēd (noun), spēdan (verb), from the Germanic base of Old
English spōwan ‘prosper, succeed’, a sense reflected in early usage.
___________5. Driving is difficult, and drivers have a responsibility to drive with great
care and attention. An inability to do so can result in a car accident. Accidents are
caused by many things; however, three of the most significant causes are poorly
trained drivers, distracted drivers, and impaired drivers. As long as these types of
drivers remain on the road, accidents will happen.

Give expanded definitions of words (EN10V-IIIa-13.9)
EXPECTATIONS
At the end of the lesson, learners are expected to

• give expanded definitions of words.
ACTIVITY
A. Encircle the meaning of the underlined words through context clues.

1. His emaciation, that is, his skeleton-like appearance, was frightening to see.
2. Flooded with spotlights – the focus of all attention – the new Miss Philippines
began her year-long reign. She was the cynosure of all eyes for the rest of the
evening.
3. During those first bewildering weeks, the thoughts of a college freshman drift back
to high school where he was “in,” knew everyone, and felt at home. A feeling of
nostalgia sweeps over him.
52
4. Fluoroscopy, examination with a fluoroscope, has become a common practice.
5. In the course of man’s evolution, certain organs have atrophied. The appendix, for
example, has wasted away from disuse.
B. Choose the letter of the best meaning for the underlined word as it is used in
context.
1. My brother said, “I just freed myself from a very loquacious history professor.
All he seemed to want was an audience.”
A. pretentious B. grouchy C. talkative D. worried
2. There is no doubt that the idea of living in such a benign climate was
appealing. The islanders seemed to keep their vitality and live longer than
Europeans.
A. tropical B. not malignant C. kind D. favorable
3. It is difficult to imagine a surfeit of talent in one individual, yet Leonard

Bernstein simply does not have the time to make complete use of his talent as
conductor, performer, writer, and lecturer.
A. excess B. variety C. superiority D. lack
4. Such are the vicissitudes of history. Nothing remains the same. Three
hundred years of peace ended in darkness and confusion.
A. evils B. mistakes C. changes D. rules
5. The purpose of the psychiatrist is to mitigate the suffering of the patient.
A. make milder B. beautify C. increase D. banish
C. Choose from the word pool a synonym to the underlined word in each number.
Write your answers in your notebook.
doubt wise very thin loud

inactive excess unbelievable
continuous impertinent
crystal clear
1. His lucid lectures, along with his clearly presented explanations, made him a
popular professor.
2. He was so impudent to his mother that I would have punished him if he talked to
me that way.
53
3. The Great Flood of Noah’s day was caused by incessant rain that fell for 40 days
and nights.
4. The students who arrived late told the teacher an implausible story about
stopping to watch a UFO.
5. After spending three weeks in the hospital, I had a surfeit of daytime TV

programming.
6. The tranquilized grizzly bear was lethargic enough for the scientists to safely
examine his teeth and tattoo his ears.
7. Their vociferous chatter made me wish I had ear plugs.
8. The prisoners liberated from the Nazi death camp were so emaciated that they
looked like skeletons.
9. Bob decided to be prudent and call ahead for reservations, instead of just
showing up.
10. The ambiguity of Joe’s directions made it almost impossible to find his house.
D. Use a dictionary and find the meaning of the following words, then use them in
sentences by following the different techniques to be used in expanding definitions
that you’ve learned from this lesson.
1. plunge 2. vivid 3. clutter 4. lulled 5. atremble
REFERENCES
Celebrating Diversity through World Literature Learners Material
https://www.eslprintables.com/vocabulary_worksheets/meaning/synonyms/SYNONY
M_MULTIPLE_CHOICE_SENTEN_897516/
54
Observe correct grammar in making definitions – EN10G-lia-29
EXPECTATIONS
At the end of this module, you will be able to:

1. Understand the purpose and significance of dictionary in making definitions.
2. Identify meaning using the dictionary.
3. Write a sentence and observe correct grammar in making definitions.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Making Definitions
Definition is an explanation of the meaning of a term. A term is a word or a phrase.
Definitions are a core part of any dictionary. Writing basic definitions requires skill,
practice and sometimes help.
Examples:
Hamster: A hamster is a small rodent that is often kept as a pet.
Tomato: A tomato is a soft red fruit that is often used in salads and sandwiches.
Basic Guidelines to follow when writing a definition
1. Just the (dictionary) facts
• A definition should contain the information about the word and what
the word refers to. Do not include usage notes in a definition. Get to
the point. Clarity, brevity, and conciseness are better when writing
definitions.
2. Avoid complicated terms.

• Avoid terms that are more complicated or more technical that the term
being define. The purpose of definitions is to clarify meaning.
3. Avoid specific terms.

• Use conventional English words in explanations whenever possible.
The more widespread a term is the more users will benefit.
• Stay away from jargon. Highly technical terms will most likely require a
user to look up many terms in the definitions just to understand what it
says.
4. Avoid Circularity
• It is not good to define a word with that same word in the definitions.
Use different terms.
55
• Avoid defining a term solely using etymologically or morphologically
related terms. Adverbs are specifically prone to being defined by the
adjective from which they are derived.
5. Make it simple.
• Write simple grammatical structures rather than a complex one. Place
key terms and short explanations near the start of a definition.
ACTIVITY 1
READING TEXT
DIRECTIONS: Read the article and go over the unfamiliar words. Make definitions of
these unfamiliar words by following the guidelines.
“How the Philippines Got Runaway Covid 19 Caseload, an outlier in Asia”

by: Ralph Jennings, August 07, 2020 VOA (Voice of America)
The Philippines has become a COVID-19 outlier in East Asia with a runaway caseload
because initial stay-home orders ended early and people struggle to practice social
distancing despite strict rules, local observers say.
Stay-home orders in much of the Philippines began easing in June 2020 before
hospitals could deploy equipment and coordinate with each other to handle the
disease, said Maria Ela Atienza, political science professor at the University of the
Philippines Diliman.
Among hospitals, she said, “things were so bureaucratic and top-down, and when they
decided to open up the economy little by little, it turned out that much of the supposed
things that should have been done during the strict lockdown period have not been
done.”
A lot of people still fear getting tested for COVID-19 at hospitals in case they test
positive. She said some parts of the country lack bed space for any local surge in
cases.
DEFINE ME
Word Definitions
56
ACTIVITY 2
THINK THROUGH
DIRECTIONS: Choose the meaning of the underlined word. Use a dictionary if
necessary.
1. The Philippine government lifted some of its strictest corona virus containment
measures to salvage the economy.
A. rescue B. clear C. reduce D. promote
2. Crowded slum housing pushes people into streets, basketball courts, and tiny
stores where air circulates better despite stay-home orders.
A. city B. rural area C. townhouse D. overcrowded urban
3. Prolonged shutdowns of public transport will keep poorer people away from
work too long.
A. extension B. suspension C. continuity D. re-open
4.During lockdown, the problem is in low-income countries where a lot of people

are dependent on daily work.
A. adamant B. secure C. reliant D. attracted
5.Bus workers fetch families, workers, and students who were stranded at the
capital when the community lockdown was implemented to give them a free
ride back to their province.
A. waiting B. marching C. swaying D. trapped
MAKING SENSE!
DIRECTIONS: Look up the meaning of the given word and use it in a sentence.
1. pandemic-
2. vaccine -
3. protocol-
4. quarantine-
5. lockdown-
REFERENCES
https://www.voanews.com/
57
LESSON 1
EXPECTATIONS
Most Essential Learning Competency
Demonstrating communicative competence through one’s understanding of the text
will require from the learner the ability to: compose a research report on a relevant
social issue.
Specific Learning Competency
• Recognize the parts and contents of a research report.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Research reports are defined as recorded data prepared by researchers or
statisticians after analyzing information gathered by conducting organized research,
typically in the form of surveys or quantitative methods. A research report is a reliable
source to recount details about a conducted research and is most often considered to
be a true testimony.
In writing a research report, the researcher should start by reviewing the parts of the
introduction: Brief background; Objective of the study; Significance of the study; and
Literature review. In writing the introduction, catchy devices and words would help the
writer to get the attention of the readers. This can be seen through the form of open-
ended questions, direct quotation, and/or startling facts or interesting vivid description.
Next part is the body, which contains the substantial amount of information that needs
clear and accurate analysis. This section addresses the research questions or
objectives. In this section, readers might see appropriate illustration of information
followed by an adequate discussion. Furthermore, related studies are needed to
support the findings that the researchers have gathered. This can be done by
summarizing, quoting, and most especially, by paraphrasing the content of the related
studies.
Lastly, the conclusion, which brings the highlight of the report. A good composition of
conclusion lets the reader have a new conceptualization about the problem.
Furthermore, it provides the readers to create analysis and recommendations that can
be incorporated concerning the topic.
ACTIVITIES
I. Define the following parts of a research report. Write the definition on
an answer sheet.
A. Methodology
B. Literature review
C. Introduction
58
D. Reference
E. Discussion
F. Conclusion
G. Results
H. Research
I. Abstract
J. Appendix
II. Identify what is being asked.

1. This is a part of research report wherein it takes the multiple components of the
research and explain in brief and concise paragraph.
2. This section answers the integral question, “what is the current situation of the
goal?”
3. In this part, readers can gain data for the topic along with the analyzing the quality
of the provided content.
4. This part of the research reports shows the exposition after data analysis is
carried out in the discussion part.
5. This is the part of research report which deliberates the abnormality uncovered
during the research.
III. Rearrange the following sentences to build a concrete established research
territory or introduction.
_____________1. Reading is one of the macro skills that teachers must develop in
the learners. Once the students have mastered how to read, the other macro skills
namely listening, writing, speaking, and viewing skills will be easier to acquire.
_____________2. According to Lituañas (1997), Extensive Reading (ER) is reading
full lengthy texts and stories from different reading materials with pleasure and
enjoyment.
_____________3. This approach is used by the teacher to help the readers be
independent by letting them choose what they desire to read so that they can enrich
their vocabulary bank, enhance the speed in reading, and elevate the level of their
reading comprehension.
_____________4. In fact, from the current data given by the Programme for
International Student Assessment (PISA, 2018), the Philippines is the least ranked
country when it comes to the reading comprehension of the students, and this
assessment makes the reading teachers worried.
_____________5. In this digital age, students prefer to spend more time in using
gadgets and to socialize with different people through social media and taking aside
their time to read books and other reading materials.
59
LESSON 2
EXPECTATIONS
Most Essential Learning Competency
Demonstrating communicative competence through one’s understanding of the text
will require from the learner the ability to: compose a research report on a relevant
social issue.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
A research report serves as a means to effectively communicate the findings of a
systematic investigation to all and sundry. With a research report, the researchers will
be able to identify knowledge gaps for further inquiry. A research report shows what
has been done while hinting at other areas needing systematic investigation.
A research report is usually subdivided into various sections which makes
comprehensive presentation of information.
Research report comes with this structure:
• Title
• Table of contents
• Abstract
• Introduction
• Literature Review (RRL)
• Methodology, Sample, and Research Subject
• Findings
• Discussion
• Conclusion
• References and Appendices
ACTIVITY
Look at the given social issues below then choose one and compose an introduction
to a research report out of it.
Social Issues:
1. Poverty
2. Deprivation of basic services
3. Unemployment and underemployment
4. Street children
5. Crime
6. Graft and corruption
60
7. Prostitution
8. Drug- dependency
9. Rapid Population Growth
10. Environmental degradation
11. AIDS

Identify what is being asked.
1. This part should be concise and point to the aims, objectives, and findings of a
research report.
2. This part is like a compass that makes it easier for readers to navigate the
research report.
3. This part is an overview that highlights all important aspects of the research.
4. This part highlights the aims and objectives of the systematic investigation as
well as the problem.
5. This part is the written survey of an existing knowledge in the field of study.
6. These parts are the detailed accounts of the research process.
7. In this section, results of systemic investigation are presented.
8. This section further explains the findings of the research outlined earlier.
9. This section summarizes all the information in the report. It is also the outlines
the significance of the entire study.
10. This section contains the list of all the primary and secondary resources.
REFERENCES:
Questionspro.com
Amazon.com/Social-Problems-Philippines
www.formpl.us
61
62
SDO MALABON CITY
10
Self-Learning Modules in Mathematics

Fourth Quarter
63
MATHEMATICS SLEM GRADE 10 4th QUARTER
G10 SLEM # 1 – WEEK 1 – 4th QUARTER

MEASURES OF POSITION: QUARTILES
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Illustrate the following measures of position: quartiles,

deciles, and percentiles.
After going through this module, you are expected to illustrate quartile
measures.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION OF THE LESSON

The quartiles are the three score-points that divide the whole distribution into
four equal parts. The 25% of the distribution are below the first quartile (or lower
quartile denoted by Q1) and 75% of the distribution is above it, 50% of the distribution
are below the second quartile (which is also the median denoted by Q2), and 75% of
the distribution are below the third quartile (or upper quartile denoted by Q3) and 25%
of the distribution above it.
In addition, the first quartile is the median of the lower half of the
distribution while the third quartile is the median of the upper half of the distribution.
Since the second quartile is also the median,
the steps in computing for the median is also
the steps in determining the values of the
quartile values of a given distribution.
Examples
1. The owner of a milk tea shop recorded the number of customers who came into his
store each hour in a day. The results were 14, 10, 12, 9, 17, 5, 8, 9, 14, 10, and 11.
Find the lower quartile and upper quartile of the data.
Solution:
Arrange the data in ascending order:
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Since the Q2 is the median, then Q2 is the middle most value, that is, Q2=10.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Q2
To determine Q1, get the middle most value of the lower half of the distribution.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Q1 Q2
Thus, Q1 = 9.
64
MATHEMATICS SLEM GRADE 10 SECOND QUARTER
Similarly, to determine the third quartile, get the middlemost value of the upper
half of the distribution.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Q1 Q2 Q3
Thus, Q3 = 14.
2. Given the distribution 8 , 2 , 5 , 4 , 8 , 5 , 7 , 1 , 3 , 6 , 9. How will the distribution

look like if the upper quartile is 8?
Solution:
1,2,3,4,5,5,6,7,8,8,9
Determine the middlemost value in the upper half of the distribution.

1,2,3,4,5,5,6,7,8,8,9
Q3
3. In a 10-item test, 25% of the distribution is less than 3. How will the distribution look
like?
Solution:
Q1=3
ACTIVITY
I. Given the set of data, determine all quartile values. Write your answer on a
separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
4, 9, 7, 14, 10, 8, 12, 15, 6, 11, 12
II. Illustrate the following situations.
1. In a 20-item test, 50% of the students got score of 12 and above.

2. Given the distribution 8 , 2 , 5 , 4 , 8 , 5 , 7 , 1 , 3 , 6 , 9. How will the
distribution look like if the lower quartile is 3?
65

Choose the letter of the correct answer. Then write it on a separate sheet of paper.
Use the data below to answer the next three questions.
14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
1. Which of the following will best illustrate the lower quartile of a given
distribution?
A. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
B. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
C. 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
D. 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
E.
2. How will the distribution look like if 75% of the scores is less than 19?
A. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
B. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
C. 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
D. 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
E.
3. Which of the following will best illustrate the position of the second quartile?
A. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
B. 15, 9, 19, 12, 8, 24, 19, 22, 10, 17, 14
C. 24, 22, 19, 19, 17, 15, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8
D. 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
4. In a 20-item test, 75% of the distribution is greater than 12. How will the
distribution look like?
A. C.
Q3=12 Q1=12
B. D.
Q3=12 Q1=12
5. Given the distribution 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, and 19. Locate the position
of the lower quartile.
A. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19
B. 14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19
C. 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
D. 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 19, 19, 22, 24
66

MEASURES OF POSITION: DECILES
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Illustrate the following measures of position: quartiles, deciles,

and percentiles.
After going through this module, you are expected to illustrate DECILE measures.

The deciles are the nine score-points that divide the whole distribution into ten equal parts.
The 10% of the distribution are below the first decile, 20% of the distribution are below the second
decile, 30% of the distribution are below the third decile, and so on.
In addition, the fifth decile is the median

(or the second quartile) of the whole
distribution.
Examples
1. The owner of a milk tea shop recorded the number of customers who came into his store each
hour in a day. The results were 14, 10, 12, 9, 17, 5, 8, 9, 14, 10, and 11. Find the 3rd decile and
7th decile of the data.
Solution:
To locate D3, first is to arrange the data in ascending order:
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
th
Since the 4 number, which is 9, will divide the distribution wherein the left side will have
three scores while the right side will contain seven scores, then D 3 = 9.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
D3
Similarly, the 7th decile is 12 since to the left of it will have 7 scores and to the right of it will
have 3 scores.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
D7
2. Given the distribution 8 , 2 , 5 , 4 , 8 , 5 , 7 , 1 , 3 , 6 , 9. How will the distribution look like if the
fifth decile is 5?
Solution:
1,2,3,4,5,5,6,7,8,8,9
Since the fifth decile is also the median, then locate the middlemost value in the distribution.
1,2,3,4,5,5,6,7,8,8,9
D5
3. In a 10-item test, 20% of the distribution is less than 3. How will the distribution look like?
Solution:
20%D2=3 20% 20% 20% 20%

67
ACTIVITY
I. Given the set of data, determine the 4th, 6th, and 9th deciles. Write your answer on a
separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
4, 9, 7, 14, 10, 8, 12, 15, 6, 11, 12
II. Illustrate the following situations.

2. Given the distribution 8 , 2 , 5 , 4 , 8 , 5 , 7 , 1 , 3 , 6 , 9. How will the distribution look like
if the second decile is 3?

Choose the letter of the correct answer. Then write it on a separate sheet of paper. Use the
data below to answer the next three questions.
1. Deciles are the score points that divide the distribution into how many equal parts?
A. two B. four C. ten D. hundred
2. Which is equivalent to the fifth decile?

A. median C. third quartile
B. first quartile D. interquartile range
3. Find D2 in the given set of data: 7, 10, 11, 15, 18, 21, 25, 29, 31
A. 7 B. 10 C. 11 D. 15
4. The following are the scores of 15 students in science quiz: 12, 13, 14, 16, 16, 18, 19, 21,
21, 24, 25, 25, 27, 28 and 29. Find the seventh decile.
A. 25 B. 25.2 C. 25.4 D. 25.6
5. The weight (in kg) of 19 grade 10 students are as follows: 32, 34, 36, 38, 38, 41, 43, 43, 45,
47, 48, 51, 54, 55, 56, 57, 63, 65, 70. Find the 8th decile.
A. 56 B. 57 C. 63 D. 65
68

MEASURES OF POSITION: PERCENTILES
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Illustrate the following measures of position: quartiles,

deciles, and percentiles.
After going through this module, you are expected to illustrate PERCENTILE
measures.

The percentiles are the ninety-nine score-points that divide the whole
distribution into one hundred equal parts. It is used to characterize the values
depending on the percentage below them. For instance, the first percentile (P 1)
separates the lowest 1% of the whole distribution from the other 99%, the second
percentile (P2) separates the lowest 2% of the distribution from the 98%, and so on.
Q1 Q2 Q3
P25 P50 P75

P10 P20 P30 P40 P60 P70 P80 P90
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
Since the first quartile (Q1) separates the lowest 25% of the distribution from
the rest, then we can say that Q1 is equal to P25. Similarly, Q2 = P50, and Q3=P75. Also,
the first decile (D1) separates the lowest 10% of the distribution from the rest, then
D1=P10. And so, using the same observations, we can say that D2=P20, D3=P3, and so
on.
Examples
1. The owner of a milk tea shop recorded the number of customers who came into his
store each hour in a day. The results were 14, 10, 12, 9, 17, 5, 8, 9, 14, 10, and 11.
Find the 25th percentile and 70th percentile of the data.
Solution:
Since P25=Q1, then we locate Q1.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Since the Q2 is the median, then Q2 is the middle most value, that is, Q2=10.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Q2
To determine Q1, get the middle most value of the lower half of the distribution.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
Q1 Q2
Thus, Q1 = P25 = 9.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
P25
69
On the other hand, P70 = D7. Therefore, we can locate D7. The 7th decile is 12
since to the left of it will have 7 scores and to the right of it will have 3 scores.
5, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 14, 17
P70
2. Given the distribution 8 , 2 , 5 , 4 , 8 , 5 , 7 , 1 , 3 , 6 , 9. How will the distribution
look like if the 50th percentile is 5?
Solution:
1,2,3,4,5,5,6,7,8,8,9
Since the 50th percentile is also the median, then locate the middlemost value
in the distribution.
1,2,3,4,5,5,6,7,8,8,9
P50
3. In a 10-item test, 20% of the distribution is less than 3. Using percentile, how will
the distribution look like?
Solution:
20%P20 = 320% 20% 20% 20%

ACTIVITY
A. Given the set of data, determine the 40th, 60th, and 90th percentiles. Write your
answer on a separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
4, 9, 7, 14, 10, 8, 12, 15, 6, 11, 12
B. Illustrate the following situations.

2. Given the distribution 8 , 2 , 5 , 4 , 8 , 5 , 7 , 1 , 3 , 6 , 9. Indicate the location of
the 50th percentile in the distribution.
1. The following are equivalent to 50% EXCEPT?

A. D5 B. P50 C. Q2 D. D50
th
2. What is the 30 percentile of the following set of data: 12, 25, 18, 17, 20?
A. 10 B. 19.6 C. 20 D. 20.4
th
3. The 25 percentile is also known as
A. first quartile B. second quartile C. third quartile D. fourth decile
4. In a 50- item test, you got 35 which is the 75th percentile. What does it mean?
A. You got the highest score.
B. Your score is higher than 25 % of your classmates.
C. 25 % of your classmates got the scores higher than 35.
D. 75 % of your classmates did not pass the test.
5. What is the 20th percentile of the following set of data: 88, 89, 85, 88, 84, 90?
A. 84.4 B. 85.4 C. 88.4 D. 89.4
70

MEASURES OF POSITION OF UNGROUPED DATA
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Calculate a specified measure of position (e.g. 90th
percentile) of a set of data.
After going through this module, you are expected to determine the values of
the different measures of position of ungrouped data.

The median is equal to the values of Q2, D5 and P50. And so, computing for the
measures of position is almost similar in finding the value of the median of the
distribution.
Let us have first the process of finding the quartile values of a given data set.
To find the quartile score, we need to determine first the position of the k th
quartile by using the formula:
𝑘(𝑛 + 1)
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑄𝑘 = where 𝑘 is the indicated quartile and 𝑛 is the
4 number of samples in the distribution.
Let us consider this example.
One day, an owner of a milk tea house recorded the number of customers who
came each hour. The results were 12, 10, 17, 9, 14, 5, 19, 8, 10, 17, 10 and 11. Find
the lower and upper quartiles of the data.
To compute for the lower quartile (or Q1), we need to do a series of steps. First
thing to do is to arrange the data set into ascending order, that is 5, 8, 9, 10,
10, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17, 17, 19
Next step is to locate the position of the score.
Since 𝑘 = 1 and 𝑛 = 2, then
1(12 + 1) 13
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑄1 = = = 3.25
4 4
Since the result is a decimal, we will need the interpolation process. To do this,
we separate the whole number part and the decimal part. The whole number part is
the order of the score in the data set, so we take the 3rd score that is 9. Therefore, the
lower quartile is somewhere between the scores 9 and 10. The decimal part, which is
0.25, will be multiplied to the difference between the 4th and 3rd score in the distribution.
Q1
5 8 9 10 10 10 11 12 14 17 17 19
st nd rd th th th th th th th th th
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Q1 = 9 + 0.25(10 – 9 )
= 9 + 0.25 (1)
= 9 + 0.25
= 9.25
71
Thus, the lower quartile Q1=9.25. Therefore, 25% of the distribution is lower
than 9.25.
To find the value of the upper quartile, we undergo the same process.
3(12 + 1) 3(13) 39
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑄3 = = = = 9.75
4 4 4
Q3
5 8 9 10 10 10 11 12 14 17 17 19
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
Q3 = 14 + 0.75(17 – 14 )
= 14 + 0.75 (3)
= 14 + 2.25
= 16.25
Thus, the upper quartile Q3=16.25. Therefore, 75% of the distribution is lower
than 16.25.
Let us now have the process of finding the decile values of a given data set.
To find the decile score, we need to determine first the position of the k th decile
by using the formula
𝑘(𝑛 + 1)
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝐷𝑘 = where 𝑘 is the indicated decile and 𝑛 is the
10
number of samples in the distribution.
Let us use again the distribution 12, 11, 17, 9, 14, 5, 19, 8, 10, 17, 10 and 11.
Find the 4th and 7th deciles of the data.
To compute for the 4th decile (or D4), we need to do a series of steps. First thing
to do is to arrange the data set into ascending order, that is
5, 8, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 14, 17, 17, 19

4(12 + 1) 4(13) 52
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝐷4 = = = = 5.2
10 10 10
the order of the score in the data set, so we take the 5th score that is 10. Therefore,
the 4th decile is somewhere between the scores 10 and 11. The decimal part, which
is 0.2, will be multiplied to the difference between the 5th and 6th scores in the
distribution.
D4
5 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 14 17 17 19
D4 = 10 + 0.2(11 – 10 )
= 10 + 0.2 (1)
= 10 + 0.2
= 10.2
72
Thus, the 4th decile D4 = 10.2. Therefore, 40% of the distribution is lower than
10.2.
To find the value of the 7th decile, we undergo the same process.
7(12 + 1) 7(13) 91
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝐷7 = = = = 9.1
10 10 10
D7
5 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 14 17 17 19
st nd rd th th th th th th th
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11th 12th
D7 = 14 + 0.1(17 – 14 )
= 14 + 0.1 (3)
= 14 + 0.3
= 14.3
th
Thus, the 7 decile D7=14.3. Therefore, 70% of the distribution is lower than
14.3.
Lastly, let us have the process of finding the percentile values of a given data
set.
To find the decile score, we need to determine first the position of the k th decile
by using the formula
𝑘(𝑛 + 1)
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑘 = where 𝑘 is the indicated decile and 𝑛 is the
100
number of samples in the distribution.
Let us use again the distribution 12, 11, 17, 9, 14, 5, 19, 8, 10, 17, 10 and 11.
Find the 35th and 90th percentiles of the data.
To compute for the 35th percentile (or P35), we need to do a series of steps.
First thing to do is to arrange the data set into ascending order, that is
5, 8, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 14, 17, 17, 19
35(12 + 1) 35(13) 455
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑃35 = = = = 4.55
100 100 100
the order of the score in the data set, so we take the 4th score that is 10. Therefore,
the 4th decile is somewhere between the scores 10 and 10. The decimal part, which
is 0.55, will be multiplied to the difference between the 4th and 5th scores in the
distribution.
P35
5 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 14 17 17 19
P35 = 10 + 0.2(10 – 10 )
= 10 + 0.2 (0)
= 10 + 0
= 10
Thus, the 35th percentile P35 = 10. Therefore, 35% of the distribution is lower
than 10.
73
To find the value of the 90th percentile, we undergo the same process.
90(12 + 1) 90(13) 1170
𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑃90 = = = = 11.7
100 100 100
P90
5 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 14 17 17 19
D7 = 17 + 0.7(19 – 17 )
= 17 + 0.7 (2)
= 17 + 1.4
= 18.4
Thus, the 90th percentile P90 = 18.4. Therefore, 90% of the distribution is lower
than 18.4.
ACTIVITY
I. Given the set of data, determine the indicated measures of position. Write your
answer on a separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
4, 9, 7, 14, 10, 8, 12, 15, 6, 11, 12
1. Q1 2. P25 3. D2.5 3. Q2 4. D5 5. P50

6. Median 7. Q3 8. P75 9. D7.5
II. Answer the following questions based on the results above.
1. What can you say about the results after computing for each measures of
position above?
2. Which measures of position have the same values?
1. The scores of 7 grade 10 students in a ten-item quiz are 8, 10, 7, 7, 9, 6, and 4.
What should be the first step in order to find the lower quartile?
A. Divide the distribution into two equal parts
B. Arrange the distribution in ascending order
C. Take the second observation
D. Add the observations and divide it by the number of observations
Use the data below to answer the questions that follow.
14, 17, 10, 22, 19, 24, 8, 12, 19, 9, 15
2. What is the value of the 3rd quartile?
A. 17 B. 19 C. 22 D. 24
th
3. Find the value of 6 decile.
A. 17.2 B. 17.4 C. 19 D. 19.2
th
4. Determine the 85 percentile.
A. 19.2 B. 19.4 C. 22.2 D. 22.4
5. Which score point will tell you that 50% of the distribution is below it?
A. 14.5 B. 15 C. 15.5 D. 16
74

MEASURES OF POSITION OF GROUPED DATA
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Calculate a specified measure of position (e.g. 90th percentile) of a
set of data.
After going through this module, you are expected to determine the values of
the different measures of position of grouped data.
Quartile of Grouped Data

Recall that the second quartile is also the median. Thus, the process of getting
the first and third quartiles is similar in finding the the median. In finding the median,
we need to know first the median class. And so, we also need to know first the first
quartile class and the third quartile class. The first quartile (Q1) class is the class
𝑛 3𝑛
interval wherein the ( )th score belongs, while the class interval that has the ( )th
4 4
score is the third quartile (Q3) class.
In computing the quartiles of grouped data, we use the following formula:

𝑘𝑛
− 𝑐𝑓𝑏
𝑄𝑘 = 𝐿𝐵 + ( 4 )𝑖
𝑓𝑄𝑘
where: 𝐿𝐵 is the lower boundary of the quartile class
𝑘 is the indicated quartile, i.e. 1, 2, or 3
𝑛 is the total frequency
𝑐𝑓𝑏 is the cumulative frequency below the quartile class
𝑓𝑄𝑘 is the frequency of the quartile class
𝑖 is the class width (or size of the class interval)
Example:
Calculate the lower and upper quartiles of the Mathematics test scores of 40
students.
Scores Frequency
46 – 50 3
41 – 45 7
36 – 40 10
31 – 35 8
26 – 30 7
21 – 25 5
75
Solution:
Get the cumulative frequency of the distribution.
Less than cumulative
Scores Frequency frequency
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
Determine the first quartile class.
𝑘 = 1 and 𝑛 = 40, therfore
𝑘𝑛 1(40)
= = 10
4 4
Hence, the class interval that contains the 10th score is 26-30.
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
Get the necessary data: 𝑄1 class
𝐿𝐵 = 26 − 0.5 = 25.5 𝑓𝑄1 = 7
𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 5 𝑖=5
Substituting the values to the formula, we have
10 − 5
𝑄1 = 25.5 + ( )5
7
5
= 25.5 + ( ) 5
7
25
= 25.5 + ( )
7
= 25.5 + 3.57
𝑄1 = 29.07
Therefore, 25% of the students got scores less than 29.07.
To get the upper quartile, we will undergo the same process.
Determine the first quartile class.
𝑘𝑛 3(40) 120
= = = 30
4 4 4
76
Less than
cumulative
Scores Frequency
frequency
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20 𝑄3 class
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
Get the necessary data:
𝐿𝐵 = 36 − 0.5 = 35.5 𝑓𝑄1 = 10
𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 20 𝑖=5
30 − 20
𝑄3 = 35.5 + ( )5
10
10
= 35.5 + ( ) 5
10
= 35.5 + (1)5
= 35.5 + 5
𝑄3 = 40.5
Decile of Grouped Data

By now, we know that deciles divide the distribution into 10 equal parts. Thus,
like quartiles, we must determine first as well the decile class.
𝑛
The 1st decile class can be determined by (10)th score, the second decile class by
2𝑛 3𝑛
(10 )th score, the third decile class by (10 )th score, and so on. Notice that the
denominator this time is 10.
In computing the deciles of grouped data, we use the following formula:

𝑘𝑛
− 𝑐𝑓𝑏
𝐷𝑘 = 𝐿𝐵 + (10 )𝑖
𝑓𝐷𝑘
where: 𝐿𝐵 is the lower boundary of the decile class
𝑘 is the indicated decile, i.e. 1, 2, 3, …, 9
𝑐𝑓𝑏 is the cumulative frequency below the decile class
𝑓𝐷𝑘 is the frequency of the decile class
Using the previous example, let us compute for the 4th and 7th decile.
Mathematics test scores of 40 students.
77
Scores Frequency
46 – 50 3
41 – 45 7
36 – 40 10
31 – 35 8
26 – 30 7
21 – 25 5
Solution:
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
Determine the fourth decile class.
𝑘𝑛 4(40)
= = 16
10 10
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20 𝐷4 class
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
Get the necessary data: 𝑄1 class
𝐿𝐵 = 31 − 0.5 = 30.5 𝑓𝑄1 = 8
𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 12 𝑖=5
16 − 12
𝐷4 = 30.5 + ( )5
8
4
= 30.5 + ( ) 5
8
20
= 30.5 + ( )
8
= 30.5 + 2.5
𝐷4 = 33
Therefore, 40% of the students got scores less than 33.
78
To get the 7th decile, we will undergo the same process.

Determine the 7th decile class.
𝑘𝑛 7(40) 280
= = = 28
10 10 10
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12 𝐷7 class
21 – 25 5 5
𝐿𝐵 = 36 − 0.5 = 35.5 𝑓𝑄1 = 10
𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 20 𝑖=5
28 − 20
𝐷7 = 35.5 + ( )5
10
8
= 35.5 + ( ) 5
10
40
= 35.5 + ( )
10
= 35.5 + 4
𝐷7 = 39.5
Percentile of Grouped Data

Recall that percentiles divide the distribution into 100 equal parts. Thus, like the
first two measures of position, we must determine first as well the percentile class.
𝑛
The 1st percentile class can be determined by (100)th score, the second
2𝑛 3𝑛
percentile class by (100)th score, the third percentile class by (100)th score, and so
on. Notice that the denominator this time is 100.
In computing the percentiles of grouped data, we use the following formula:

𝑘𝑛
− 𝑐𝑓𝑏
𝑃𝑘 = 𝐿𝐵 + ( 100 )𝑖
𝑓𝑃𝑘
where: 𝐿𝐵 is the lower boundary of the percentile class
𝑘 is the indicated percentile, i.e. 1, 2, 3, …, 99
𝑐𝑓𝑏 is the cumulative frequency below the percentile class
𝑓𝑃𝑘 is the frequency of the percentile class
79
Using the same example, let us compute for the 35th and 90th percentile.
Mathematics test scores of 40 students.
Scores Frequency
46 – 50 3
41 – 45 7
36 – 40 10
31 – 35 8
26 – 30 7
21 – 25 5
Solution:
Less than
cumulative
Scores Frequency
frequency
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
th
Determine the 35 percentile class.
𝑘𝑛 35(40)
= = 14
100 100
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
Get the necessary data: 𝑃35 class
𝐿𝐵 = 26 − 0.5 = 25.5 𝑓𝑄1 = 7
𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 5 𝑖=5
14 − 5
𝑃35 = 25.5 + ( )5
7
9
= 25.5 + ( ) 5
7
45
= 25.5 + ( )
7
80
= 25.5 + 6.43
𝑃35 = 31.93
To get the 90th percentile, we will undergo the same process.

Determine the 90th percentile class.
𝑘𝑛 90(40) 3600
𝑘 = 90 and 𝑛 = 40, therfore = = = 36
100 100 100
Hence, the class interval that contains the 36thscore is 41-45.
Less than
cumulative
Scores Frequency
frequency
(𝑐𝑓)
46 – 50 3 40
41 – 45 7 37
36 – 40 10 30 𝐷7 class
31 – 35 8 20
26 – 30 7 12
21 – 25 5 5
𝐿𝐵 = 41 − 0.5 = 40.5 𝑓𝑄1 = 7
𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 30 𝑖=5
36 − 30
𝑃90 = 40.5 + ( )5
7
6
= 40.5 + ( ) 5
7
30
= 40.5 + ( )
7
= 40.5 + 4.29
𝑃90 = 44.79
ACTIVITY
Given the set of data, determine the indicated measures of position. Write your answer
on a separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
Cumulative
Score Frequency
frequency
40 – 45 6 60
35 – 39 9 44
30 – 34 18 35
25 – 29 12 17
20 – 24 5 5
81
1. Q1 6. D8
2. Q2 7. Median
3. Q3 8. P30
4. D3 9. P60
5. D6 10. P75

Use the data to answer that follow. Choose the letter of the correct answer.
Then write it on a separate sheet of paper.
Scores of 50 Students in Statistics Test
Scores Frequency
46 – 50 4
41 – 45 8
36 – 40 11
31 – 35 9
26 – 30 12
21 – 25 6
1. In solving for the 6th decile, the lower boundary to use is ___.
A. 30.5 B. 31 C. 35.5 D. 36
2. What cumulative frequency should be used in solving for the 35th percentile?
A. 6 B. 12 C. 18 D. 27
3. The 45th percentile is ____________.

A. 31.88 B. 32.38 C. 32.5 D. 33
4. The 5th decile is _____.

A. 32.92 B. 33.42 C. 33.89 D. 34.39
5. The 3rd quartile is equivalent to _______.

A. 39.77 B. 40.27 C. 40.83 D. 41.33
82

INTERPRETING MEASURE OF POSITION
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Interpret the measures of position.
After going through this module, you are expected to calculate and interpret the
measures of position.

In the previous module, we are asked to calculate for a specific measure of
position.
This time, we will learn how to interpret the results. Interpretation is very
important when we are dealing with Statistics because it gives meaning to the data
we had gathered.
Let us have some examples.
Example 1
The table shows the number of days 70 patients had recovered from COVID 19.
Calculate 𝑃35 and interpret the result.
Number of Number of Class Less than
Days a patient Patients Boundaries Cumulative
Recovered Recovered Frequency
1–5 2 0.5 – 5.5 2
6 – 10 2 5.5 – 10.5 4
11 – 15 10 10.5 – 15.5 14
16 – 20 12 15.5 – 20.5 26 Percentile class
21 – 25 15 20.5 – 25.5 41
26 – 30 11 25.5 – 30.5 52
31 – 35 9 30.5 – 35.5 61
36 – 40 6 35.5 – 40.5 67
41 – 45 3 40.5 – 45.5 70
Σ𝑓 = 70
Solving for 𝑃35 ,
𝑘𝑁
− 𝑐𝑓𝑏
𝑘𝑁 35(70) 𝑃35 = 𝐿𝐵 + ( 100 )𝑖
a. = = 24.5 𝑓𝑃
100 100
35
b. 𝐿𝐵 = 15.5
c. 𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 14 24.5 − 14
𝑃35 = 15.5 + ( )5
d. 𝑓𝑃 = 12 12
35
e. 𝑖 = 5 𝑷𝟑𝟓 = 𝟏𝟗. 𝟖𝟖
Interpretation: This means that 35% of the 70 patients have recovered less than or
equal to 19.88 days.
83
Example 2:
The following are the scores of 50 incoming grade 11 students in their STEM
entrance exam.
Calculate 𝐷7 and interpret the result.
Class Less than

Scores Frequency Boundaries Cumulative
Frequency
115 – 124 3 114.5 – 124.5 50
105 – 114 5 104. 5 – 114.5 47
95 – 104 11 94.5 – 104.5 42
85 – 94 6 84.5 – 94.5 31
75 – 84 7 74.5 – 84.5 25
65 – 74 8 64.5 – 74.5 18
55 – 64 2 54.5 – 64.5 10
45 – 54 2 44.5 – 54.5 8
35 - 44 6 34.5 – 44.5 6
Σ𝑓 = 50
Solving for 𝐷7 , 𝑘𝑁
− 𝑐𝑓𝑏
a.
𝑘𝑁
=
7(50)
= 35 𝐷7 = 𝐿𝐵 + ( 10 )𝑖
10 10 𝑓𝐷 7
b. 𝐿𝐵 = 94.5
c. 𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 31 35 − 31
𝐷7 = 94.5 + ( ) 10
d. 𝑓𝐷7 = 11 11
e. 𝑖 = 10 𝑫𝟕 = 𝟗𝟖. 𝟏𝟒
Interpretation: This means that 70% of incoming grade 11 STEM scored less than
or equal to 98.14.
Example 3.
Given the general average of 40 Grade 10 – Nationalism students.
Calculate 𝐷5 and interpret the result.
General Class Less than

Average Frequency Boundaries Cumulative
Frequency
75 – 78 3 74.5 – 78.5 3
79 – 82 13 78.5 – 82.5 16
83 – 86 14 82.5 – 86.5 30
87 – 90 9 86.5 – 90.5 39
91 - 94 1 90.5 – 94.5 40
Σ𝑓 = 40
84
Solving for 𝐷7 ,
𝑘𝑁 5(40) 𝑘𝑁
a. = = 20 − 𝑐𝑓𝑏
10 10 𝐷5 = 𝐿𝐵 + ( 10 )𝑖
b. 𝐿𝐵 = 82.5 𝑓𝐷
5
c. 𝑐𝑓𝑏 = 16
20 − 14
d. 𝑓𝐷7 = 14 𝐷5 = 82.5 + ( )4
14
e. 𝑖 = 4
𝑫𝟓 = 𝟖𝟒. 𝟐𝟏
Interpretation: This means that 50% of Grade 10 – Nationalism students have

general average of less than or equal to 84.21.
ACTIVITY
Given the set of data, calculate the indicated measures of position and interpret the
results. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
The scores obtained by 60 grade 7 pupils for their final examination are distributed
as follows.
Class Less than

SCORES FREQUENCY Boundaries Cumulative
Frequency
58 – 62 2 57.5 – 62.5 2
63 – 67 5 62.5 – 67.5 7
68 – 72 4 67.5 – 72.5 11
73 – 77 6 72.5 – 77.5 17
78 – 82 7 77.5 – 82.5 24
83 – 87 9 82.5 – 87.5 33
88 – 92 9 87.5 – 92.5 42
93 – 97 18 92.5 – 97.5 60
Σ𝑓 = ________
1. 𝑄3 3. 𝐷4
2. 𝐷8 4. 𝑃75

1. Genesis scored at the 87th percentile in their Mathematics Periodic test. How
should you interpret the result of the score?
A. Genesis got 87% of the wrong answer.
B. Genesis got 87% of the right answer.
C. Genesis scored worse than 87% of the examiners.
D. Genesis scored better than 87% of the examiners.
85
2. Joseph and John are cousins, they are not of the same age. Joseph is older than
John, but they are both 65 inches tall. Joseph is in the 8th decile for height for his
age, and John is 9th decile. Who do you think is taller for their age?
A. John is taller for his age.
B. Joseph is taller for his age.
C. They are both taller for their age.
D. They are both smaller for their age.
3. The 75th percentile for the second quarter grades in Mathematics 10 of a certain
section is 82. What does this mean?
A. 25% of the students got a grade of 82.
B. 75% of the students got a grade of 82.
C. 25% of the students has a grade less than or equal to 82.
D. 75% of the students has a grade less than or equal to 82.
4. In a Physics tests scores of 35 students, the 7th decile is equal to 86.06. How will
you interpret the result?
A. 7% of the students got a score of 86.06.
B. 70% of the students got a score of 86.06.
C. 7% of the students got a score less than or equal to 86.06.
D. 70% of the students got a score less than or equal to 86.06.
5. There are 1250 people who pledge for the PPEs that will be used by the health
workers at Ospital ng Malabon. The 50th percentile of the pledges is 12 682. 83.
What does it mean?
A. There are few pledges.
B. There are many pledges.
C. 50% of the pledges given amounted to 12, 682.83.
D. 50% of the pledges given amounted to less than or equal to 12, 682.83.
86
G10 SLEM # 7 – WEEK 4 - 5 – 4th QUARTER

SOLVING PROBLEMS INVOLVING MEASURES OF
POSITION
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Solving problem involving measures of position.
After going through this module, you are expected to solve problems involving
measures of position.

To solve for the problems involving measures of position:
For the Ungrouped data:
1. Arranged the data in ascending order.
2. Use the formulas in finding the measures of position for the ungrouped data.
For the Grouped data:

1. Complete the frequency distribution table.
2. Use the formulas in finding the measures of position for the grouped data.
Examples:
1. The following are the list of daily fare of 20 employees in a company.
55 63 44 37 50
57 58 40 54 65 Calculate:
28 56 30 35 56
27 50 28 39 37 a. 3rd quartile
b. 4th decile
Solution:
a. Step 1. Arrange the data in ascending order.
27 28 28 30 35 37 37 39 40 44 50 50 54 55 56 56 57 58 63 65
3 3 3(21)
Step 2. Solve using 𝑄3 = 4 (𝑁 + 1) = 4 (20 + 1) = 4 = 15.75
Since the position is in decimal, it means that it is between 15 th and
th
16 position, therefore interpolation is needed.
Step 3. Interpolation
➢ The value in 15th position is 56 and in 16th position is also 56.
➢ Subtract the values of positions. (56 – 56 = 0)
➢ Multiply the result by the decimal obtained in the position of 3 rd
quartile. (0 x 0.75 = 0)
➢ Add the result to the 15th position or smaller number.
(0 + 56 = 56)
The value of the 3rd quartile is equal to 56.
87
a. Step 1. Arrange the data in ascending order.
27 28 28 30 35 37 37 39 40 44 50 50 54 55 56 56 57 58 63 65
4 4 4 84
Step 2. Solve using 𝐷4 = 10 (𝑁 + 1) = 10 (20 + 1)=10 (21) = 10 = 8.4
Step 3. Since the result of the position is in decimal, round off to the nearest
integer. 𝐷4 = 8.4 ≈ 𝟖𝒕𝒉 𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏
The value of the 4th decile is equal to 39.
1. The given table shows the scores of the students in the Mathematics quiz.
SCORE FREQUENCY LOWER LESS THAN Find:

BOUNDARY CUMULATIVE
FREQUENCY a. 𝐷3
41 – 45 1 40.5 40
36 – 40 8 35.5 39 b. 𝑃70
31 – 35 8 30.5 31 𝑃70 class
26 – 30 14 25.5 23 𝐷3 class
21 – 25 7 20.5 9
16 - 20 2 15.5 2
𝑘𝑁
−𝑐𝑓 𝑘𝑁
a. Using the formula; 𝐷3 = 𝑙𝑏𝑘 + ( 10𝑓 )𝑖 − 𝑐𝑓
𝑘 𝐷3 = 𝑙𝑏𝑘 + ( 10 )𝑖
𝑘𝑁 3(40) 120 𝑓𝑘
➢ 𝐷3 = 10 = = = 12
10 10
12 − 9
➢ 𝑙𝑏𝑘 = 25.5 𝐷3 = 25.5 + ( )5
➢ < 𝑐𝑓 = 9 14
➢ 𝑓 = 14
𝑫𝟑 = 𝟐𝟔. 𝟓𝟕
➢ 𝑖=5
𝑘𝑁
−𝑐𝑓
100
b. Using the formula; 𝑃70 = 𝑙𝑏𝑘 + ( )𝑖
𝑓𝑘 𝑘𝑁
− 𝑐𝑓
= 𝑙𝑏𝑘 + (100
𝑘𝑁 70(40) 2800
➢ 𝑃70 = 100 = = = 28 𝑃70 )𝑖
100 100 𝑓𝑘
➢ 𝑙𝑏𝑘 = 30.5
➢ < 𝑐𝑓 = 23 28 − 23
𝑃70 = 30.5 + ( )5
➢ 𝑓=8 8
➢ 𝑖=5 𝑷𝟕𝟎 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟔𝟑
88
ACTIVITY
Given the set of data, calculate the indicated measures of position and Write
your answer on a separate sheet of paper. Show your complete solution.
1. Heng De Company produces face shields. The following are the numbers of face
shields the company produced in 25 days.
24 000 32 000 27 000 23 000 33 000

21 000 26 000 31 000 20 000 27 000
31 000 35 000 34 000 22 000 26 000
28 000 23 000 35 000 31 000 27 000
29 000 28 000 23 000 27 000 28 000
Calculate.
a. 𝑄3 . b. 𝐷8 . c. 𝑃35 .

I. Choose the letter of the correct answer. Then write it on a separate sheet of
paper.
Given the frequency distribution table of the weight of 100 employees of a certain
company.
Weight (kg) Number of Lower Less than

Employees Boundary Cumulative Freq.
30 – 34 13 29.5 13
35 – 39 17 34.5 30
40 – 44 18 39.5 48
45 – 49 20 44.5 68
50 – 54 13 49.5 81
55 – 59 12 54.5 93
60 – 64 5 59.5 98
65 – 69 2 64.5 100
1. What is the 40th percentile?

a. 42.24 b. 42.28 c. 42.32 d. 42.36
2. What is the 60th percentile?
a. 47.1 b. 47.3 c. 47.5 d. 47.7
3. What is the 8th decile?
a. 54.08 b. 54.10 c. 54.12 d. 54.14
4. What is the lower quartile?
a. 38.09 b. 38.07 c. 38.05 d. 38.03
5. What is the upper quartile?
a. 52.04 b. 52.09 c. 52.14 d. 52.19
89
G10 SLEM # 8 – WEEK 6 - 7– 4th QUARTER

MAKING MINI RESEARCH TITLE
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Formulate Research Title.
After going through this module, you are expected to formulate research title.
Research is a careful and detailed study into a specific problem, concern, or issue using the
scientific method.
Rosario, Eden, Eniego and Lundag (2018) defined statistical mini research as the output of
data gathered through questionnaire, interview, observation, and experimentation from an
identified set of samples.(272)
They enumerated the following steps in formulating a Statistical Mini Research

Step 1: State the problem
Think of a topic that you find interesting. It can be current issues. The data of the
problem must be attainable. It should be realistic. It is important that you set limitations of your
research. For example, your data source will be limited only for Grade 10 students.
In stating the problem, hypothesis is needed. Hypothesis is a proposed explanation or answer
to the problem stated. You need to provide practical and complete assumptions
Step 2: Design the research
Provide an outline of your mini research. The research design explains the data collection and
the statistical analysis plan in order to come up with a reliable result and conclusion.
Step 3: Gather the data
Some data are readily available from school records or government websites. Others can be
obtained through surveys, questionnaires, interviews or observation.
Step 4: Analyze the data
It is the heart of the research work. Analyzing the data means transforming the data gathered
into meaningful information. You will use appropriate statistical method to interpret research
data.
Step 5: Make summary, Conclusions and Recommendation
The last step of formulating mini research wherein the findings of the data is organized. This
will answer your hypothesis. Come up with a conclusion and generate recommendations for
future researchers.
The title summarizes the main idea or ideas of your study. A good title contains the fewest
possible words that adequately describe the contents and/or purpose of your research
paper.
Characteristics of a Good Research Title
90
According to rhetoric scholars Hairston and Keene, making a good title for a paper involves
ensuring that the title of the research accomplishes four goals. First, a good title predicts the
content of the research paper. Second, a good title should be interesting to the reader. Third,
it should reflect the tone of the writing. Fourth and finally, it should contain important
keywords that will make it easier to be located during a keyword search.
Taken from: https://www.enago.com/academy/write-irresistible-research-paper-
title/?fbclid=IwAR1ZJS2R3h6yaMorm_P1diheJivmvis8Xi5i3kgfXrVY0YdX-2_FqU2VOB4
Tips for Writing an Effective Research Paper Title

The following example will help you understand how you can go about writing a good title for
your research paper in 5 simple steps:
STEP 1
Ask yourself these questions and make note of the answers:
• What is my paper about?
• What techniques/ designs were used?
• Who/what is studied?
• What were the results?
STEP 2
Use your answers to list key words.
STEP 3
Create a sentence that includes the key words you listed.
STEP 4
Delete all unnecessary/ repetitive words and link the remaining.
STEP 5
Delete non-essential information and reword the title.
Following the steps outlined above will help you arrive at an effective title for your research
paper.
Taken from: https://www.editage.com/insights/5-simple-steps-to-write-a-good-research-paper-title?refer=scroll-to-
1-article&refer-type=article
Some examples of Research Title:

1. Knowledge and Attitudes of Gr. 12 students towards Online Mode of Learning
2. Level of Customer Satisfaction of Mercato Centrale
3. Marketing Strategies of Online Sellers during the COVID-19 Pandemic
ACTIVITY
I. Decide whether the following statements are True or False. Write your answer
on the blanks provided before each number.
1. The title summarizes the main idea or ideas of your study.
2. Gathering the data means transforming the data gathered into meaningful
information.
3. In stating the problem, hypothesis is needed.
4. It is good to have at least 30 words in formulating research title.
5. A good title should be interesting to the reader.
91
II. Given the situation below, formulate a research title that is best suited to the given
situation.
1. You are asked to conduct a survey among the selected Grade 10 students of
Nagpayong High School S.Y 2020-2021 regarding the effect of Social Networking
Sites to their academic performance.
2. On a study done to measure the perceived effectivity of online classes among
senior students in learning Mathematics, several students were asked to rate the
extent of the effectivity (1 being the least effective and 10 very effective) when
having Mathematics online classes.

Choose 1 from the topics below. Then formulate a research title. Use the rubrics below
for scoring.
1. COVID 19
2. Social Networking Site
3. Computer/Android phone Games
Rubrics
92
G10 SLEM # 8 – WEEK 8-9 – 4th QUARTER

USE APPROPRIATE MEASURES OF POSITION AND
OTHER STATISTICAL METHODS IN ANALYZING AND
INTERPRETING RESEARCH DATA.
EXPECTATION
Learning Competency: Use appropriate measures of position and other statistical

methods in analyzing and interpreting research data.
After going through this module, you are expected to use appropriate measures
of position and other statistical methods in analyzing and interpreting research data

Methods of Survey Data Collection
Survey means to look at in a comprehensive way. There are numerous survey

research methods, including in-person and telephone interviews, mailed and online
questionnaires.
The interview method and the questionnaire method can be used in

conducting surveys. The interview method is done when a person solicits information
from another person. The person gathering the data is called the interviewer, while
the person supplying the date is the interviewee.
Example:
1. Jhon got a score of 35 points in 50 item test in mathematics. He wants to know
the standing of his score among the class. He asked his 49 classmates to write
their scores and he collected it.
The table below shows their scores in mathematics exam.
23 38 28 46 22 20 18 34 36 35
45 40 16 22 27 25 29 31 30 25
44 21 18 43 21 26 37 29 23 37
34 21 17 20 22 21 28 33 40 17
25 28 33 32 35 46 20 32 45 44
From the data gathered by Jhon, he organizes a frequency distribution table.

A frequency distribution table is a chart that summarizes values and their
frequency. It's a useful way to organize data if you have a list of numbers that represent
the frequency of a certain outcome in a sample.
93
scores Tally f l.b. <cf

44-47 IIII-I 6 43.5 50
40-43 III 3 39.5 44
36-39 IIII 4 35.5 41
32-35 IIII-IIII 9 31.5 37
28-31 IIII-I 6 27.5 28
24-27 IIII 5 23.5 22
20-23 IIII-IIII-II 12 19.5 17
16-19 IIII 5 15.5 5
To get the standing of Jhon’s score in mathematics exam he used the percentile rank.
Solution:
100 (𝑃 − 𝐿𝐵)𝑓𝑃
𝑃𝑃𝑅 = +[ + 𝐶𝑓𝑃 ]
𝑁 𝑖
100 (35 − 31.5)9
𝑃35 = +[ + 28]
50 4
(3.5)9
𝑃35 = 2 + [ + 28]
4
31.5
𝑃35 = 2 + [ + 28]
4
𝑃35 = 2 + [7.86 + 28]
𝑃35 = 2 + 35.86
𝑃35 = 37.86
Therefore, 37.86% or 38% of students who got a score lower than 35 while 62.14%
or 62% of them got a score higher than 35. 62% percent of the students are higher
than Jhon’s score.
ACTIVITY
Direction: Apply the knowledge and skills you have learned in this lesson to evaluate
and interpret test results and to make/formulate meaningful decisions based on the
results to resolve the difficulties of the students.
1. Formulate a problem.
2. Ask the scores of your classmates from the previous exam in the subjects
you have chosen.
3. Construct a frequency distribution table.

Directions: Conduct a mini-research on students’ performance in your
previous examination in the chosen subject.
Continue your output in the first activity.
4. Use appropriate measure of position to solve the problem.

5. Make your conclusion and recommendation.
94
SDO MALABON CITY
10
Supplementary Learning
Materials in Science
Matter
Fourth Quarter
95
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
4th QUARTER
MODULE 1 – WEEK 1
BOYLE’S & CHARLES’ LAW
INTRODUCTION OF THE LESSON
The measurable properties of gases are the factors that greatly affect the
behavior of gases depending on the movement of its particles. The simple
relationships among these measurable properties such as pressure, temperature,
and volume of gases are stated in the different gas laws.
One of these gas laws is known as the Boyle’s Law, which was formulated by
physicist Robert Boyle. Boyle’s Law states that “the volume of a given gas changes
inversely with the pressure, provided that the temperature is held constant”.
Boyles’s Law can be expressed mathematically as:
Where:
P₁ - initial pressure P₂ - final pressure
V₁ - initial volume V₂ - final volume
Another gas law which was formulated by a French physicist Jacques

Alexandre Cesar Charles is called the Charle’s Law. It states that “the volume of a
confined gas changes directly with the temperature, provided that the pressure is
held constant”.
Charles’ Law can be expressed mathematically as:
Where:
V₁ - initial volume T₁ - initial temperature
V₂ - final volume T₂ - final temperature
Note: The units for Pressure and Temperature are given below. The unit Kelvin (K)
for temperature should be used in problem-solving related to Charles’ Law.
PRESSURE 1 atm = 101325 Pa = 760 torr = 760 mmHg

TEMPERATURE K = °C + 273
96
Sample Problem for Boyle’s Law:
If the pressure of a gas in a 1.25 L container is initially 0.872 atm, what is the
pressure if the volume of the container is increased to 1.5 L, assuming the
temperature doesn’t change?
Given: P1 = 0.872 atm V1 = 1.25 L P2 = unknown V2 = 1.5 L

Find: P2
General Equation for Boyle’s Law: P1V1 = P2V2
Step 1: Manipulate the general equation for Boyle’s law to find the final pressure.
P1V1 = P2V2
P2 =
Step 2: Substitute the manipulated equation with the given data.

( )( )
P2 =
P2 = 0.727 atm
The volume of the gas increased from 1.25 L to 1.5 L as the pressure of the gas
decreased from 0.872 atm to 0.727 atm.
In Boyle’s Law, the volume of a gas is inversely proportional to

the pressure exerted on the gas if the temperature is constant.
Sample Problem for Charles’ Law
If the volume of a piston filled with gas is 4.31 L at 25°C, then what is the
volume of the gas after it is heated to 50°C, assuming the system doesn’t experience
a change in pressure?
Given: V1 = 4.31 L T1 = 25°C V2 = unknown T2 = 50°C

Find: V2
General Equation for Charles’ Law:
Step 1: Convert the initial and final temperature to Kelvin.

T1 = 25°C + 273 = 298K
T2 = 50°C + 273 = 323K
97
Step 2: Manipulate the general equation for Charles’ Law to find the final volume.
V1T2 = V2T1
V2 =
Step 3: Substitute the manipulated equation with the given data.

Use the temperature in Kelvin unit.
( )( )
V2 =
V2 = 4.67 L
The volume of the gas increased from 4.31 L to 4.67 L as the temperature increased
from 298K to 323K.
In Charles’ Law, the volume of a gas is directly proportional to the

temperature (in Kelvin) if the pressure is constant.
ACTIVITIES
Activity 1
Directions: Solve the following problems using Boyle’s Law.
1. A 5.6 mL of a gas in a piston exert a pressure of 1.7 atm. It is compressed
until the volume reached 4.8 ml. Calculate the new pressure inside the piston.
2. If at 4 atm the volume of a dry gas is 250 ml. What is the volume of the gas if
the pressure in decreased by ½?
3. The gas has a volume of 2.7 ml. What is the initial pressure if volume
becomes 5.8L at 2.atm?
Activity 2
Directions: Solve the following problems using Charles’ Law.
1. A 3.8 mL of a gas in a container has a temperature of 2.0K. What would the
volume be if the temperature becomes 8.0K?
2. If at 27ºC the volume of a dry gas is 3.0 ml. What is the new temperature if the
volume increased to 7.5 ml?
3. The temperature of the gas is 460.0 mL at 3.5ºC. Calculate the new volume at
1.5ºC.
98
ASSESSMENT
Directions: Read each item carefully and write the letter of the BEST answer.
1. What are the measurable properties that greatly affect the behavior of gases
depending on the movement of its particles?
I. energy II. pressure III. temperature IV. volume
A. I, II, III C. I, II, IV
B. II, III, IV D. I. III. IV
2. What gas law states that the relationship of volume and pressure is inversely
proportional if temperature is held constant?
A. Boyle’s Law C. Avogadro’s Law
B. Charles’ Law D. Ideal Gas Law
3. Which BEST describes Charles’ Law?
A. At constant temperature the volume of a gas is inversely
proportional to its pressure.
B. At constant volume, the temperature of a gas is directly proportional
to its pressure
C. At constant pressure, the volume of a gas is directly proportional to
temperature.
D. The volume of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure and
directly proportional to temperature
4. In Boyle’s Law, what will happen to pressure if the volume of a dry gas is
doubled?
A. increase C. remains the same
B. decrease D. increase then decrease
5. In Charles’s Law, if the volume of a gas increased twice, what will happen to
the temperature?
A. increased by half C. remains the same
B. decreased by half D. doubled
6. The volume of a dry gas is 2 ml at 1 atm. What will be its pressure if the
volume is reduced to 1 ml?
A. 0 atm B. 1 atm C. 2 atm D. 3 atm
7. The pressure exerted by a gas in the container measures 5 atm. What is its
volume, if at 500 mL the pressure is reduced to 3 atm?
A. 0.3 mL B. 3.0 mL C. 30.0 mL D. 300mL
8. The volume of the gas is 5 mL at a temperature of 300K. What is its
temperature if the volume increased to 10 mL?
A. 150K B. 300K C. 600K D. 900K
9. If you increase the temperature of the gas inside the balloon by putting it
outside your window, what would have caused the balloon to burst?
A. decreased pressure C. decreased temperature
B. increased volume D. decreased energy
10. When you exhale, your diaphragm goes up to its original position exerting
greater pressure to your lungs. What will happen to the volume of the air
inside your lungs?
A. Increase volume C. constant volume
B. Decrease volume D. cannot be describe
99
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
4th QUARTER, MODULE 2 – WEEK 2
KINETIC MOLECULAR THEORY
INTRODUCTION OF THE LESSON
Kinetic Molecular Theory (KMT) explains that gases just like other phases of
matter are made up of tiny particles called molecules. The following are the basic
assumptions of the Kinetic Molecular Theory:
 Gases are made up of molecules where size is tiny compared to the regular
distance between them, which results to neither attractive nor repulsive forces
on one another.
 Gas molecules are in constant motion in random directions and they
frequently collide with one another. Collisions among gas molecules are
perfectly elastic. During collision, the energy of a gas molecule can be
transferred to another gas molecules. Nevertheless, the total energy of all the
gas molecules in a system remains the same.
 The average kinetic energy of the molecules is proportional to the
temperature of the gas in Kelvin. Any two gases at the same temperature will
have the same average kinetic energy. Kinetic energy is the type of energy
used by a moving object.
Gases diffuse or spread freely because of its constant motion in random
directions.,
Gas molecules can be compressed when a pressure is applied to it resulting
to a smaller volume.
Kinetic Molecular Theory (KMT) explains the relationships among the
measurable properties of gases such as pressure, temperature, and volume as
stated in the different gas laws.
Boyle’s Law
Gas pressure is the result when molecules collide with the walls of the
container. The pressure of the gas is inversely proportional to the volume it occupies.
Decreasing the space occupied by a given gas (volume), increases the collision of
the gas molecules with the walls of the container (pressure).
Charles’ Law
The average kinetic energy of the molecules is proportional to the
temperature of the gas in Kelvin. As the temperature increases, the average kinetic
energy of the gas molecules also increases. Thus, the molecules hit the walls of the
container more frequently and more energetically, pushing the walls to move
outward resulting to an increase in the volume of the gases. Therefore, the volume of
a gas is directly proportional to its temperature in Kelvin.
100
ACTIVITY
Directions: Identify and state the gas law in each test item number. Give the
assumption of Kinetic Molecular Theory (KMT) as shown in each pair of illustrations
below.
container gas molecule pressure source of heat
1.
2.
ASSESSMENT
Directions: Read each item carefully and write the letter of the BEST answer.
1. Which is known as tiny particles of a gas?

A. atom B. compound C. molecule D. particle
2. What is the spreading of molecules throughout an available space?
A. collision B. compressibility C. diffusion D. volume
3. What is the ability of gas molecules that enables the oxygen gas to fit into a
tank used in hospitals?
A. collision B. compressibility C. diffusion D. volume
101
4. Which is NOT a true statement about gases?
A. they are the least compacted form of matter
B. they are more active than liquid
C. they prefer to be as far as possible from each other
D. some gases take on very distinct shapes.
5. Which of the statements given best proves that the molecule is constantly
moving?
A. it is tiny C. it can diffuse
B. it is light D. it can be compressed
6. Which is NOT a basic assumption of the Kinetic Molecular Theory (KMT)?
A. Gases consist of molecules in constant motion.
B. The collisions between molecules are perfectly elastic
C. There is a strong attractive force between molecules in the gaseous
state.
D. The temperature of gas is proportional to the average kinetic energy
of molecules.
7. Which of the following are the assumptions of Kinetic Molecular Theory?
I. Matter is made up of molecules.
II. Molecules are in constant motion.
III. Molecules collide with each other.
IV. Gas molecules exert pressure on the walls of its container.
A. I and II B. I, II and III C. I, III and IV D. I, II, III, IV
8. The average kinetic energy of the molecules is proportional to the
temperature of the gas in Kelvin. This is one of the assumptions of the Kinetic
Molecular Theory (KMT). Which gas law can be explained using the given
assumption?
A. Avogadro’s law C. Charles’ Law
B. Boyle’s Law D. Gay Lussac’s Law
9. Decreasing the space occupied by a given gas, increases the collision of the
gas molecules with the walls of the container. Which gas law is being referred
by the given statement?
A. Avogadro’s law C. Charles’ Law
B. Boyle’s Law D. Gay Lussac’s Law
10. How does the temperature affect the average kinetic energy of gas
molecules?
A. as the temperature decreases, the average kinetic energy of gas
molecules decreases
B. as the temperature decreases, the average kinetic energy of gas
molecules increases
C. as the temperature decreases, the average kinetic energy of gas
molecules remains the same
D. as the temperature decreases, the average kinetic energy of gas
molecules fluctuates
102
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
TH
4 QUARTER MODULE 3 - WEEK 3
MAJOR CATEGORIES OF BIOMOLECULES (CARBOHYDRATES,
LIPIDS, PROTEINS, AND NUCLEIC ACIDS
Lesson 1: Carbohydrates and its Classifications (Monosaccharide,

Disaccharide, and Polysaccharide)
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
You already know that we eat food in order to get the necessary nutrients that we
need to have energy, as well as for growth and repair. Certain compounds which are crucial
for life are present in those foods. These compounds belong to the four main categories of
Biomolecules: Carbohydrates, Lipids, Proteins, and Nucleic Acids. These compounds are
considered to be organic because all of them contain Carbon (C). However, they differ in
terms of structure and the elements that they are made up. These compounds are
composed of monomers (building blocks) that combine to form polymers. Study the table /
chart below to know more about the elements present, monomers, and polymers of the
Biomolecules.
BIOMOLECULES Carbohydrates Lipids Proteins Nucleic Acids

Elements present C, H, O C, H, O C, H, O, N, S C, H, O, N, P
Monomer Monosaccharides Triglycerides Amino acid Nucleotides
(Glucose, (Glycerol and
Galactose, Fatty acids)
Fructose,
Dextrose)
Polymer Disaccharides Fats Polypeptides; DNA and RNA
(Sucrose, Maltose, (Triglycerides); Proteins
Lactose) and Oils, Waxes
Polysaccharides
(Starch, Glycogen,
Cellulose)
Activity 1.1 True or False

Directions: Write T if the statement is correct. If not, write F.
____1. Biomolecules are found in living organisms.
____2. Biomolecules are said to be organic because they contain the element Calcium (Ca).
____3. All categories of Biomolecules contain the elements C, H, and O.
____4. Polymers are the building blocks of Biomolecules.
____5. Monosaccharide is the monomer of Lipids.
LET’S DIG DEEPER

Carbohydrates are the sugars, starches, and fiber present in our food. You are
already familiar that Carbohydrates are the major source of energy but that is just one of the
functions of the said biomolecule. All Carbohydrates have the elements C, H, and O and
have a ratio of H:C:O (2:1:1), which means that in every 2 atoms of H, there is 1 atom of C
and 1 atom of O. Carbohydrates are further classified into three groups: monosaccharide,
disaccharide, and polysaccharide.
103
Glucose Sucrose Starch (amylose)
Figure 1.3 Structural Formulas (Ring Form) of some Carbohydrates
Activity 1.2 Is it Simple or Complex?

Directions: Identify whether the items are classified as a Monosaccharide, Disaccharide, or
Polysaccharide.
_____1. Starch in potatoes. _____6. Exoskeletons of shrimps.
_____2. Table sugar. _____7. Fructose in fruits.
_____3. Ribose in RNA. _____8. Blood glucose.
_____4. Fiber in vegetables. _____9. Corn flour.
_____5. Lactose in Milk _____10. Cell walls of a plant cell.
Lesson 2: Lipids and its Two Classifications (Simple and Complex)

LET’S DIG DEEPER
In Lesson 1, you learned that Carbohydrates are important in providing
energy for cells. Lipids, another major classification of Biomolecules, also stores energy in
our cells but for later use. Lipids are made up of C, H, and O but with higher amounts of C
and H, that is why they give more energy (9 calories / gram) than Carbohydrates (4 calories /
gram). Lipids are classified as Simple (Fatty acids, Triglycerides, Waxes) and Complex
(Phospholipids, Steroids). Aside from long term energy source, Lipids are also essential for
cell membrane and hormone components. Lipids are non-polar; thus, they do not dissolve in
water.
104
Fats and oils, which are also called triglycerides,
are the most abundant lipids. A triglyceride is composed of
a glycerol and three fatty acids (long hydrocarbon chain).
Fats can be saturated (single bonds only; solid at room
temperature) or unsaturated (at least one double bond;
liquid at room temperature). Examples of saturated fats are
lard and butter. Oils are an example of unsaturated fats and
are liquid in room temperature. Examples are vegetable oil,
corn oil, and olive oil. Figure 2.1 Foods rich in Lipids
Activity 2.1 Saturated or Unsaturated?

Directions: Study Figure 2.1. List the foods shown in the photo and indicate whether you
think they might contain Saturated or Unsaturated fats. Explain your answer.
Other types of Lipids are Phospholipids and
Steroids. Phospholipids, as shown in Figure 2.2, has a
glycerol, two fatty acid chain, and a phosphate group.
Phospholipids have a hydrophobic head and a
hydrophilic tail and makes up the cell membranes of living
things. This lipid bi-layer controls what substances can go
in and out of the cell.
Steroids have four interconnected C rings and
can make many variations. An example of a steroid is
cholesterol, which is also a vital component for
hormones.
Figure 2.2 Structure of some common Lipids

Lipids. 2021, March 1. In Wikipedia.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lipid
ASSESSMENT
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the chosen letter on a separate
sheet of paper.
1. Which of the following is a correct pair?
A. glucose: disaccharide C. lactose: monosaccharide
B. starch: polysaccharide D. triglyceride: polysaccharide
2. Which of the biomolecules contain other elements aside from C, H, and O?
A. carbohydrates and lipids C. carbohydrates and proteins
B. lipids and nucleic acids D. nucleic acids and proteins
3. Which is the major function of carbohydrates?
I. Stored food II. Source of energy III. Structural framework
A. I only B. II only C. III only D. I and III only
4. Which of the following contains the most lipids?
5. Which statement is CORRECT about fats?

A. Saturated fats are liquid at room temperature.
B. Unsaturated fats are solid at room temperature.
C. Saturated fats have no double bond between molecules.
D. Unsaturated fat has two or more double bonds in the fatty acid chain.
105
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
TH
4 QUARTER MODULE 4 - WEEK 4
MAJOR CATEGORIES OF BIOMOLECULES (CARBOHYDRATES,
LIPIDS, PROTEINS, AND NUCLEIC ACIDS
Lesson 3: Proteins and Nucleic Acids
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
You might think that Biomolecules are related to food and obviously you are
right, since all living things (plants and animals) contain these biomolecules. In the
previous module (Lesson 1 and 2), you have learned about the elements present,
the monomers, ad polymers of all the Biomolecules. You have learned about the first
two major categories : Carbohydrates and Lipids. The Carbohydrates that you get
from eating pancit Malabon gives you energy. During your teenage years, Lipids in
your body in the form of hormones help your body grow (GH) and develop secondary
sexual characteristics (Estrogen and Testosterone). For this module, you are going
to understand the remaining categories which are the Proteins and Nucleic acids
and the importance of checking the food labels.
Let’s Recall
Directions: For part I, complete the table and write the missing information on each
categories of Biomolecules. For part II, answer the question.
I.
BIOMOLECULES Carbohydrates Lipids Proteins Nucleic
Acids
Elements present C, H, O C, H, O C, H, O, N, S
Monomer 1. ________ Triglycerides 4. ________ Nucleotides
(Glycerol and
Fatty acids)
Polymer Disaccharides 3. ________ Polypeptides; 6. ________
(Sucrose, Proteins
Maltose, Lactose)
and
Polysaccharides
(Starch,
Glycogen,
Cellulose)
Sources 2. ________ Cooking Oil 5. _________ Found in all
cells and
*viruses.
II. For Filipinos aged 19 years and above, the recommended Carbohydrate
intake is 55% to 75% of the total energy intake (National Nutrition Council).
The remaining percentage is for Protein and Fats. Why is it that
Carbohydrates should be the largest intake?
106
LET’S DIG DEEPER
Proteins are the second most common molecules found in our body
(water being the first) so it is important to always include proteins in our diet. If you
eat protein rich foods, our body will breakdown the long protein chains into simple
forms that are absorbable by our body which are called amino acids (monomer of
protein). Proteins are made of C, H, O, N, and an R group (variant). In the previous
quarter, you have learned about Protein Synthesis, which is the cell’s process of
producing proteins that are needed in our body. There are 20 amino acids found in
human protein: only 11 can be synthesized by our body while 9 should be taken from
other sources, hence the food that we eat. Enzymes, which are biological catalyst,
are types of protein. Proteins are also responsible for
Figure 3.1 Protein rich foods

Have you ever wondered why you resemble your mother or father? This is
because of the hereditary traits that you got from your parents. Nucleic acids are
molecules that code for these hereditary traits. Similar with proteins, Nucleic acids
consist of long chains of polymers consisting of monomers called nucleotides –
made up of three parts: a five C sugar (pentose); a phosphate group; and a ring-
shaped based containing N. The two kinds of Nucleic acids are DNA
(deoxyribonucleic acid) and RNA (ribonucleic acid). Below is a summary of their
differences.
DNA (Deoxyribonucleic Acid RNA (Ribonucleic Acid
Description It contains the genetic instruction used It is responsible for the templates in
in the development and functioning of the synthesis of proteins which in turn
all living organisms. control the operation and function of
the cell
Function Long-term storage and transmission of Transfer the genetic information for
genetic information the creation of proteins from the
nucleus to the ribosomes
Sugar and Deoxyribose sugar Ribose sugar
Bases
Phosphate backbone: Phospate backbone:
Four Bases: adenine, guanine, Four Bases: adenine, guanine,
cytosine and thymine cytosine, and uracil
Paring of Bases A-T (Adenine-Thymine) A-U (Adenine - Uracil)
G-C (Guanine-Cytosine) G-C (Guanine – Cytosine)
Activity 3.1 Analogy

Directions: Supply the missing term or concept for each item.
1. Protein : _______ ; Nucleic acids : nucleotides
2. _______ : DNA ; Ribose : RNA
3. (DNA) Adenine : Thymine ; _______ : Cytosine
4. Protein : ________ ; Nucleic acids : code for hereditary traits
5. Protein : ________ ; Nucleic acids : All cells and *viruses
107
Lesson 4: Biomolecules present on Food Labels
LET’S DIG DEEPER
Foods contain energy in the form of Calories. You often hear the word
“calories” in diets and weight gain/ loss related concerns. A Calorie is a unit of heat
energy. In the form of heat, calories serve as energy in our body.
Think of it like gasoline to a car; Calories fuels our body in that
same way.
All foods have calories but they differ in
amounts depending on the quantity and the type of
ingredients. Fats, Carbohydrates, and Proteins gives
us calories. Fats have the highest concentration of
calories - 9 calories / gram (pure fat). Proteins and
Carbohydrates each have an average of 4 calories /
gram (pure protein and carbohydrates). With this
concept, you can achieve your weight management
goals by balancing the calories in your diet. But you
should also remember that it is important to consult a
health expert before proceeding with any kind of diet.
Reading the Food Label or Nutrition facts
on the food packaging or container is a great way to
ensure that what you are eating is healthy or not, or
if it is enough for your daily calorie intake. On the
sample food label in Figure 3.3, the serving size of
this food is 1 cup and there are 2 servings in this
container. There are 250 calories per serving. If you
eat the whole container, you will eat 2 servings. The
calories will double (250 x 2 = 500 calories). In 1
serving, there are 12g of Fat, 31g of Carbohydrates,
and 5g of Protein. Carbohydrates have the
highest amount per serving, and its normal Figure 3.3 Sample Food Label
Nutrition Facts Label. 2021, March 3. In
because the food is mac and cheese, which Wikipedia.
contains pasta (made of flour/starch). https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nutrition_facts_label
Activity 3.1
Directions: Read the food label or nutrition facts and provide the needed information
in each item.
1. Servings size
2. Servings per container
3. Calories per serving
4. Fat per serving
5. Carbohydrates per serving
6. Protein per serving
7. Calories if you eat the contents
of the whole can
8. What Biomolecule is in the
highest amount for this food
item?
https://www.filamstore.com/product/purefoods-corned-beef/
108
ASSESSMENT
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the chosen letter on a
separate sheet of paper.
1. Which biomolecules is closely related to DNA?
A. lipids C. nucleotides
B. monosaccharide D. sugars
2. Burning 1 gram of fat (lipids) releases twice the amount of heat energy
compared to burning 1 gram of carbohydrates (starch). Based on this
information, which type of biomolecule would likely cause a person to gain
more weight if eaten in larger amounts (assuming the person has a normal
metabolism)?
A. carbohydrates C. nucleic acids
B. lipids or fats D. protein
3. Which statement describes a food label?
A. Shows the recommended serving.
B. Tells the procedures in making the food.
C. Instructs the amount of food to be eaten at a time
D. Tells the manufacturing and expiration date of the food
4. Which of the following is the monomer of Protein?
A. monosaccharide C. amino acids
B. triglycerides D. nucleotide
5. Fatima had 4 slices of bread for breakfast. She read the food label of the
bread packaging and it says that for every 1 serving (2 slices), there are 150
calories. How many calories did Fatima get from her breakfast?
A. 75
B. 150
C. 300
D. 600
109
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
TH
4 QUARTER MODULE 5 – WEEK 5
CONSERVATION OF MASS: BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Chemical reactions happen when a new substance or substances are formed due to
the interaction of atom of two or more different substances. Examples of chemical reactions
is when iron rust, Iron reacts to oxygen and water in air and form rust. To be able to express
these reactions, scientist write what we call chemical equations.
In a chemical equation, we right the reactants and the product using chemical
symbols. The reactants in the one side of the equation and the products of the reaction in
the other side of the equation. The use of the arrow indicates how the reaction takes place,
pointing to the product of the reaction. Earlier we were given the example of how the
reaction between oxygen and water in air forms rust in iron, we can right that equation like
this.
Looking at this chemical equation you can tell that Fe (Iron), O2 (Oxygen gas) and
H2O (water) are the reactants and Fe(OH)3 (rust) is the product. Looking at the chemical
equation, you will see numbers written beside the products and reactants, these are called
number coefficients. These numbers are places before products and reactants to “balance”
the equation.
Chemical equations follow the law of conservation of mass, which states that, the
mass of the substances is conserved before and after a reaction takes place. A chemical
reaction does not change the quantity of the substances involved in the reaction. This
means that the mass of the reactant and product must be the same. Atoms are neither
created nor destroyed during a chemical reaction. For this reason, chemical equations need
to be balanced, meaning the number of atoms of each element in both sides of the equation
should be the same. In our given equation there were 4 Fe atoms, 7 O atoms, 12 H atoms in
the reactant side so, there should also be 4 Fe atoms, 7 O atoms, 12 H atoms in the product
side.
Let us look at the reaction between hydrochloric acid with sodium as another
example equation. How do we determine the number of atoms for each element? How will
we know if the equation is balanced?
In this equation we need to count the number of H, Cl and Na atoms by looking at the
subscripts of the elements in the reactants and the products. The subscript beside the
element symbol indicates the number of atoms per element. If there is no subscript is written
beside the element symbol, this means that there is only one atom of that element.
Looking at the table you will notice that the number of atoms in the product and
reactant side is not equal. This means that our equation is UNBALANCED. To balance out
this equation we need to put numerical coefficients beside the compounds in the reactant
and product compounds. You can put any numerical coefficient that is needed to balance out
110
the number of atoms in the product and reactant side. After putting the coefficients, you can
check if the equation is already balanced by multiplying the coefficients to the subscripts of
the elements. If there is no written coefficient you will simply multiply the subscript by 1.
When the number of atoms in the product and reactants becomes equal, this mean
that the equation is balanced. In some cases, you may need to change the coefficients
multiple times before you are able to balance the equation.
ACTIVITY 1: IDENTIFITY THE PRODUCT AND REACTANTS IN THE GIVEN

EQUATIONS.
CHEMICAL EQUATIONS REACTANTS PRODUCTS
1. CH4 + O2 → CO2 + H2O
2. Na + O2 → Na2O
3. Pb + H3PO4 →H2 + Pb3(PO4)2
4. MgCl2 + Li2CO3 →MgCO3 + 2 LiCl
5. P4 + O2 → P2O3
ACTIVITY 2: COUNT THE NUMBER OF ATOMS FOR THE REACTANTS AND

PRODUCTS. IDENTIFY IF THE CHEMICAL EQUATION IS
BALANCED OR UNBALANCED.
CHEMICAL EQUATIONS BALANCED/UNBALANCED
1. C3H8 + O2 → 2CO2 + H2O
2. C3H6O + 4 O2 → 3 CO2 + 3 H2O
3. 3O3 → O+ O2
4. 2 C5H5 + Fe → Fe(C5H5)2
5. Pb + FeSO4 → PbSO4 + 3Fe
ACTIVITY 3: BALANCE THE FOLLOWING EQUATIONS:

CHEMICAL EQUATIONS
1. C5H9O + O2 → CO2 + H2O
2. C5H5 + Fe → Fe(C5H5)
3. SeCl6 + O2 → SeO2 + 3Cl2
4. K + H2O → KOH +H2
5. KClO3 → KCl +O2
REMEMBER
 The law of conservation of mass states that the amount of matter before and after the
reaction is conserved and no new atoms are created nor destroyed in a chemical
reaction.
 Chemical equations should be balanced to follow the law of conservation of mass.
111
ASSESSMENT
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer.
1. 1. Mass is conserved in a chemical reaction, which of these is TRUE about the mass of
the products?
A. less than the mass of the reactants
B. equals to the mass of the reactant
C. greater than the mass of the reactants
D. not related to the mass of the reactants
2. Which product would balance the equation if the reactants are C 3H8 + 5O2?
A. 4CO2 + 3H2O C. 3CO2 + 4H2O
B. 2CO2 + 3H2O D. 3CO + 4H2O
3. Which of these is a balanced equation for the combustion of ethanol (CH 3CH2OH)?
A. CH3CH2OH + 3O2 → CO2 + 2H2O C. CH3CH2OH + 3O2 → 2CO2 + 3H2O
B. CH3CH2OH + O2 → 2CO2 + 3HO D. CH3CH2OH + 2O2 → 3CO2 + 2H2O
4. Which equation shows that the total mass during a chemical reaction stays the same?
A. 2Na + 2H2O → NaOH + H2 C. H2 + O2 → H2O
B. Mg + Cl2 → MgCl2 D. NaOH + MgCl2 → NaCl + MgOH
5. The chemical equation C3H8 + O2 → CO2 + H2O represents the combustion of propane.
When correctly balanced, what would be the coefficient for water?
A. 2 C. 8
B. 4 D. 16
112
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
TH
CHEMICAL REACTIONS
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Chemical reactions take place when substances interact and form new
substances. It is different for freezing water to form ice or from we cut paper into smaller
pieces. After the reaction, the substances formed have different properties from the
original reactants. Whereas, when water freezes or when the paper, they maintain the
same composition as the original substances.
Different compounds interact differently and form different products. There are
different types of chemical reaction, synthesis reaction, decomposition reaction,
combustion reaction, single displacement reaction and double displacement reaction.
TYPES OF CHEMICAL REACTION

1. Synthesis Reaction
Synthesis reaction are often called combination reaction. In this type of reaction,
simpler materials combine to form a compound. The general chemical equation for a
synthesis reaction is:
For example, carbon combines with oxygen to form carbon dioxide and sodium
and chlorine combines to form sodium chloride of table salt.
2. Decomposition
Reaction
Decomposition reaction is the opposite of synthesis reaction. During this
reaction, compound is decomposed or broken down into simpler compounds or all the
way to the element that make up the substance, usually due to application of heat. In a
decomposition reaction, it does not always have to breakdown to individual elements,
sometimes the substance just break down to a simpler compounds compared to the
original compound.
Below is the general chemical equation for decomposition reaction. In this
equation, we can see that compound AB breaks down and separated forming
substance A and B
An example of decomposition reactions is when water breaks down to hydrogen

gas and oxygen gas and calcium carbonate breaking down to calcium oxide and carbon
dioxide.
113
3. Combustion Reaction
When you say something combust, it means that it burns. When that happens,
compound containing carbon and hydrogen combine with oxygen gas to produce
carbon dioxide and water.
For example, when methane combust it produces carbon dioxide and water.
Some compounds may also contain oxygen in a combustion reaction, for

example in the combustion of ethanol, the reaction still produces carbon dioxide and
water.
The general equation for combustion is written below, the x, y and z indicate that
the number or carbon, hydrogen and oxygen can change or vary in the reacting
compounds, but the product will always be carbon dioxide and water.
4. Single Displacement Reaction

In this type of reaction, one element replaces another element in a compound
after the reaction takes place. In the general formula for single displacement reaction,
we observe that A started as an individual element and B and C is a compound, then
and after the reaction B becomes a single element and A and C forms a compound.
An example of this reaction is when lead interacts with iron (II) sulfate and the reaction
produces lead (II) sulfate and iron.
5. Double Displacement Reaction

In this type of reaction, the negative and positive ions of two compounds switch
places after the reaction. The general equation for this reaction is written below,
AB + CD → AC + BD
Let us look at the sample equations closely, we see the ions for the two compounds in
the reactants exchange partners after the reaction, both are displaced, hence double
displacement.
114
ACTIVITY 1: TYPES OF CHEMICAL REACTION
Directions: Analyze the chemical reaction equation, identify the type of chemical
reaction that took place.
1. Na + O2 → Na2O
2. Mg + AlCl3 → Al + MgCl2
3. AgNO3 + NaCl → AgCl + NaNO3
4. Na2CO3 → Na2O +CO2
5. Zn + HCl → ZnCl2 + H2
6. NaCl + H2SO4 → NaSO4 + HCl
7. O3 → O+ O2
8. C3H8 + O2 → CO2 + H2O
9. SeCl6 + O2 → SeO2 + 3Cl2
10. C5H5 + Fe → Fe(C5H5)
REMEMBER
 There are 5 major types of chemical reactions -synthesis, decomposition,
combustion, single displacement, and double displacement reaction.
 Synthesis happens when the elements or compounds combine to for a more
complex substance
 decomposition happens when compounds breakdown into simple compounds
 combustion reaction is when compounds with carbon and hydrogen burn and
produce carbon dioxide and oxygen
 single displacement occurs when one element or compound is displaced by
another element or compound after the reaction
 double displacement happens when the negative and positive ions of the
compounds in the reactants change partners after the reaction.
ASSESSMENT
Directions:
1. The equation Fe + S → FeS, is an example of what type of chemical reaction?
A. decomposition reaction
B. combination reaction
C. double decomposition reaction
D. simple displacement reaction
2. Which reactions is an example of single displacement reaction?

A. 2 H2O → 2 H2 + O2
B. 2 Mg + O2 → 2 MgO
C. Mg + CuSO4 → MgSO4 + Cu
D. AlCl3 + 3 NaOH → Al(OH)3 + 3 NaCl
115
3. What is the usual products of a combustion reaction?
A. water and carbon dioxide
B. oxygen and carbon dioxide
C. water and oxygen
D. water and carbon
4. Which reactions is an example of double displacement reaction?
A. A. 2 H2O → 2 H2 + O2
B. 2 Mg + O2 → 2 MgO
C. Mg + CuSO4 → MgSO4 + Cu
D. AlCl3 + 3 NaOH → Al(OH)3 + 3 NaCl
5. The equation 2 H2O → 2 H2 + O2, is an example of what type of chemical reaction?
A. decomposition reaction
B. combination reaction
C. double decomposition reaction
D. simple displacement reaction
116
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
TH
PREDICTING THE PRODUCTS OF COMBINATION AND
DECOMPOSITION REACTIONS
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
To predict the product of the reactions, we must be able to identify the

type of reaction takes place with the reactants.
Let us recall the general equation for synthesis reaction and decomposition reaction.
Synthesis and decomposition reaction are opposites. In synthesis reaction a reaction

combines the two elements or compounds in the reactant side to form a more complex
compound, and in decomposition, breaks down compounds into simpler compounds or
single element.
SYNTHESIS REACTION
In synthesis reaction we use the crisscross method to know how the reactants
combine to be able to predict the product. Let us look at the reaction between sodium and
chlorine. What is the product of this reaction?
Na + Cl2 → ?
Step 1 Determine the charge of the elements Na1+
Cl1-
Step 2 Crisscross the charges to determine
the subscripts of the elements
Step 3 Simplify or finalize the chemical NaCl

formula and balance the equation.
We now have the product of the synthesis reaction NaCl, we can now write the
equation.
2 Na + Cl2 → 2 NaCl
Note that in the process we do not take into consideration the subscripts of the
elements, but the charges of the elements involved in the reaction.
Let us try to predict the product of a synthesis reaction between Zinc and Oxygen.
The charge for aluminum is 3+ and the charge for chlorine is 1-.
Zn + O2 → ? Zn 2+ O 2-
Zn2O2
We can further simplify this to: ZnO
Therefore, the final chemical equation is: Zn + O2 → 2 ZnO
117
DECOMPOSITION REACTION
It is easy to identify decomposition reactions. You just look at the equation, if
you find that there is a single reactant, it likely a decomposition reaction. In predicting
decomposition reactions, you have to be familiar on how individual elements and
compounds in the reactant, exist or behave individually. For example, diatomic elements
such as Br2, I2, N2, Cl2, H2, O2 and F2 exist in nature as two atoms.
There are 3 basic cases or types of decomposition reaction.
CASE 1. AB → A + B
Let us look at the decomposition of Na3N as an example:
Na3N → ?
Step 1 Determine the individual element or compounds Na N
in the reactant.
Step 2 Write the chemical formula of the individual Na3N → Na + N
Elements or compounds.
Step 3 Balance the chemical equation 2 Na3N → 3 Na + N2

Note that the subscripts in the reactant side are ignored in predicting the products.
We put the subscript 2 to Nitrogen in the product because it is a diatomic element.
CASE 2. Metal Carbonates(CO3):

Metal Carbonates decomposed when exposed to heat and always produces metal
oxide and Carbon dioxide. To simplify let us follow a pattern:
Metal CO3 → Metal CO +O2

An example of this is the decomposition of Calcium Carbonate:
CaCO3 → ?
CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
CASE 3. Metal bonded to Chlorates(Cl03):

Metal bonded to chlorates when decomposed always produces metal chloride and
oxygen gas. To simplify let us follow a pattern:
Metal ClO3 → Metal Cl +O2
An example of this is the decomposition of Magnesium chlorite.

MgClO3 → ?
MgClO3 → MgCl + O2
Which we can balance to become: 2 MgClO3 → 2 MgCl + 3 O2
118
Activity #1 Predicting Products.
Directions: Predict the product of the following chemical reaction. Do not forget to write the
final balanced equation.
A. Synthesis reaction
A. Al + O2 → _______
B. Mg + N2 → _______
C. Na + S8 → _______
D. K + O2 → _______
E. H2 + Br2 → _______
B. Decomposition reaction
1. MgO → __________ + __________
2. NiCO3 → __________ + __________
3. LiClO3 → __________ + __________
4. KClO3 → __________ + __________
5. LiCl → __________ + __________
REMEMBER
 Synthesis reaction is the opposite of decomposition reaction.

 The subscripts of the reactants does not affect the subscripts of the products.
ASSESSMENT
1. Which of the following is the correct equation for the reaction that takes place when
phosphorus combines with oxygen gas?
A. P + O2 → PO2
B. P + O → P2O5
C. P + O2 →P2O5
D. P2 + O5 → P2O5
2. What is the product of a synthesis reaction between potassium and chlorine?
A. KCl
B. KCl2
C. K2Cl
D. PCl
3. What the products for the decomposition reaction of MgClO3 → ?
A. Mg + Cl3
B. MgO + Cl2
C. MgCl + O2
D. Mg + ClO2
4. What is the product formed in this synthesis reaction?
Sr + Br2 → ?
A. SrBr
B. SrBr2
C. Sr2Br3
D. Sr2Br
5. What is the product of this decomposition reaction?
MgO → ?
A. Mg + O
B. Mg2 + O
C. Mg +O2
D. Mg2 + O2
119
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
TH
CONSERVATION OF MASS: BALANCING CHEMICAL EQUATIONS
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Single replacement reaction occurs when a single metal or non metal element swap
places with the the element in a compound during a reaction. The general equation for single
displacement is:
Double replacement reaction occurs when a metals of two reacting compounds

element swap their non metal partner during a reaction. The general equation for double
displacement is:
AB + CD → AC + BD
There are steps to follow to predict the products of single and double displacement reactions.
SINGLE DISPLACEMENT REACTION
Not all single displacement can occur, before

predicting the product in a single displacement
reaction, first you must determine if a reaction will
take place in the equation by using the activity
series of metal.
If the single metal element is higher in the

metal activity series than the metal in the original
compound, a reaction will occur, but if the single
metal element is lower in the activity series than the
original metal in the compound, no reaction will take
place.
For example, in the equation, Mg + AlCl3 → ?

we can see that Mg is higher than Al in the activity
series therefore this reaction can take place. This
means that magnesium can take the place of
Aluminum in the compound.
To determine the product of this equation we have

to follow these steps:
Step 1 Write the displaced metal or non metal

Mg + AlCl3 → Al +___
as a single element in the product
Step 2 Determine the charge of the metal and the non-metals Mg 2+ Cl

1-
bonding with each other
Step 3 Criss cross the charges

MgCl2
120
Step 4 Simplify or finalize the chemical Mg + AlCl3 → Al + MgCl2
We now have the product of the synthesis reaction NaCl, we can now write the
equation.
3 Mg + 2 AlCl3 → 2 Al + 3 MgCl2
Let us look Ag +KNO3 → ? . Looking at the compounds, we can see that Ag is lower
than K in the activity series therefore this reaction cannot take place, so no products will be
produced.
Let us look at one last example, at another example, Br2 +KI → ? . Looking at
the compounds, we observe that the single element is a non-metal. So, in this case the two
non-metals will swap places. We do not need to look at the activity series for this one. An
important thing to note in this case is how these elements appear in nature when it is by
itself. In our example Iodine is a diatomic element so it naturally occurs as I2, we then follow
the same steps as before.
Br2 +KI → I2 + ___
(note that metals are always written first when you crisscross)
KBr
We now write the final equation as Br2 + 2 KI → I2 + 2 KBr
DOUBLE DISPLACEMENT REACTION

In double reaction involve two ionic compound switching ions and anions. To predict
the products of this type of reaction, we will use a method similar to the foil method in math.
We first crisscross the inner compounds and then crisscross the outer compounds.
For example, in the reaction of K3 PO4 +Al (NO3)3 → ?
Step 1 Take the inner ions and crisscross

Make sure to write the (+ ) cations before the
(–) anions
Al
PO4
Step 2 Take the outer ions and crisscross again
making
sure to write the (+ ) cations before the
(–) anions
K NO3
121
Step 3 Simplify or finalize the chemical K3 PO4 +Al (NO3)3 → AlPO4 + 3 KNO3
Note that: Subscripts in the reactants are just there to balance of the ionic compounds and
does not affect the subscripts of the products.
Activity #1 Predicting Products.

Directions: Predict the product of the following chemical reaction. Do not forget to write the
final balanced equation.
A. Single Displacement reaction

1. LiI + F2 → _______ + _______
2. CuSO4 + Zn → _______ + _______
3. I2 + NaCl → _______ + _______
4. Mg + FeO3→ _______ + _______
5. Zn + HCl → _______ + _______
B. Double Displacement Reaction

1. CaCl2+ FeSO4 → __________ + __________
2. NaCl + H2SO4 → __________ + __________
3. Pb(NO3)2+ K → __________ + __________
4. K2CO3 + AgNO3 → __________ + __________
5. AgNO3 + NaCl → __________ + __________
REMEMBER
 Positive ions are always written first whenever you crisscross.
 Subscripts in the reactants are just there to balance of the ionic compounds and does
not affect the subscripts of the products.
ASSESSMENT
1. Which of metal can react with potassium and allow a reaction to take place?
A. Lithium
B. Silver
C. Lead
D. Tin
2. In the equation 2Al + 3Fe(NO3)2 →3Fe(s) +2Al(NO3)3, iron has been replaced by
A. Nitrate
B. Aluminum
C. Water
D. nitrogen
122
3. What is the missing product in this equation K3 PO4 +Al (NO3)3 → _____ + 3 KNO3
A. AlPO4
B. Al2PO4
C. Al2PO
C. Al2PO2
4. What is the missing product in this equation Br2 + 2 KI → ___ + 2 KBr

A. I
B. I2
C. I3
D. I4
5. What the products for this reaction K + HCl →?
A. H2 + KCl
B. KH + Cl2
C. H + KCl
D. KHCl
123
124
SDO MALABON CITY 10
ARALING
PANLIPUNAN
Project L.E.N Localized and Engaging Note
Ikaapat na Markahan
Mga Isyu at Hamon sa
Pagkamamamayan
125
UNANG LINGGO - KONSEPTO NG PAGKAMAMAMAYAN
INAASAHAN
Matapos pag-aralan ang araling ito, ang mga mag-aaral ay inaasahang;
1. Natutukoy ang konsepto ng pagkamamamayan.
2. Naipaliliwanag ang mga katangian na dapat taglayin ng isang aktibong
mamamayan na nakikilahok sa mga gawain at usaping pansibiko.
3. Napahahalagahan ang mga gawain at katangian na dapat taglayin ng isang
aktibo at responsableng mamamayan sa pamamagitan ng pakikibahagi sa mga
gawain sa lipunan.
UNANG PAGSUBOK
Panuto. Basahin at unawaing mabuti ang mga pangungusap. Isulat ang titik ng
pinaka-angkop na sagot.
1. Ang salitang ito ay tumutukoy sa tao o sa grupo ng mga tao sa isang yunit ng
pamayanan na pinamumunuan ng isang politikal na institusyon, may basehan ng
mga karapatan at obligasyon na ginagamit at tinutupad.
A. Dayuhan C. Pagkamakabayan
B. Mamamayan D. Pagkamamamayan
2. Ang konseptong ito ay nangangahulugan ng katayuan o kalagayan ng isang tao
bilang isang miyembro ng isang pamayanan. Alin ang tinutukoy nito?
A. Pagkamamamayan C. Naturalisasyon
B. Pagkamakabayan D. Katutubo
3. Ayon sa kanya, ang pagkamamamayan ay tumutukoy sa pagiging miyembro ng
isang indibidwal sa isang estado kung saan bilang isang citizen, siya ay ginawaran
ng mga karapatan at tungkulin.
A. Randy David C. Alexander Lacson
B. Nelson Mandela D. Murray Clark Havens
4. Tumutukoy sa isang taong lumalahok o sumasali sa anomang programang
nilahad ng komunidad na nakasasakop sa kanya na nakabubuti sa bansa.
A. Masunuring mamamayan C. Katutubong mamamayan
B. Aktibong mamamayan D. Produktibong mamamayan
5. Ang mga sumusunod na gawain ay nagpapakita ng katangian ng isang aktibong
mamamayan maliban sa isa. Alin ang hindi kasali dito.
A. Pagsali sa programang Tree Planting
B. Paggalang sa watawat at iba pang simbolo ng bayan
C. Pagsali sa pagtalakay sa mga isyung lokal at pambansa
D. Pagbili ng mga bagay o produkto na smuggle o puslit dahil mura lamang ito.
MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA NG ARALIN

Ang salitang mamamayan o citizen ay nagmula sa salitang Latin na civitas, na
tumutukoy sa tao o sa grupo ng mga tao sa isang yunit ng pamayanan. Ang
mamamayan ay isang importanteng sangkap upang matawag na isang nasyon o
bansa ang bahagi ng lupa. Ang konsepto ng pagkamamamayan (citizenship) ay
tumutukoy sa katayuan o kalagayan ng isang tao bilang isang miyembro ng isang
pamayanan o estado na maaaring iugat sa kasaysayan ng daigdig. Tinatayang
panahon ng kabihasnang Griyego nang umusbong ang konsepto ng citizen..
Ayon kay Murray Clark Havens (1981), ang citizenship ay ugnayan ng isang
indibidwal at ng estado. Ito ay tumutukoy sa pagiging miyembro ng isang indibidwal
126
sa isang estado kung saan bilang isang citizen, siya ay ginawaran ng mga karapatan
at tungkulin. Subalit hindi lahat ay maituturing na mamamayan ng isang bansa dahil
mayroong mga dayuhang nakatira sa bansa ngunit hindi sya kasapi sa pagiging
mamamayan. Halimbawa nito ay ang mga dayuhan na nag-aaral, nangangalakal o
namamasyal ng bansa sapagkat sila ay mamamayan ng ibang bansa. Bilang isang
mamamayan ng bansa ay nararapat lamang na maging aktibo at responsable ang
mga ito. Subalit paano nga ba maituturing na aktibo at responsable ang isang
mamamayan?
Maituturing na isang aktibong mamamayan ang isang tao kung ito ay lumalahok
o sumasali sa anumang programang nilahad ng komunidad na nakasasakop sa
kanya na nakabubuti sa ating bansa. Lahat ng ginagawa ng isang aktibong
mamamayan ay laging naaayon sa batas at hindi nito nilalabag ang anuman sa
mga ito. Isa na rito ay ang pagbabayad ng buwis. Ang pinakamahalagang
aktibidad na maaaring gawin ng isang aktibong mamamayan ay ang pagrespeto
sa kapwa tao . Isang simpleng paraan na nag-uumpisa sa pansarili ngunit malaki
ang naidudulot lalo na sa ating kapwa.
Mga katangian na dapat taglayin ng isang aktibong mamamayan .

1. Pagkakaroon ng katapatan
2. Pagiging responsable
3. Pagiging magalang
4. Pagiging mapagmasid
5. Pagiging maka-Diyos
6. Pagiging makatarungan at walang kinikilingan
7. Pagiging aktibo sa mga gawain sa komunidad
8. Pagiging makatao at mapagmahal sa kapwa
9. Pagiging makakalikasan o pagkakaroon ng pagmamahal sa kapaligiran
Kahalagahan ng pagiging isang aktibong mamamayan.
1. Ang pagiging isang aktibong mamamayan ay nakatutulong upang mapabuti ang
ating sarili.
2. Ang pagiging isang aktibong mamamayan ay maaaring magbunga ng kaunlaran
para sa bayan
3. Ang pagiging isang aktibong mamamayan ay nakatutulong upang maipakalap
ang pagmamahal sa kapwa.
4. Ang pagiging isang aktibong mamamayan ay nagiging instrumento ng
pagkakaroon ng kapayapaang pandaigdig.
5. Ang pagiging isang aktibong mamamayan ay nakatutulong upang
mapangalagaan lalo an gating kapaligiran at ang mga may buhay na nakatira
dito.
GAWAIN 1: ILISTA NATIN!

Matapos talakayin ang paksa ukol sa pagkamamamayan at mga katangian ng
isang aktibong mamamayan ay atin namang sagutan ang gawaing ito. Para sa
unang gawain, maglista ng mga katangian na pinaniniwalaan mong dapat taglayin
ng isang aktibong mamamayan ng bansa. Matapos ito ay sagutin ang
pamprosesong tanong.
Mga Katangian ng Aktibong Mamamayan.
127
Pamprosesong Tanong:
1. Ano-ano ang katangian ng isang aktibong mamamayan
ang nailista mo?
2. Bakit ito ang mga napili mo? Ipaliwanag.
3. Sa iyong palagay, paano makatutulong ang mga
katangiang ito sa pagbabago at pag-unlad ng ating bansa?
GAWAIN 2: KATANGIAN KO, GAGAWIN KO!

Panuto: Sa kaliwang bahagi ng talaan makikita ang mga katangiang dapat taglayin
ng isang aktibong mamamayan. Sa kanang bahagi ng talaan, magbigay ng sariling
halimbawa kung paano mo ito maisasagawa.
Katangian ng aktibong mamamayan Halimbawa

1. Pagiging responsible 1.
2. Pagkakaroon ng katapatan 2.
3. Pagiging magalang 3.
4. Pagiging aktibo sa mga gawain sa 4.
komunidad
5. Pagiging makakalikasan o pagkakaroon 5.
ng pagmamahal sa kapaligiran
TANDAAN
Ang pinakamahalagang aktibidad na maaaring gawin ng isang
mamamayan ay ang pagrespeto sa kapwa tao. Ang isang aktibong
mamamayan ay nagiging isang instrumento sa pagkakaroon ng kapayapaang
pandaigdig. Ito rin ay nakatutulong upang mapangalagaan lalo na ang ating
kapaligiran at ang mga may buhay na nakatira dito.
PAG-ALAM SA MGA NATUTUNAN

Panuto: Basahin at unawain ang bawat pangungusap. Isulat ang salitang TAMA
kung ang pangungusap ay wasto. Kung mali, isulat ang salitang MALI at ang
salitang nagpamali dito.
_____1. Ang pagkamamamayan ay nangangahulugan ng pagiging kasapi o
miyembro ng isang tao sa isang bansa.
_____2. Lahat ng mamamayan na naninirahan sa isang bansa ay maituturing na
mamamayan ng nasabing bansa.
_____3. Ang mga dayuhan na naninirahan sa bansa ay maaaring lumabag sa batas
sapagkat hindi naman siya kasapi o mamamayan ng nasabing bansa.
_____4. Ang pagiging aktibo sa pagtatalakay sa mga isyu at suliraning kinakaharap
ng bansa ay nagpapakita ng isang responsableng mamamayan.
_____5. Ang salitang mamamayan ay nagmula sa salitang Latin na civitas, na
tumutukoy sa tao o grupo ng mga tao sa isang yunit ng pamayanan.
128
PANGWAKAS NA PAGSUSULIT
Panuto: Basahin at unawain ang bawat pangungusap. Piliin at isulat ang tamang
sagot sa patlang.
_________ 1. Alin sa mga sumusunod na konsepto ang tumutukoy sa katayuan o
kalagayan ng isang tao bilang isang miyembro ng isang pamayanan?
A. Pagkamamamayan C. Naturalisasyon
B. Pagkamakabayan D. Katutubo
_________ 2. Ito ay tumutukoy sa tao o sa grupo ng mga tao sa isang yunit ng
pamayanan na pinamumunuan ng isang politikal na institusyon, may basehang mga
karapatan at obligasyon na ginagamit at tinutupad.
A. Dayuhan C. Pagkamakabayan
B. Mamamayan D. Pagkamamamayan
_________ 3. Anong konsepto ang tumutukoy sa isang taong lumalahok o sumasali
sa anomang programang nilahad ng komunidad na nakasasakop sa kanya na
nakabubuti sa bansa?
A. Masunuring mamamayan C. Katutubong mamamayan
B. Aktibong mamamayan D. Produktibong mamamayan
_________ 4. Ayon sa kanya, ang pagkamamamayan ay tumutukoy sa pagiging
miyembro ng isang indibidwal sa isang estado kung saan bilang isang citizen, siya
ay ginawaran ng mga karapatan at tungkulin.
A. Randy David C. Alexander Lacson
B. Nelson Mandela D. Murray Clark Havens
_________ 5. Ang mga sumusunod na gawain ay nagpapakita ng katangian ng
isang aktibong mamamayan maliban sa isa. Alin ang hindi kasali dito.
A. Pagsali sa programang Tree Planting
B. Paggalang sa watawat at iba pang simbolo ng bayan
C. Pagsali sa pagtalakay sa mga isyung lokal at pambansa
D. Pagbili ng mga bagay o produkto na smuggle o puslit dahil mura lamang ito
129
IKALAWANG LINGGO
DALAWANG PANANAW NG PAGKAMAMAMAYAN
LAYUNIN
1. Nasusuri ang konsepto ng dalawang pananaw ng pagkamamamayan.
2. Natatalakay ang mga pagbabago sa konsepto ng pagkamamamayan
3. Nauunawaan ang pagkakaiba ng ligal na pananaw at lumawak na pananaw ng
pagkamamamayan.
UNANG PAGSUBOK
Panuto: Basahin ang bawat pangungusap at isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot.
1. Ang mga sumusunod ay itinuturing na mamamayang Pilipino ayon sa
Saligang-
Batas ng Pilipinas 1987, maliban sa:
A. ang ama o ina ay mamamayan ng Pilipinas
B. ang katutubong inianak na mamamayan ng Pilipinas
C. Ipinanganak at namuhay kasama ang ama at ina na nagmula sa ibang
bansa.
D. Isinilang bago sumapit ang Enero 17, 1973 na ang mga ina ay Pilipino,
na pumili ng pagkamamamayang Pilipino pagsapit ng karampatang
gulang.
2. Ito ay tumutukoy sa prinsipyo ng pagkamamamamayan na kung saan ito ay
nakabatay sa dugo.
A. Jus Soli C. Likas o Katutubo
B. Jus Sanguinis D. Naturalisado
3. Ito ay tumutukoy sa prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan na kung saan ito ay
nakabatay sa lugar ng kanyang kapanganakan.
A. Likas o Katutubo C. Jus Soli
B. Naturalisado D. Jus Sanguinis
4. Tumutukoy sa mamamayan na makabayan, may pagmamahal sa kapwa,
may respeto sa karapatang-pantao, may pagpupunyagi sa mga bayani, may
disiplina sa sarili at may kritikal at malikhaing pag-iisip.
A. Responsableng mamamayan C. Likas na mamamayan
B. Naturalisadong mamamayan D. Disiplinadong mamamayan
5. Ang mga sumusunod ay gawain na nagpapakita ng pagiging responsableng
mamamayan ayon sa lumawak na pananaw ng pagkamamamayan, maliban
sa:
A. Sumunod sa batas-trapiko.
B. Bilhin ang mga lokal na produkto
C. Tulungan ang isang iskolar o batang mahirap
D. Bumili ng produkto galling Tsina dahil mura lang ito.
BALIKTANAW
Punan ng tamang letra ang bawat kahon batay sa kahulugan ng konsepto na
tumutukoy dito.
1. Salitang Latin kung saan nagmula ang salitang mamamayan o citizen.
2. Tumutukoy sa tao o sa grupo ng mga tao sa isang yunit ng pamayanan.
130
3. Tumutukoy sa katayuan o kalagayan ng isang tao bilang isang miyembro ng
isang pamayanan o estado.
4. Tumutukoy sa isang tao na lumalahok o sumasali sa anumang programang

inilahad ng komunidad na nakasasakop sa kanya na nakabubuti sa ating bansa.
5. Ayon sa kanya, ang pagkamamamayan o citizenship ay tumutukoy sa pagiging

miyembro ng isang indibidwal sa isang estado kung saan bilang isang citizen, siya
ay ginawaran ng mga karapatan at tungkulin.
MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA NG ARALIN
Ligal na Pananaw ng Pagkamamamayan
Tinatayang panahon ng kabihasnang Griyego nang umusbong ang konsepto ng citizen.
Ang kabihasnang Griyego ay binubuo ng mga lungsod-estado na tinatawag na polis. Ito ay
isang lipunan na binubuo ng mga taong may iisang pagkakakilanlan at isang mithiin. Sa
paglipas ng maraming panahon, nagdaan sa maraming pagbabago sa konsepto ng pagka-
mamamayan o citizenship at ng pagiging citizen. Sa kasalukuyan, ay tinitingnan ang
citizenship bilang isang ligal na kalagayan ng isang indibidwal sa isang estado. Sa Pilipinas,
inisa-isa ng estado sa Saligang-batas kung sino ang mga itinuturing na citizen at ang kanilang
mga karapatan at tungkulin. Nakasaad sa ikaapat na artikulo ng Saligang-Batas ng Pilipinas
1987 ang mga itinuturing na mamamayan nito.
Artikulo IV : PAGKAMAMAMAYAN
Seksyon 1. Ang sumusunod ay mamamayan ng Pilipinas:
a. yaong mamamayan ng Pilipinas sa panahon ng pagpapatibay ng saligang-
batas na ito:
b. yaong ang mga ama o mga ina ay mamamayan ng Pilipinas;
c. yaong mga isinilang bago sumapit ang Enero 17, 1973, na ang mga ina ay
Pilipino, na pumili ng pagkamamamayang Pilipino pagsapit sa karampatang
gulang;
d. yaong mga naging mamamayan ayon sa batas.
Seksyon 2. Ang katutubong inianak na mamamayan ay yaong mamamayan ng
Pilipinas mula pa sa pagsilang na wala nang kinakailangang gampanang anomang
hakbangin upang matamo o malubos ang kanilang pagkamamamayang Pilipino.
Seksyon 3. Ang pagkamamamayang Pilipino ay maaaring mawala o muling
matamo sa paraang itinatadhana ng batas.
Seksyon 4. Mananatiling angkin ang kanilang pagkamamamayan
Seksyon 5. Ang dalawang katapatan ng mamamayan ay salungat sa
kapakanang pambansa at lapatan ng kaukulang batas.
Sanggunian:
Saligang-Batas ng 1987 ng Pilipinas. (1987, February 2) Ang Konstitusyon ng
Republika ng Pilipinas 1987.
Mga Prinsipyo ng Pagkamamamayan

1. Jus Sanguinis – ito ay ang prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan na nakabatay sa
dugo. Kung ang isa sa mga magulang ay mamamayan ng isang bansa,
maaaring sabihin na ang kanilang anak ay mamamayan din ng bansang ito.
131
2. Jus Soli – ito ang prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan na nakabatay sa lugar na
kung saan siya ipina-nganak. Kahit ang parehong magulang niya ay iba ang
pagkamamamayan, ang kanilang anak ay maituturing pa rin bilang isang
mamamayan ng lugar na kanyang ipinag-anakan.
Uri ng Pagkamamamayan ng Pilipino

1. Likas o Katutubong Mamamayan – ay ang anak ng isang Pilipino. Maaari rin na
isa o parehong magulang niya ang mga Pilipino.
2. Naturalisadong Mamamayan – ay ang mga mamamayan na dati lang dayuhan
ngunit dahil sa prosesong naturalisasyon, sila ay naging mamamayang Pilipino.
Pagkawala ng pagkamamamayan ng isang indibidwal
1. Pagsasabi at pagtatakwil ng pagiging Pilipino.
2. Pagsabi ng Panunumpa ng Katapatan ng ibang bansa.
3. Pagbibigay ng serbisyo o paglilingkod sa Sandatahang Lakas ng ibang bansa.
4. Pagtakas ng isang sundalo sa sandatahang lakas sa panahon ng digmaan.
5. Paghiling o pag-apply ng pagiging mamamauan ng ibang bansa.
6. Pagkakansela ng mga katibayan ng pagiging naturalisadong Pilipino.
7. Pagpapakasal ng isang babaeng Pilipino sa dayuhan at pagkuha ng
nasyonalidad nito.
Lumawak na Pananaw ng Pagkamamamayan
Sa ilalim ng lumawak na pananaw ng pagkamamamayan, ibinabatay ng isang
indibidwal ang kanyang pagtugon sa mga tungkulin sa lipunan at sa paggamit ng
kanyang mga kaarapatan para sa kabutihang panlahat. Inaasahan na siya ay
aktibong nakikilahok sa pagtugon sa mga isyung kinakaharap ng lipunan at sa mas
malawak na layunin ng pagpapabuti sa kalagayan nito. Ayon kay Yeban (2004), ang
isang responsableng mamamayan ay inaasahang makabayan, may pagmamahal sa
kapwa, may respeto sa karapatang pantao, may pagpupunyagi sa mga bayani,
ganap ang mga karapatan at tungkulin bilang mamamayan, may disiplina sa sarili, at
may kritikal at malikhaing pag-iisip.
GAWAIN 1: LIGAL AT LUMAWAK

Panuto: Paghambingin ang dalawang pananaw ng pagkamamamayan. Magbigay
ng 5 katangian ng Ligal na pananaw at Lumawak na pananaw ng
pagkamamamayan.
Ligal na Pananaw Lumawak na Pananaw
132
Panuto: Tukuyin kung anong prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan ang tinutukoy sa

pangungusap. Isulat kung ito ay JUS SANGUINIS o JUS SOLI.
1. Ayon sa Artikulo IV ng Saligang-Batas ng Pilipinas 1987, ang mga sumusunod

ay itinuturing na mamamayang Pilipino, maliban sa:
A. ang ama o ina ay mamamayan ng Pilipinas
B. ang katutubong inianak na mamamayan ng Pilipinas
C. ipinanganak at namuhay kasama ang ama at ina na nagmula sa ibang bansa.
D. isinilang bago sumapit ang Enero 17, 1973 na ang mga ina ay Pilipino, na
pumili ng pagkamamamamayang Pilipino pagsapit ng karampatang gulang.
2. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang tumutukoy sa mamamayan na makabayan, may

pagmamahal sa kapwa, may respeto sa karapatang-pantao, may pagpupunyagi sa
mga bayani, may disiplina sa sarili at may kritikal at malikhaing pag-iisip.
A. Responsableng mamamayan C. Likas na mamamayan
B. Naturalisadong mamamayan D. Disiplinadong mamamayan
3. Ang mga sumusunod ay gawain na nagpapakita ng pagiging responsableng

mamamayan ayon sa pananaw ng pagkamamamayan, maliban sa:
A. Sumunod sa batas-trapiko
B. Bilhin ang mga lokal na produkto
C. Bilhin ang mga produkto mula China.
D. Tulungan ang isang iskolar o batang mahirap
4. Ang prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan na kung saan ang pagkamamamayan ay

nakabatay sa lugar ng kanyang kapanganakan.
A. Likas o Katutubo C. Jus Soli
B. Naturalisado D. Jus Sanguinis
5. Isa sa mga prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan kung saan ang pagkamamamayan

ay nakabatay sa dugo.
A. Jus Soli C. Jus Sanguinis
B. Likas o Katutubo D. Naturalisado
133
IKATLONG LINGGO
UNIVERSAL DECLARATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS
Sa aralin ito, inaasahang :

1. Matalakay ang pagkabuo ng mga karapatang pantao batay sa Universal
Declaration of Human Rights at Saligang batas ng 1987.
2. Matukoy mga sitwasyong nagpapakita ng karapatang pantao batay
sa Universal Declaration of Human Rights at Bill of Rights o Saligang Batas ng
1987 ng Pilipinas.
3. Makapagpahayag ng mga sitwasyong nagpapakita ng karapatang pantao batay
sa Universal Declaration of Human Rights at Bill of Rights o Saligang Batas ng
1987 ng Pilipinas.
UNANG PAGSUBOK
Panuto: Basahin at unawain ang bawat pangungusap. Isulat sa patlang ang titik
ng tamang sagot.
________1. Paano dapat maisakatuparan ang mga karapatang nakapaloob sa

Universal Declaration of Human Rights?
a. Mahigpit na pagpapatupad ng pamahalaan sa nilalaman ng UDHR.
b. Palakasin ang mga samahang nagsusulong ng karapatang pantao.
c. Ipamahagi sa paaralan ang pagpapatupad ng nilalaman ng UDHR.
d. Imonitor at bigyan ng pondo ang mga ahensya ng pamahalaan.
________2. Ang lupa na kinaroroonan ng inyong bahay ay gagamitin ng
pamahalaan para sa itatayong MRT 7 subalit kayo ay makakatanggap ng
kabayaran para dito. Anong seksyon ng Artikulo III matatagpuan ito?
a. 2 b. 5 c. 9 d. 10
________3. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang tumutukoy sa UDHR?
a. Kautusang nilagdaan ni Haring John I ng Inglatera.
b. Naghahayag ng libreng suportang legal sa mga mahihirap.
c. Isang kasulatan na naglalaman ng mga human rights abuses.
d. Dokumentong naglalahad ng karapatang pantao ng bawat indibidwal.
_______4. Anong sitwasyon ang nagpapahayag ng katotohanan ukol sa UDHR?
a. Ito ay nagpapahayag ng mga karapatan sa ilang piling tao.
b. Ang mga karapatang nakapaloob sa UDHR ay para sa lahat ng tao.
c. Sumasakop ito sa mga mayayamang mga bansa sa buong daigdig.
d. Binubuo ito ng mga tungkulin ng ibat ibang sektor ng ating lipunan.
_______5. Ano ang pinaka-angkop na paliwanag sa Bill of Rights?
a. Listahan ng mga karapatang pantao nakasulat sa konstitusyon.
b. Dokumento na piangkasunduan ng Pilipinas at iba pang bansa.
c. Naglalaman ng iba’t ibang gawain ng mga mamamayan sa bansa.
d. Kasulatan ng karapatan ng mga Pilipino at iba pang tao sa daigdig.
134
Sa tulong ng paglalarawan na nakapaloob sa Myths & Facts tutukuyin sa
araling ito ang mga karapatang pantao ayon sa Universal Declaration of Human
Rights (UDHR) at Bill of Rights. Tatalakayin sa araling ito ang mga karapatang
nakapaloob sa ating saligang batas.
Ang ating bansa ay may malakas na pagpapahalaga sa karangalan ng bawat tao.
Dahil dito naging sandigan ng pamahalaan ng Pilipinas ang UDHR ito ay upang
panatilihin ang kapayapaan at itaguyod ang dignidad at karapatan ng tao.
Canva.com
Ang Konstitusyon ng Republika ng Pilipinas, 1987 Artikulo III
135
http://www.gov.ph/downloads/1987/02feb/19870211-Konstitusyon-CCA.pdf
PAG-ALAM SA NATUTUHAN
Ang Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Bill of Rights at Karapatan ng mga Bata
ang ilan sa mga naglalaman ng ating mga karapatan bilang tao, Subukan mong ilagay
sa hanay ng Myths ang kathang-isip lamang at sa hanay ng Facts ang totoo sa mga
sinasabi ukol sa mga karapatan ng bawat tao
Myths Facts
136
PANUTO: Isulat sa sa patlang kung tama o mali.
_______1. . Ano ang pinaka-angkop na paliwanag sa Bill of Rights?
a. Dokumento na piangkasunduan ng Pilipinas at iba pang bansa.
b. Naglalaman ng iba’t ibang gawain ng mga mamamayan sa bansa.
c. Kasulatan ng karapatan ng mga Pilipino at iba pang tao sa daigdig.
d. Listahan ng mga karapatang pantao nakasulat sa ating konstitusyon
________2. . Ang lupa na kinaroroonan ng inyong bahay ay gagamitin ng
pamahalaan para sa itatayong MRT 7 subalit kayo ay makakatanggap ng
kabayaran para dito. Anong seksyon ng Artikulo III matatagpuan ito?
a. 9 b. 12 c. 16 d. 19
________3. Paano dapat maisakatuparan ang mga karapatang nakapaloob sa
Universal Declaration of Human Rights?
a. Imonitor at bigyan ng pondo ang mga ahensya ng pamahalaan.
b. Palakasin ang mga samahang nagsusulong ng karapatang pantao.
c. Mahigpit na pagpapatupad ng pamahalaan sa nilalaman ng UDHR.
d. Ipamahagi sa paaralan ang pagpapatupad ng nilalaman ng UDHR.
_______4. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang tumutukoy sa UDHR?
a. Dokumento ng mga karapatang pantao ng bawat indibiduwal.
b. Ang Kautusang nilagdaan ni Haring John I ng Inglatera sa Europa.
c. Mga kasulatang nagpapapahayag ng ibat ibang human rights abuses
d. Samahang nagbibigay ng libreng suportang legal sa mga mahihirap.
_______5. Anong sitwasyon ang nagpapahayag ng katotohanan ukol sa UDHR?
a. Binubuo ito ng mga tungkulin ng ibat ibang sektor ng bansa.
b. Ang mga karapatang nakapaloob sa UDHR ay para sa lahat ng tao.
c. Sumasakop ito sa mga mayayamang mga bansa sa buong daigdig.
d. Ito ay nagsasabi ng mga karapatan ng iilang tao sa ating lipunan
137
IKAAPAT NA LINGGO
AKTIBONG PAKIKILAHOK NG MAMAMAYAN
INAASAHAN
Sa aralin ito, inaasahang:
1. Matalakay ang aktibong pakikilahok ng mamamayan batay sa kanilang taglay
na mga karapatang pantao.
2. Matukoy ang implikasyon ng aktibong pakikilahok ng mga mamamayan sa
pamamahala ng bansa.
3. Mapahalagahan ang aktibong pakikilahok ng mamamayan batay sa
kanilang taglay ng mga karapatang pantao.
Ang kaalaman sa ating mga karapatan na nakasulat sa saligang batas ng 1987 ay

mahalaga subalit matapos mong alamin ang mga karapatang ito tungkulin natin na
maipatupad ang ating karapatang sa pamamagitan ng paggalang sa karapatan ng iba,
pakikilahok sa programa ng komunidad o ng bansa, maging maalam at bukas na
isipan sa mga nagyayari sa paligid higit sa lahat matuto tayong ipaglaban ang ating
mga karapatan, mahalin ang bansa at maging masunurin sa mga batas na
ipinatutupad nito.
Antas ng Kamalayan sa Pag-unawa at Pagsasakatuparan ng

Karapatang Pantao
Antas 1: Antas 2:
Pagpapaubaya at Pagkakaila Kawalan ng Pagkilos at Interes
Limitado lamang ang iyong alam ngunit wala
Hinahayaan mo lamang ang kang interes na ipaglaban ang karapatan dahil
paglabag sa karapatang pantao sa takot, panganib o kulang ka ng pag-unawa sa
mga karapatan
Antas 3: Antas 3:
Limitadong Pagkukusa Militance at Pagkukusa
Ipinaglalaban mo ang iyong Aktibo ka at malaya mong
karapatang pantao, humahanap ka ipinagtatanggol ang karapatan tulad
ng solusyon tulad ng paghahain ng ng sama-samang pakikipaglaban
reklamo
138
Malaki ang bahaging ginagampanan ng mamamayan na makatugon sa mga isyu at
hamong panlipunan. Sa isang demokratikong bansa tulad ng Pilipinas mahalaga na
pinapakinggan ang boses ng bawat mamamayan. Ang pangunahing isinasaalang-
alang ng pamahalaan sa paggawa ng desisyon ay ang mamamayan. Inaasahan na
ikaw, ako tayong lahat ay magiging aktibong mamamayan na lalahok sa pagpapa-
unlad ng bansa at hindi lamang ang mga opisyal ng gobyerno.
GAWAIN
Gawain 1: Pagsamahin ang mga pangkat ng mga titik na may parehong hugis.
Isulat sa patlang ang salitang nabuo at pumili sa loob ng kahon ng
sitwasyong akma sa nabuong salita, gawing batayan ag
nakasalangguhit na salita.
A BO T SA
KAR
T AK APA I S
AN MA PAG I N
KI BA TI LA BA
1. __________________ = _____________________________________________
2. __________________ = _____________________________________________
3. __________________ = _____________________________________________
4. __________________ = ____________________________________________
5. __________________ = ____________________________________________
- laging sumasali sa mga proyekto

- tinatanggap niya ang nararapat sa kanya
- alerto sa mga nangyayari sa paligid
- sinusunod ang mga patakaran ng bansa
- ipanalo mo ang reklamo ng mamamayan
PANUTO: Isulat sa sa patlang kung tama o mali.
_______1. Paano mo maipapakita ang aktibong pakikilahok mo bilang mamamayan
sa panahon ng pandemya ng Covid-19?
a. Pangangalap ng mga donasyon para iyong pangangailangan.
b. Paglilinis ng bahay para sa kaligtasan ng inyong pamilya lamang.
c. Pagbibigay ng tulong pinansyal lamang dahil abala ka sa pag-aaral.
139
d. Pagsusuot ng face mask,face shield at pagpapanatili ng social
distancing.
________2. Anong katangian ng isang aktibong mamamayan na alerto sa mga
isyung panlipunan?
a. Pagpapabaya sa mga tungkulin bilang mamamayan.
b. Pagbabalewala at pag-aabuso sa karapatang ng ibang tao.
c. Paggalang sa mga karapatang pantao ng bawat indibidwal.
d. Pagrereklamo at paghahanap ng kamalian ng .iyong barangay.
________3. Anong antas ng kamalayan ang tumutukoy sa paghahanap ng solusyon
gamit ang sama-samang pagkilos at pakikipaglaban?
a. Antas 1 b. Antas 2 c. Antas 3 d. Antas 4
________4. Ano ang tungkulin ng pamahalaan upang mapangalagaan ang mga
karapatang pantao ng mga mamamayan?
a. Ipatupad ang batas at proteksyonan laban sa pang-aabuso.
b. Iwasan ang pagbibigay ng pabuya at pag-aruga sa mga umaabuso.
c. Igalang ang karapatan ng mga tumutupad ng tungkulin lamang.
d. Isaisantabi ang karapatan kung ang tao ay di sumusunodsa bata
________5. Kung ang mamamayan ay nagwawalang bahala sa kanyang karapatan
At sa karapatan ng iba, nasa anong antay siya ng kamalayan?
a. Antas 1 b. Antas 2 c. Antas 3 d. Antas 4
_______6. Bakit mahalaga ang makilahok sa mga nagaganap sa ating pamahalaan?
a. Malaman ng pamahalaan na tayo ay nagbabantay sa kanila.
b. Makapagbigay ng suhestiyon sa paglutas sa problema ng bansa
c. Matutunan nating maging mareklamo sa ginagawa ng pamahalaan.
d. Maipakita na tayo ay mahilig pumuna sa kanilang mga kamalian.
_______7. Bakit kailangang palakasin ang karapatang pantao?
a. Upang ang lahat ay magkaroon ng mahirap na buhay.
b. Upang makaiwas sa panunuhol at pang-aabuso ng pamahalaan.
c. Upang matugunan ang pangangailangan ng modernong panahon.
d. Upang magkaroon ang lahat ng bahagi sa pamamahala ng bansa.
_______8. Nakita mo na may naganap na nakawan sa inyong lugar, bilang isang
aktibong mamamayan, ano ang maari mong gawin?
a. Ipatatawag mo sila at pagsasabihan na huwag ng ulitin.
b. Magwawala ka at ipagkakalat ang kanilang mga ginawa.
c. Isusumbong mo sa barangay na nakakasakop inyong lugar.
d. Ihaharap mo sila sa iba pang kapit-bahay upang sila ay mapahiya.
_______9. Paano ka makakatulong upang mabawasan ang karahasan sa bansa?
a. Iboboto ang mga taong tagapagtanggol ng karapatan.
b. Mag-aaral ng mabuti at para maipakulong ang masasama.
c. Sundin ang batas at ipaglaban ang karapatan ko at ng ibang tao.
d. Pangangalagaan ko ang kapaligiran at mahalin an gating bansa.
_______10. Alin sa mga sumusunod na karahasan ang pinakamataas ang bilang?
a. Emosyonal b. Ispirituwal c. Pisikal d. Sekswal
140
IKALIMANG LINGGO – ARALIN 5.1

Ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa gawaing pansibiko sa aspeto ng
kabuhayan ay mahalagang maunawaan dahil dito nakasalalay ang pagpapaunlad ng
kabuhayan ng mga mamamayan. Sa bahaging ito nabuo ang NGOs isang
organisasyon na nakabatay sa batas na binuo ng pribadong tao at organisasyon na
hindi bahagi ng anumang uri ng pamahalaan.
Ang mga NGOs (Non-Governmental Organizations) ay nabuo dahil sa mga

mamamayan at sa kabiguan ng pamahalaan na labanan ang kahirapan at isa ang
pamahalaan sa mga nagpapahirap sa kanilang pamumuhay. Ang atensiyon ng mga
NGOs ay basehan ng paglulunsad ng mga programang magpapaunlad ng
kabuhayan ng mamamayan.
Sa pagkakaroon ng maraming NGOs sa bansa mas lumawak ang kanilang

kahalagahan sa lipunang Pilipino.
Local Government Code of 1919-isang mahalagang patunay sa papel na

ginagampanan ng NGOs na kailangan ng ahensiya ng pamahalaan ang
konsultasyon ng NGOs at POs sa mga programang ilulunsad nito. Ibig sabihin, ang
layunin nito ay bumuo ng isang komprehensibong plano para matamasa ang
kaunlaran ng bayan, lungsod at lalawigan.
Ang mga institusyon at ahensya ay binuo ng pribadong mamamayan at

pamahalaan upang mapanga-lagaan, mabigyan ng serbisyong medikal, pinansyal
na tutugon sa pangangailangan at magbibigay suporta sa mga isinagawang
proyekto na siyang tutulong para sa mga mahihirap.
141
Gawain: ANGKING GALING!
Ang bansa ay may suliranin na kinakarap dahil sa Covid-19 . Kung ikaw ay kasapi ng
isang NGOs at POs, ano kaya ang programa o proyekto ang maimumungkahi mo
upang makatulong sa mga mamamayan para sa kanilang kabuhayan. Isulat sa loob
ng kahon ang iyong sagot.
Proyekto/Program Paano ito makakatulong sa mamamayan?
_________________ _____________________________________________________
_________________ _____________________________________________________
_________________ _____________________________________________________
_________________ _____________________________________________________
________________
PANUTO: Basahin at unawain ang bawat pahayag.Isulat ang letra ng tamang sagot.
1.Ano ang nakukuha ng gobyerno mula sa mga mamamayan na nakikilahok sa
gawaing pansibiko upang magkaroon ng mahusay na patakaran sa kabuhayan?
a.Tiwala
b.Feedback
c.Gawain
d.Kaisipan
2. Anong dokumento ang nagpapatunay sa mahalagang papel na ginagampanan ng
NGOs?
a.Local Government Code of 1987
b.Local Government Code of 1991
c.Local Government Code of 1989
d.Local Government Code of 1993
3. Alin ang hindi kabilang sa mga halimbawa ng ahensya na FUNDANGOs?
a.Haribon Foundation
b.Amnesty International
c.World Wildlife Fund Philippines (WWF)
d.Philippine Animal Welfare Society (PAWS)
4.Paano nakatutulong ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa gawaing pangkabuhayan?
a.Pagbabayad ng buwis
b.Pagtangkilik ng mga produkto sa ibang bansa
c.Pagsali sa kilos protesta
d.Pagsali sa mga fun run at alay lakad
5.Alin ang HINDI epekto ng pakikilahok sa gawaing pansibiko sa aspetong
pangkabuhayan?
a.Pagkakaroon ng mas malinis na politika sa bansa
b.Paglungsad ng programa para sa urbanization revitalization
c.Magkaroon ng pantay-pantay na patakaran para sa benepisyo
d.Paghahanap ng solusyon sa komplikadong hamon sa kabuhayan
142
IKALIMANG LINGGO - ARALIN 5.2
Ang Pilipinas ay isang malayang bansa na ang kapangyarihan ay nasa kamay
ng mga mamamayan.Ang mamamayan ay may kalayaan na pumili ng pinuno na
ihahalal sa pamahalaan. Ayon sa Democracy Index ng 2019, Ang Pilipinas ay nasa
ika-54 na ranggo sa 164 na bansa na may pangkalahatang iskor na 6.64 sa 10. Ibig
sabihin, ipinapakita nito ang bahagyang pagtaas ng demokrasya sa bansa.
Isinasaalang-alang ng mga Pilipino ang pakikilahok sa eleksiyon bilang isa sa mga
katangian ng mabuting mamamayan. May iba’t ibang pamamaraan ng pakikilahok
tulad ng pagdalo sa mga campaign rally upang masuri ang mga kandidato.
Kwalipikado at Diskwalipikadong Bumoto
Ang pakikilahok sa mga Gawaing Politikal-ay tumutukoy sa pakikiisa, pagsama o

pagsali ng mga mamamayan sa pampublikong gawain ng gobyerno. Halimbawa nito
ay ang pagpaparehistro at pagboto ng mga mamamayan na nasa edad 18 pataas
(age of maturity). Samakatuwid, dito pumapasok ang pagpili ng mamamayan sa taong
mamumuno para sa kanila.
Gawain: PULSO ng BAYAN!
Isulat ang kung ikaw ay sumasang-ayon o hindi sumasang-ayon sa mga pahayag:
1. Ang pagpaparehistro sa Comelec ay isang paraan ng pakikilahok sa politika.
2. Ang paggamit ng media platforms sa pangangampanya ay isang mabilis na paraan
para maimpluwesiyahan ang mga tao.
3. Maaari bang bumoto ang taong nakakulong sa salang pagpatay
4. Ang pagtulong sa kapwa ay nakabase sa pagtakbo sa halalan.
5. May kapangyarihan ba ang mamamayan na patalsikin ang opisyal ng pamahalaan
kung hindi maayos ang pamamahala.
143
1.Ano ang epekto ng pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa gawaing pansibiko sa aspeto ng
politika?
a.Pagkakaroon ng mas malinis na politika sa bansa
b.Paghahanap ng solusyon sa komplikadong hamon sa kabuhayan
c.Paglunsad ng programa para sa urbanization revitalization
d.Pagkakaroon ng pantay-pantay na patakaran para sa benepisyo
2. Paano nakakaapekto ang pamilya sa pakikilahok sa politika?
a.Dahil sa itinuturo ng pamilya ang pagkamamamayan
b.Dahil ang pakikilahok sa politika ay nagpapatatag sa pamilya
c.Dahil sa pagkakapareho ng interes sa pagpili ng pinuno o lider
d.Dahil may paggalang at pagpapahalaga ang isang tao sa kaniyang pamilya
3. Paano nakatutulong sa bansa ang boto ng isang mamamayan?

a.Ang pagboto ay nagtatakda ng kinabukasan ng bansa.
b.Dahil sa pagboto nakikilala ng mamamayan ang karapat dapat na pinuno ng
bansa.
c.Nalalaman ang tao ang mga politico na may pagnanais sa kaban ng bansa
d.Nagkakaisa ang mga mamamayan sa pagbuwag ng oligarkiya sa bansa.
4. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang kwalipikado sa pagboto?
a.Mga taong idineklara ng eksperto bilang baliw
b.Mga taong nasentensiyahan na makulong na hindi bababa sa isang taon.
c.Mga mamamayan na may edad 18 gulang pataas at nanirahan sa Pilipinas
ng isang taon o higit pa.
d.Mga taong nasentensiyahan ng hukuman sa kasong rebelyon, sedisyon,
paglabag sa subversion at firearms law at anumang krimen.
5. Ano ang tawag sa pakikiisa, pagsama o pagsali ng mga mamamayan sa mga
pampublikong gawaing inilulunsad ng gobyerno?
a.Pakikilahok sa mga gawaing lipunan
b.Pakikilahok sa mga gawaing kabuhayan
c.Pakikilahok sa mga gawaing politikal
d.Pakikilahok sa mga gawaing sosyal
144
IKAANIM NA LINGGO – ARALIN 6.1
MGA EPEKTO NG PAKIKILAHOK SA MGA GAWAIN AT USAPING

PAMPOLITIKA
Naipapahayag ng isang kandidato ang kanyang mga plano base sa kanyang
plataporma. Gumagamit din siya ng iba’t ibang paraan sa pakikipag-ugnayan sa mga
mamamayan tulad ng mga sumusunod: slogan, jingle, komersyal sa telebisyon at
radyo, paggamit ng campaign materyal at pagbabahay-bahay ng mga kandidato.
Kapag lumahok sa gawaing politikal ang isang tao magagawa niyang masanay ang
kanyang karapatan. Gaya na lang ng pagpapahayag ng kanyang saloobin sa pagpili
kung sino ang nais iboto. Kapag maraming nakikilahok sa eleksiyon, lumalabas ang
boses ng mamamayan na nakabatay sa resulta ng halalan. Ang mamamayan na
tatakbo at mananalo sa eleksiyon ay makapaglilingkod at makatutulong sa pagbibigay
serbisyo sa pamayanan.
Maaaring magdulot ng magandang pakiramdam sa isang tao ang pagkakaroon
ng partisipasyon sa mga gawain at usaping pampolitikal. Maaaring magkaroon ng
sense of belonging o relatedness ang mamamayan. Maipapakita niya na siya ay
kabilang sa mga gawaing pansibiko at may malaking gampanin sa bansa.Ang
paglahok sa diskusyon at gawaing pampolitika ay nagbibigay ng kaalaman sa
mamamayan ukol sa mga isyung panlipunan, mga sistema ng gawaing pampolitika,
at mga karapatan bilang mamamayan.Nagpapakita ito ng mataas na kompiyansa sa
sarili at tiwala na makatutulong sa pagpapaunlad ng bansa. Nakatutulong na
mabuksan ang isipan ng mamamayan sa kalagayan ng bansa at maaaring makapag-
isip ng paraan upang mapaunlad ito.
Mga Negatibong Epekto
Nagkakaroon ng kaguluhan sa mga kampanya para sa eleksyon dahil sa mga
walang humpay na labanan ng mga partido sa politika. Humahantong sa matinding
sakitan at patayan ang mga tumatakbo sa halalan at mga tagasuporta nito. Noong ika-
23 ng Nobyembre taon 2009, naganap ang isang malagim na pagpaslang o ambush
na ikinasawi ng Pamilya ng Mangundadatu at mga kasama nito laban sa Ampatuan
dahil sa eleksiyon. Kung hindi maging maingat sa pagkilatis ng mga politiko, ang mga
mamamayan ay maaaring makapaghalal ng mga opisyal na hindi kwalipikado at hindi
tapat sa kanyang tungkulin.
ANG KAHALAGAHAN NG KOOPERASYON NG MAMAMAYAN AT GOBYERNO
Sa pamamagitan ng kooperasyon ng mamamayan at pamahalaan malulutas
ang suliraning panlipunan. Ang Pilipinas ay isang demokratikong bansa, may kalayaan
ang mga mamamayan nito sa pagpapahayag ng saloobin nakasaad sa Bill of Rights
ng ating saligang batas. Mahalaga ang kooperasyon sa pagitan ng mamamayan at
ng gobyerno upang mapaunlad ang bansa. Maisasagawa ang mga programang
nakatuon sa pagresolba ng mga suliranin at maipatutupad ang mga programang
naglalayong umunlad ang mamamayan. Nagbibigay-daan din itp upang malaman ng
gobyerno kung epektibo ba ang mga programang inihahain para sa kaunlaran ng
bansa.
Gawain:PULSO NG BAYAN
145
Lagyan ng bilang 1 kung sumasang-ayon at 2 kung hindi sumasang-ayon sa mga
pahayag.
1. Ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa gawaing politika ay nagkakaroon ng sense of
belonging o relatedness.
2. Ang pagbenta ng boto o vote buying ay isang paraan ng demokrasya sa politika.
3. Ang karahasan at pagiging sakim ay dahilan ng kapangyarihan sa eleksiyon ito ay
nagpapahayag ng kanyang saloobin at damdamin.
4. Ang pagsali sa diskusyon ay nakadaragdag ng kaalaman sa gawaing politika.
5. Ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan ay nakabatay sa aspekto ng antas ng lipunan.
1.Ano ang ginagamit ng kandidato bilang plano sa kanyang pangangampanya?
A.Doktrina C.Jingle o slogan
B.Plataporma D.Komersyal
2.Ano ang maaaring idulot ng politikal na partisipasyon ng mga mamamayan sa
bansa?
A.Nagdudulot ito ng kalituhan dahil sa maling sistema na ginagawa ng mamamayan
B.Nagdudulot sa mga mamamayan ng kalayaang lumahok sa aktibidad ng bansa.
C.Nagdudulot ng negatibong epekto sa bansa ang politikal na pakikilahok ng mga
mamamayan.
D.Nagdudulot ng magandang pakiramdam sa bawat isa dahil naipakikita nito ang
kahalagahan ng namumuno sa bansa upang lumutas ng isyung panlipunan.
3.Bakit mahalaga ang pakikilahok ng mga mamamayan sa aspetong politikal ng
bansa?
A.Mahalaga ito upang maipakita ang pagkakaisa ng mamamayan at pamahalaan
sa pagbuo ng iisang desisyon
B.Mahalaga ito upang matamasa ang demokrasya at kalayaan sa pagpili ng
kanyang ihahalal
C.Mahalaga ito upang ng mabigyan ng pagkakataon ang bawat isa na lumahok sa
gawaing panlipunan
D.Mahalaga ito upang matamo ang hangarin na magkaroon ng kapangyarihan ang
isang tao sa bansa.
4.Anong malagim na pangyayari ang naganap sa pagitan ng Pamilyang
Mangundadatu at Pamilyang Ampatuan noong Nobyembre, 2009?
A. SAF 44 C.Balangiga Massacre
B.Maguindanao Massacre D.2018 Sagay Massacre
5.Ito ay nangangahulugan na may kalayaan ang mga mamamayan sa
pagpapahayag ng mga saloobin at damdamin.
A.Sense of belonging o relatedness C.Demokrasya
B.Age of maturity D.Individual volunteerism
146
IKAANIM NA LINGGO - ARALIN 6.2

Ang pakikilahok ng mga mamamayan sa isyu ng bansa ay mahalagang sangkap ng
demokrasya. Isa itong pamamaraan upang mapabuti ang kanilang buhay sa
pamamagitan ng pakikilahok sa mga gawaing panlipunan.
Epekto sa Lipunan.
1. Sa pakikilahok nagkakaroon ng magandang lipunan ang isang bansa dahil sa
pagtutulungan para sa ikauunlad ng lahat.
2. Nagkakaroon ng kompiyansa sa sarili, responsibilidad at interes na sumali sa
usapin na may kinalaman sa bansa.
3. Ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa gawaing pansibiko ay nakapagbibigay ng
oportunidad upang maibahagi ang kanilang talento, kaalaman, o kasanayan
sa komunidad o sa gobyerno. Halimbawa nito ay pagsali sa mga programa ng
pamahalaan.
4. Nabibigyan ng pagkakataon na maranasan ng mga mamamayan ang
makihalubilo sa kapwa at makialam sa isyu ng bansa.
5. Para sa kabataan, ang paraan ng pakikilahok ng mamamayan ay may
emosyonal na katalinuhan at nagsusulong sa kanilang matapat at
makabuluhan na pagkilos o paggawa para kanilang komunidad. Halimbawa
nito ay ang kabataan partylist.
6. Samakatuwid ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa pansibiko ay
nangangahulugan ng pagkakaroon ng ugnayan sa isa’t isa, may pakialam, at
malasakit sa komunidad. Ang social connectedness ay isang personal na
pakiramdam na kabilang sa isang grupo, pamilya o pamayanan. Ito ay ugnayan
ng mga tao sa bawat isa at ang kanilang pakikipag-ugnayan sa mas malawak
na pamayanan. Ibig sahin naipapakita nito ang relasyon ng mamamayan sa
kanyang lipunan na ginagalawan at kung ito ay taliwas sa kanilang paniniwala.
Katulad ng pagsali sa mga kilos protesta at iba pang aktibidad.
1. 1.Ano ang naibibigay sa mga mamamayan na nakikilahok sa gawaing
pansibiko at naibahagi ang talento, kaalaman, o kasanayan sa komunidad?
a. Katapatan
b. Oportunidad
c. Interes
d. Suliranin
2. 2.Alin ang nagpakikita ng pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa lipunan?
a. Pagboto
b. Pagkalap ng pondo
c. Pagbabayad ng buwis
d. Pagsasagawa ng kilos protesta
147
3. Alin ang hindi kabilang sa mga katangian na dapat taglayin ng isang aktibong
mamamayan?
a. Relasyon sa Diyos
b. Relasyon sa kaibigan
c. Relasyon sa Pamilya
d. Relasyon sa Gobyerno
4. Aling sitwasyon ang nagpapakita ng mabuting epekto ng pakikilahok ng
mamamayan sa lipunan?
a. Nabibigyang solusyon ang suliranin ng pamayanan
b. Naantala ang pagkakaloob ng tulong pinansyal mula sa pamahalaan
c. Nakaligtaan ng mamamayan ang tungkulin bilang bahagi ng lipunan
d. Pinakita ng bawat pinuno ang mga proyektong halaw sa dayuhang
bansa
5. Bakit kailangan makialam ang mga mamamayan sa gawaing pansibiko?
a. Para sa ikabubuti at ikauunlad ng bayan
b. Para mapataas nila ang emosyonal na katalinuhan
c. Para magkaroon ng ugnayan ang mamamayan at pamahalaan
d. Para sa mabigyan ng pagkakataon na pabagsakin ang gobyerno
IKAPITONG ARALIN - ARALIN 7.1

Ang Pilipinas ay isa sa mga bansa sa mundo na nagtataguyod ng
demokratikong pamamahala. Ayon sa UN ECOSOC (United Nations Economic and
Social Council) ang pamamahala ay proseso ng pagpapasya at pagpapatupad ng mga
desisyong napagpasyahan. Sa pagbuo ng desisyon ng pamahalaan, mahalaga ang
papel na ginagampanan ng mamamayan o Citizen Participation, na tumutukoy
pagkakasangkot ng mga mamamayan sa malawak na hanay ng mga aktibidad sa
paggawa ng patakaran, pagpapasiya sa mga serbisyo, mga prayoridad sa badyet,
upang maiuugnay ang mga programa ng pamahalaan tungo sa mga pangangailangan
ng komunidad.
Ang pagsasanib ng pamamahala at citizen participation ay nagbigay daan sa
pagkakaroon ng Participatory Governance. Ayon kay Frank Fischer ang Participatory
Government ay naglalayong mapalalim ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa proseso
ng pamahalaan sa pamamagitan ng pagsusuri sa mga kasanayan ng tradisyunal na
pananaw na sa pangkalahatan ay pumipigil sa pagsasakatuparan ng isang tunay na
partisipasyong demokrasya. Sa pagsulong ng papel ng mamamayan sa pamamahala
ng isang komunidad, nabubuo ang konsepto ng mabuting pamahalaan at ito ay
tinataguyod sa pamamagitan ng mga sumusunod;
1. Pagbibigay ng impormasyon at suporta sa pagpapaunlad ng kakayahan ng
mga mamamayan at civil society
2. Madagdagan ang kamalayan, kakayahan, at kahandaang lumahok ng
mamamayan at civil society
3. Ang mamamayan at civil society ay sumusubaybay sa mga gawain ng
pamahalaan, at isinusulong ang pananagutan.
148
Gawain: PUNAN ANG TABLE
Isulat at ipaliwanag sa kahon ang papel na ginagampanan ng mamamayan sa pamamahala
ng kanilang komunidad. Ang batayan ng puntos ay ang sumusunod:
5 puntos kung maayos at 3 puntos kung may 1 puntos hindi malinaw na

malinaw na naipaliwanag ang kakulangan ang paliwanag naipaliwanag ang papel ng
papel ng bawat mamamayan sa papel ng bawat bawat mamamayan
mamamayan
Ano ang papel sa pamamahala sa komunidad

1. Bilang mag-aaral
2. Bilang magulang
3. Bilang bahagi ng pamahalaan
1. Bakit mahalagang malaman ng bawat mamamayan ang kanilang papel sa

pamamahala ng komunidad?
2. Para sa iyo, sinong miyembro ng komunidad ang may pinakamahalagang papel?
Bakit?
TANDAAN
Mahalaga ang papel ng bawat mamamayan sa pamamahala sa komunidad
upang itaguyod ang kaunlaran ng bansa. Ang patuloy na pagsulong ng participatory
government ay nagbibigay ng pagkakataon sa mga mamamayan upang maging
bahagi sa solusyon sa mga problema na nararanasan ng bansa. Mahalaga ang
pakikibahagi ng bawat mamamayan sa pamahalaan at pamamahala upang mawala o
mabawasan ang pagsasamantala ng mga politiko na humahantong sa korupsyon.
Panuto: Basahin at unawaing mabuti ang mga aytem.Isulat ang titik ng pinakaangkop
na sagot.
1. Anong konsepto ang tumutukoy sa pagpapasya at proseso ng pagpapatupad ng

mga desisyong napagpasyahan?
a. Citizen Participation
b. Pamahalaan
c. Pamamahala
d. Participatory Government
2. Anong konsepto ang naglalayong mapalalim ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa

proseso ng pamahalaan sa pamamagitan ng pagsusuri sa mga kasanayan ng
tradisyonal na pananaw?
a. Citizen Participation
b. Pamahalaan
c. Pamamahala
149
d. Participatory Government
3. Alin sa mga sumusunod na pahayag ang tumutukoy sa Citizen Participation o

pakikilahok ng mamamayan?
a. Proseso ng pagsasagawa ng mga programa sa isang bansa
b. Proseso ng pagpapasya at pagpapatupad ng mga desisyong napagpasyahan
c. Pagkakasangkot ng mga mamamayan sa malawak na hanay ng mga aktibidad
sa paggawa ng patakaran
d. Pagkakasangkot ng mga mamamayan sa pagpapasya ng desisyon ng Estado
sa pamamagitan ng mga panukala
4. Alin sa mga sumusunod na pahayag ang nagpapakita ng Participatory

Government?
a. Si Ana ay nagsisikap mag-aral ng mabuti sa kanyang paaralan
b. Si Hanz ay tumatawid sa tamang tawiran tuwing pupunta ng paaralan
c. Si Elsa ay nakibahagi sa pagbabalangkas ng budget sa kanilang komunidad
d. Si Kristof ay araw-araw nanunuod ng balita tuwing sasapit ang ika-anim ng gabi
5. Alin sa mga pahayag ang HINDI nagtataguyod ng mabuting pamamahala?

a. Pagbibigay impormasyon sa mamamayan
b. Pinahusay na pamamahala at epektibo sa pag-unlad
c. Dagdag na kamalayan ng mamamayan at sibilyang lipunan
d. Pakikipagtulungan ng mamamayan sa paggawa ng desisyon
IKAPITONG ARALIN - ARALIN 7.2

Ang papel ng mamamayan sa pamamahala ng bansa ay hindi lamang
natatapos sa pakikilahok sa mga programa ng pamahalaan. Ito ay dapat pinapalalim
sa pamamagitan ng Citizen Engagement o pakikipag-ugnayan ng mamamayan sa
pangangasiwa, paglahok sa pagpapasya sa desisyon ng estado, sa pamamagitan ng
mga panukala at madagdagan ang impluwensya sa mga patakaran at programang
may positibong epekto sa buhay panlipunan at pang-ekonomiya.
Ang hindi pakikipag-ugnayan ng mamamayan sa pamamahala ng pamahalaan
ay nagreresulta sa pagtaas ng korupsyon sa bansa na sinusukat gamit ang Corruption
Perception Index na kung saan ang bansang may 100 puntos ay nangangahulugan
na walang korupsyon at ang 0 ay may mataas na antas ng korupsyon. Sa
kasalukuyan, ang Pilipinas ay may puntos na 34 mula sa 36 noong 2018 na
nagpapakita na batay sa pagsusuri tumaas ang level ng korupsyon sa bansa.
150
Upang pagtibayin ang pakikipag-ugnayan ng mamamayan, ang Asian
Development Bank ay nagbigay ng mga paraan upang mapagpatibay ang pakikipag-
ugnayan ng bawat mamamayan sa pamahalaan;
1. Pag-access sa bawat impormasyon may kaugnayan sa pamahalaan tulad ng
badyet.
2. Konsultasyon ng pamahalaan sa mga mamamayan sa pagbuo ng programa at
polisiya
3. Pakikipagtulungan ng mga mamamayan at miyembro ng pamahalaan sa paggawa
ng desisyon at programa sa komunidad
4. Pagbibigay opinyon ng mga mamamayan sa mga programa upang maisaayos ang
serbisyo at programa
na sagot.
1. Ano ang kahulugan ng salitang Citizen Engagement?

a. Pagkakasangkot ng mga mamamayan sa malawak na hanay ng mga aktibidad
sa paggawa ng patakaran
b. Pagkakasangkot ng pamahalaan sa pagpapasya at desisyon ng Estado sa
pamamagitan ng mga panukala
c. Naglalayong mapalalim ang pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa proseso ng
pamahalaan sa pamamagitan ng pagsusuri
d. Pakikipag-ugnayan ng mamamayan sa pangangasiwa at paglahok sa
pagpapasya sa desisyon ng Estado sa pamamagitan ng mga panukala
2. Si Robin ay isang mag-aaral na laging bumibisita sa website ng pamahalaan upang
magbasa ng mga polisiya at programa ng pamahalaan. Anong pamamaraan ang
kanyang ginagamit?
a. Konsultasyon
b. Pag-access sa bawat impormasyon
c. Pakikipagtulungan ng mamamayan sa paggawa ng desisyon
d. Pagbibigay puna ng mga mamamayan sa programa ng pamahalaan
3. Si Chan ay bahagi ng isang youth organization sa kanilang komunidad at isa siya

sa mga iniimbitahan sa kanilang komunidad tuwing magsasagawa ng ordinansa
para sa kabataan. Anong pamamaraan ang kanyang pinapakita?
a. Konsultasyon
b. Pag-access sa bawat impormasyon
c. Pakikipagtulungan ng mamamayan sa paggawa ng desisyon
d. Pagbibigay puna ng mga mamamayan sa programa ng pamahalaan
151
4. Alin sa mga pahayag ang HINDI nagpapakita ng Citizen Engagement?
a. Pag-access sa impormasyon
b. Pakikipagtulungan ng mamamayan sa paggawa ng desisyon
c. Pagbibigay puna ng mga pamahalaan sa programa ng mamamayan
d. Pagkakaroon ng konsultasyon sa pagitan pamahalaan at mamamayan
5. Bilang mag-aaral, anong pamamaraan ang iyong magagawa upang maipakita ang
bahaging iyong ginagampanan sa pamamahala ng iyong komunidad?
a. Tumawid sa tamang tawiran
b. Mag-aral ng mabuti upang tumaas ang grado sa paaralan
c. Ugaliing manunod at makinig ng balita upang malaman ang nagaganap sa
bansa
d. Sumali sa isang youth organization sa komunidad na nagsusulong kapakanan
ng kabataan
152
IKAWALONG LINGGO - ARALIN 8.1

Ang pamahalaan at mamamayan ang dalawang pangunahing aktor sa pagkakaroon
ng isang mabuting pamamahala. Ang Good Governance ay tumutukoy sa pamamaraan ng
pamahalaan na nakatuon sa paglikha ng isang sistema na nagproprotekta sa mga karapatang
pantao at kalayaan ng civil society. Ayon sa UN ECOSOC (United Nations Economic and
Social Council), may walong elemento upang masukat ang Good Governance ng isang bansa.
1. Participation - mamamayan ang pangunahing pundasyon ng mabuting pamamahala.
2. Rule of Law - patas at ligal na balangkas na pagpapatupad ng batas na walang
pasubali.
3. Transparency – nangangahulugan na ang impormasyon ay malayang magagamit at
direktang maa-access ng mga mamamayan
4. Responsiveness - nangangailangan ng mga institusyon at proseso na subukang
maglingkod sa lahat ng mga stakeholder
5. Consensus Oriented - pag-iral ng pangkalahatang kabutihan sa komunidad o bansa
sa kabuuan
6. Equity and inclusiveness –pagtiyak na ang lahat ng mga miyembro ng lipunan ay hindi
nakakaramdam na sila ay hindi kabilang sa lipunan.
7. Effectiveness and efficiency - konseptong sumasaklaw sa paggamit ng mga likas na
yaman at proteksyon ng kapaligiran.
8. Accountability - institusyon na mananagot sa mga tao at sa bawat isa.
Gawain: PYRAMID ng IDEYA

Matapos malaman ang elemento ng mabuting pamamahala at masuri ang mga
suliranin kaakibat nito sa lokal at nasyonal na pamahalaan, punan ang pyramid
organizer ng pamamaraan upang makamit ang mabuting pamamahala sa komunidad
Magbigay ng 4 na paraan
upang makamit ang mabuting
pamamahala
a. Bakit hindi naisasakatuparan ang mabuting pamamahala sa bansa?

b. Ano ang pinakamalaking balakid dito?
153
na sagot.
1. Ito ay tumutukoy sa pamamaraan ng pamahalaan na nakatuon sa paglikha ng

sistemang nagproprotekta sa karapatang pantao
a. Accountability
b. Collaboration
c. Good Governance
d. Transparency
2. Alin sa mga pahayag ang HINDI elemento ng mabuting pamahalaan?

a. Accountability
b. Collaboration
c. Rule of Law
d. Transparency
3. Ang Presidente ng Philhealth na si Ricardo Morales ay pinatawag sa Senado dahil

sa anomalyang kinasasangkutan ng ahensya. Anong elemento ng mabuting
pamamahala ang pinakikita ng pahayag?
a. Accountability
b. Participation
c. Rule of Law
d. Transparency
4. Ang Pilipinas ay binubuo ng iba’t ibang pangkat etniko at dahil dito nabuo ang
batas na “Indigenous Peoples” Rights Act of 1997 o Republic Act no. 8371. Anong
elemento ng mabuting pamamahala ang pinakikita ng pahayag?
a. Consensus Oriented
b. Effectiveness and Efficiency
c. Equity and inclusiveness
d. Rule of Law
5. Ito ay elemento ng mabuting pamahalaan na tumutukoy sa patas na pagpapatupad

ng batas at nagbibigay proteksyon sa karapatang pantao?
a. Accountability
b. Participation
c. Rule of Law
d. Transparency
154
IKAWALONG LINGGO - ARALIN 8.2

Ang pagkakaroon ng mabuting pamamahala ang isa sa mga pangunahing isinusulong
ng United Nations sa mga bansa sa mundo, sapagkat ang hindi mabuting pamamahala ay
nagreresulta ng mga suliranin tulad ng pagtaas ng korupsyon, pagtaas ng bilang ng mga
mahihirap, kawalan ng trabaho at hindi maayos na serbisyo publiko. Ngunit, ang pagsusulong
ng mabuting pamamahala ay hindi imposibleng mangyari sapagkat may mga pinuno sa iba’t
ibang bansa ang nakapagpakita at nag-ambag sa pagsulong ng mabuting pamamahala sa
kanilang panunugkulan. Ang ilan sa kanila ay ang mga sumusunod;
Ambag
Si Angela Merkel ang kauna-unahang babaeng Chancellor
ng Germany. Sa panahon ng kanyang pamumuno,
mahusay niyang pinasigla ang ekonomiya ng bansa sa
pamamagitan ng pag-ikli sa oras ng pagtatrabaho at
pagkakaroon ng minimum wage salary. Pinasara niya din
ang walong energy reactors ng bansa matapos ang
"CDU BPT (11)" by Michael trahedya sa Fukushima, Japan at nagsulong ng alternative
Panse is licensed under CC energy resources. Nakilala din ang kanyang pamumuno sa
BY-ND 2.0 pagkakaroon ng parent benefit upang mapataas ang birth
rate ng bansa.
Si Lee Kuan Yew ang itinuturing na “Ama ng Singapore” at
nagsulong ng kasarinlan ng bansa. Nakilala bilang tapat na
pinuno at nagsulong ng paggamit ng “mother tongue
language” base sa pangkat etnikong kinabibilangan.
"File:Egemen Archive Bumuo ng limang taong plano na nanawagan sa
Nazarbayev Lee Kuan pagbabagong tatag sa lungsod at pagtatayo ng mga
Yew.jpg" by EgemenMedia is bagong pampublikong pabahay, higit na mga karapatan
licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0 para sa mga kababaihan, repormang pang-edukasyon at
industriyalisasyon
Ramon Magsaysay Si Ramon Magsaysay ang ika-pitong presidente ng
Pilipinas. Siya ay nakilala bilang “Kampeon ng Masa” dahil
sa pamimigay ng lupa sa mga mahihirap na magsasaka.
Sa kanyang pamumuno ang Pilipinas ay naging
pangalawang malinis at maayos na pamamahala sa Asya.
Gawain: Liham sa aking pinuno

Matapos matalakay ang ambag ng mga personalidad sa mabuting pamamahala.
Sumulat ng isang liham sa pinuno ng iyong barangay. Nakapaloob sa liham ang mga
sumusunod
1. Pangalan ng padadalhan ng liham
2. Pamamaraan na ginawa upang mataguyod ang mabuting
pamamahala
3. Suhestiyon upang higit pang maisulong ang mabuting
pamamahala sa barangay.
155
Panuto: Basahin at unawaing mabuti ang mga aytem.Isulat ang titik ng pinakaangkop na
sagot.
1. Sinong pangulo ng Pilipinas ang kinilala bilang “Kampeon ng Masa” dahil sa pagiging Pro-
Filipino?
a. Benigno Aquino III
b. Ferdinand Marcos
c. Joseph Ejercito Estrada
d. Ramon Magsaysay
2. Si Angela Merkel ang kauna-unahang Chancellor ng anong bansa sa Europa?
a. Finland
b. Germany
c. Switzerland
d. United Kingdom
3. Isa sa mga ambag ni Chancellor Angela Merkel ay ang pagpapasara ng mga nuclear
reactors sa kanyang bansa matapos ang naganap na trahedya sa Japan na sanhi ng
nuclear reactors. Anong elemento ng mabuting pamamahala ang kanyang ipinakita?
d. Rule of Law
4. Sinong pinuno ang tinaguriang “Ama ng Singapore” at naging daan sa kanilang pag-
unlad?
a. Heng Swee Keat
b. Lee Hsien Long
c. Lee Kuan Yew
d. Tsa Ing Wen
5. Si Dating Pangulong Ramon Magsaysay ay nakilala dahil sa ginawang pamimigay ng lupa
sa mga magsasaka sa bansa. Anong elemento ng mabuting pamamahala ang kanyang
ipinakita?
d. Rule of Law
156
SDO MALABON CITY
10
MAPEH
Self-Learning Modules
Fourth Quarter
157
MUSIC GRADE 10 QUARTER 4 WEEK 1
OPERA IN THE PHILIPPINES
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Choose the correct answer in each item from the box below.
Opera Noli Me Tangere Zorilla Theater Italy Dr. Ramon Javier
France Pedro Paterno Spain Manila Acting
_________1. It is an art and music form in which singers and musicians perform a dramatic work
combining text (called a libretto) and a musical score.
_________2. The first Filipino opera is said to be __________by Pedro Paterno.
_________3. Where was the Opera Originated?
_________4. The Sandugong Panaginip was first presented at _______?
_________5. Who was the first Filipino Opera Conductor in the Philippines?
 An art and music form in which singers and musicians

perform a dramatic work combining text (called a libretto) and
a musical score, usually in an elaborate theatrical setting.
WHAT  It incorporates many of the elements of spoken theatre, such
as acting, scenery, costumes, and sometimes includes
dance.
 Opera is part of the Western classical music form and

tradition. It started in Italy at the end of the 16th century and
soon spread through the rest of Europe.
WHERE/
Opera WHEN
 Local Theaters and Early Philippine Operas Local theaters,
including the Zorilla, Principe Alfonso, Variedades, Quiapo
and Tondo Theaters, were the choice venues for the mainly
Italian operas that came to the country.
 The first Filipino opera is said to be to Sandugong Panaginip
by Pedro Paterno, a poet, novelist, musician. This was first
presented at the Zorilla Theater on August 2, 1902.
WHO  They were composed of Bonifacio Abdon as the first Filipino
opera conductor, Dr. Ramon Javier as the first Filipino opera
impresario who promoted local talents to participate in
foreign productions.
ACTIVITY
Directions: In this activity, you have to conceptualize your own story about any of the following
situations that we have in the world as of today. Write a short story about it and
choose a title of a song that you thing would fit the emotion or the theme of your
own story.
POST TEST
Directions: Choose the best answers below the questions.
1. It is an art and music form in which singers and musicians perform a dramatic work
combining text (called a libretto) and a musical score.
2. The first Filipino opera by Pedro Paterno.
3. A place where opera originated.
4. It is where the Sandugong Panaginip was first presented.
5. The first Filipino Opera Conductor in the Philippines.
A. Opera D. Pedro Paterno

B. Dr. Ramon Javier E. Zorilla Theater
C. Noli Me Tangere F. Italy
158
ARTS 10- Quarter 4
PHILIPPINE THEATER
WEEK 1
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Define the following terms:

1. Bodabil 3. Comedia 5. Theater
2. Sarzuela 4. Comedia
3. Comedia

Theater is the collaboration of all art forms. It brings together all the other art forms—from painting
and sculpture, to installation art, to music, to dance, to literature, even to computer arts—in a
single production. During the pre-historic and pre-colonial times, theater in the Philippines was in
the form of indigenous rituals, verbal jousts or games, or songs and dances to praise gods. When
the Spaniards reached our shores, they used dramas such as zarzuelas as a pedagogical tool to
influence the pagan tribes and teach them about Christianity and religion. Another important form
of theater popularized during the Spanish colonization is the comedia, also known as moro-moro,
linambay, or arakyo. It’s a play in verse that portrays the lives, loves, and wars of moors and
Christians. When American colonial rule was established, the United States introduced the
American way of life through education, media, and language. Their influence on Philippine
theatre is most apparent through the bodabil (vaudeville) and the plays and dramas staged or
translated into English.
Activity: Sequencing Events. Identify the different theater forms under each period.
Pre-Colonial Era Spanish Period American Period
CHECK YOUR UNDERSTANDING

DIRECTIONS: Read the following statement and answer TRUE if the statement is correct and
write FALSE if the statement is incorrect.
1. Pre-historic dramas is consisted of three elements – folklore, technical, and spectacle.
2. The Spaniards used zarzuelas to teach us about Christianity.
3. Theater It brings together all the other art forms.
4. Moro-moro are the plays and dramas staged or translated into English.
5. Pre-historic theater uses epic poetry about deities and mythical legends.
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: Choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. Comedia, also known as ________ is a play in verses that portrays the lives, loves, and
wars of moors and Christians.
A. Senakulo C. Zarzuela
B. Drama D. Moro-Moro
2. Dramas such as zarzuelas were used by _________ as a pedagogical tool to influence
the pagan tribes and teach them about Christianity and religion.
A. Spaniards C. Japanese
B. Americans D. Chinese
3. A story that is acted out on stage and has a developing the plot through dialogue and
actions, and sometimes through song and/or dance is called ______.
A. Acting C. Dramatic expression
B. Theater D. Storytelling
4. Pre-historic dramas consisted of three elements. Which are those?
A. Technology, lights, and sounds C. Myth, mimesis, and spectacle
B. Costumes, songs, and dances D. Stories, rituals, and praise
5. Theater is the collaboration of __________.
A. Music and Dance C. Traditional and Contemporary
B. Technology D. All art form
159
WEEK 1
PE GRADE 10 Q4
LESSON: PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND EXERCISE
LOOKING BACK: DIRECTIONS: Write the difference between physical activity and
exercise.
Physical Activity Exercise
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Physical activity refers to bodily movement produced by skeletal muscles. Examples of physical
activity include walking to and from work, taking the stairs instead of elevators and escalators,
and gardening, doing household chores, dancing and washing the car by hand. Exercise is a
type of physical activity that requires planned, structured, and repetitive bodily movement to
improve or maintain one or more components of physical fitness. Examples of exercise are
walking, running, cycling, aerobics, swimming, and strength training. Exercise is an activity that
requires a vigorous and intense effort.
ACTIVITY: WATCH ‘N LIST

DIRECTIONS: Watch some sport news or channel and list down at least two (2) physical activity
and exercise that they have performed.
Sport news:
Physical activity Exercise

DIRECTIONS: Write P if the movement is physical activity and write E if it is exercise.
1. _____ taking down notes 4. _____ 1 kilometer walk and run
2. _____ sweeping the floor 5. _____ Zumba dance
3. _____ planking
PRETEST
DIRECTIONS: Choose the letter of the best answer and write it on your answer sheet.
1. It describes many forms of movement, including activities that involve the large skeletal
muscles.
A. Physical appearance C. Physical activity
B. Physical fitness D. Exercise
2. Exercise consists of activities that are planned and structured, and that maintain or improve
one or more of the components of physical fitness.
A. Physical appearance C. Physical activity
B. Physical fitness D. Exercise
3. To help keep you on track with physical activity, it's important to:
A. Set an activity goal C. Create an activity calendar
B. Get proper shoes and clothes D. All of the above
4. Physical activity and exercise have the same definition and example.
A. True C. Maybe
B. False D. Both A and B
5. What is an advantage of doing regular exercise?
A. Decrease chronic disease C. Stress relief
B. Improve quality of life D. All of the above
160
WEEK 1
HEALTH GRADE 10 Q 4
LESSON 1: PLANNING FOR A HEALTH CAREER
EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to discuss the components and
steps in making a personal health career plan.

Career
 Is an occupation or profession that requires special training.
Health Careers
 Are designed to familiarize students with the various careers in the medical profession
and allied health services.
Health Career Planning
 Refers to an individual’s plan to make a career choice, growing in the chosen career or
making a career shift. Career planning involves the very important step of self-
assessment.
Components and Steps In Making A Health Career Plan
1. Self – Assessment -Discover your personal strengths through self – assessments
( values, interests, personality, testing skills, etc. )
2. Career Exploration-You can explore different careers and work environments through
career fairs, online research, meetings, internships, alumni connections, professional
resources.
3. Decision Making -Before you decide on taking a career that works for you, you can
evaluate and narrow down your options through listing the pros and cons, comparing your
personal strengths and interests, and deciding which career fulfills both current and future
goals.
4. Plan of Action- Plan achievable goals and develop strategies to reach your goals,
organize your goals into smaller steps, identify actions for each step, utilize helpful people
and resources, review and adapt your plan regularly.
ACTIVITY
Directions: List as many words associated with the word “Health career”.
HEALTH CAREER
REMEMBER
There are 4 components and steps in making a health career plan namely: self-
assessment, career exploration, decision making and plan of action.

DIRECTIONS: Answer the following questions write your answer in your answer
sheet.
1. How can you discover your personal strengths as you make your health career
plan?
2. Where can you explore different careers and work environments?
3. What should you do before deciding on taking a career that works for you?
4. What are the reasons in pursuing health career?
5. What are the components and steps in making health career plan?
161
MUSIC GRADE 10 - QUARTER 4 WEEK 2
BALLET IN THE PHILIPPINES
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Write T if the statement is true and F if the statement
is false.
___1. Opera dance form is performed to music using precise and highly formalized set steps
and gestures.
___2. Theatre is a performance in which a story is told without words by using body
movements and facial expressions.
___3. Colorful sets/costumes add the glitter and attraction of the productions.
 Ballet is dance form performed to music using precise and highly formalized set steps
and gestures.
 The medium of dance and ballet to interpret novels, folktales, and stories provides visual
excitement as the characters come alive not in spoken dialogue but in body movements.
Much of the communication is relayed in pantomime.
 It is a performance in which a story is told without words by using body movements and
facial expressions.
 Their facial expressions and body movements add more meaning to the story being
revealed. The performance is further enhanced by colorful costumes, elaborates sets,
visually suggestive music, and synchronized choreography.
 Filipino ballets vividly present folktales based on local fables for example, Lola Basyang
as well as epics from neighboring regions, such as India’s Ramayana.
 The Ramayana is one of the two great Indian epics that tell about Indian life around
1000 BC and how dharma was practiced. Later, it became a model of behavior for the
whole Hindu population.
 Dharma is a type of behavior said to be in accordance with the order that makes life and
the universe possible. According to its meaning, it explains the expectations in fulfilling
duties, respecting rights, observing proper conduct, practicing virtues, and maintaining a
rightful way of living.
 Lola Basyang is a ballet adaptation of Severino Reyes’ folktales Mga Kuwento ni Lola
Basyang. It was meant to instill and rekindle the interest of the Filipino youth in the
beauty, richness, and heritage of Philippine literature.
ACTIVITY
Directions: Answer the following questions in 2-3 sentences
1. What is the importance of dance in our life?

2. What is the difference of ballet to theatrical dance?
3. How does a choice of music affect in the interpretation of a dance, specifically ballet?
POST TEST: Choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. A dance form performed to music using precise and highly formalized a. Ballet
set steps and gestures. b. Colorful
2. It is a performance in which a story is told without words by using body sets/costumes
movements and facial expressions. c. Pantomime
3. It adds to the glitter and attraction of the productions d. Ramayana
4. It is one of the two great Indian epics that tell about Indian life around e. Dharma
1000 BC and how dharma was practiced. f. Lola Basya
162
5. It is a type of behaviour said to be in accordance with the order that
makes life and the universe possible.
ARTS 10 – Quarter 4 WEEK 2

FILIPINO PLAYWRIGHTS
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Identify who is the playwright being described.

1. He is considered as one of the giants of Filipino Literature in the early 20th century.
2. He organized the Arena Theater.
3. He was the founder and artistic director of the UP Mobile Theater.
Playwriting is an act of writing stage plays having the basic elements of plotting,
characterization, dialogue, and theme. Here are some of the Noteworthy Filipino Playwrights:
1. Severino Montano - National Artist for Theater and the forerunner in institutionalizing
“legitimate theater” in the Philippines. Montano organized the Arena Theater to bring
drama to the masses. “The Love of Leonor Rivera,” is one of his work which is deemed
the longest-running play on record being staged.
2. Wilfredo Ma Guerrero - Another National Artist for Theater, a teacher, and theater artist
and was appointed as UP Dramatic Club director and served for 16 years. Founder and
artistic director of the UP Mobile Theater.
3. Severino Reyes - One of the giants of Filipino Literature in the early 20th century and
known as the Father of Filipino Plays. He was famous for writing “Mga Kwento ni Lola
Basyang”, a series of stories that appeared in Liwayway Magazine. His most famous play
he created was the zarzuela “Walang Sugat” which tackled the bravery and dedication of
the Katipuneros during the later years of the Spanish occupation.
Activity: Unleash Your Inner Playwright
Directions: Write a short script about any of the following theme: A. Pandemic, B. Distance
Learning. You must be able to write at least 10 lines of exchanging dialogues of 2 characters.
Rubrics: Creativity of plot – 5 points, Character in dialogue – 3 points, Relevance – 2 points
Directions: Choose the words or phrases that will make the sentence correct.
1. “The Love of Leonor Rivera” was written by Severino (Montano, Reyes).
2.(Wilfredo Ma Guerrero, Severino Montano) was once appointed as UP Dramatic Club
director and served for 16 years.
3.(Theme, Dialogue) is the purpose of the literary work.
4.One of the most cited and famous plays written by Severino Reyes was the zarzuela
entitled (Wanted: A Chaperon, Walang Sugat).
5.(Dialogue, Characterization) is a conversation that most reveals the lives of the
speakers.
POSTTEST
Directions: Choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. Which of the following is not an element of playwriting?
A. Theme C. Characterization
B. Script D. Plotting
2. This is a series of stories that appeared in Liwayway Magazine written by a dramatist and
a Filipino Literature giant.
A. Sabina C. Mga Kwento ni Lola Basyang
B. Wanted: A Chaperon D. The Love of Leonor Rivera
3. What is the type of theater or stage was introduced by Severino Montano?
A. T-stage C. Mobile Theater
B. Montano stage D. Arena Theater
163
PE GRADE 10 Q4
WEEK 2
LESSON: INTENSITY OF EXERCISE
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer and write it on
answer sheet.
1. Which of these statements is correct?
A. You need to join a gym to get fit C. You need to buy diet pills to become fit
B. You don’t need a lot of money D. You need a personal trainer to reach
to be physically active. your ultimate fitness levels.
2. How much exercise should I be doing each week?
A. 3 hours daily C. 20 minutes on three days each week
B. At least 30 minutes per day D. 1 whole day exercise in a week
3. When you are active in exercise, your body burns more:
A. Muscle tissue C. Oxygen
B. Energy D. None of these
4. Which of these does not include a form of vigorous exercise?
A. Swimming, hiking C. jumping rope, sprint
B. Basketball, tennis D. sweeping the floor
5. A 40 – year old man hasn’t exercised for a while, he should ________.
A. not exercise anymore. C. both B and C.
B. start slowly and build up to D. get a medical check-up from doctor
higher intensity activities. before starting any physical activity
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Exercise intensity refers to how hard your body is working during physical activity. When trying
to develop the CR (cardio-respiratory) system, many people ignore intensity of exercise. For
muscles to develop, they have to be overloaded to a given point.
Recent research indicates that the traditional equation of 220 – age overpredicts MHR in people
40 years and younger, and underpredicts MHR in individuals above 40 years old. Instead, we
will use 207 as our constant MHR from birth that decreases by 1 beat per year.
ACTIVITY: KNOW YOUR TRANING ZONES!

DIRECTIONS: Compute your intensity of exercise according to your age by following
formula above.
REMEMBER
Intensity is probably the most important element of your workout because when you work out at
a sufficient intensity, your body grows stronger and you'll see changes in your weight, body fat
percentage, endurance, and strength.
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: List down three (3) things you learned from the lesson.
164
HEALTH GRADE 10 Q4 WEEK 2
LESSON 1: PLANNING FOR A HEALTH CAREER

Components and Steps in Making A Health Career Plan
1.Self – Assessment
 What are your skills and interests?
2.Career Exploration.
 What health careers do you want to explore?
 What will you do to explore the different health careers?
3.Decision Making
 What health career will you choose based on your skills and interests?
 What do you need to consider?
4.Plan of Action
 What will you do to meet your goal/s?
ACTIVITY MY HEALTH CAREER PLAN

DIRECTIONS: Write your own health career plan using the components and steps.
MY HEALTH CAREER PLAN

My Career Goal/s
Self – Assessment
What are my skills and interests?
Career Exploration
What health careers do I want to explore?
What will I do to explore the different health careers?
Decision Making
What health career will I choose based on my skills and interests?
What do I need to consider?
Plan of Action
What will I do to meet my goal/s?
REMEMBER
You can make your own health career plan by using the components and steps.

DIRECTIONS: Complete these statements.
I learned that _________________________________________________________
I understand _________________________________________________________
I will choose a ________________________________________________________
I will plan my _________________________________________________________
165
MUSIC GRADE 10 - QUARTER 4
WEEK 3
MUSICAL PLAYS IN THE PHILIPPINES
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Choose the correct answer in each item from the box below
Lea Salonga Showboat Musical Play Ang Dakilang Anak- Jerry
Andres Bonifacio Les Miserables Pawis Dadap
_________1. A popular and generally lighter form of musical drama than the opera.
_________2. She is the Filipino artist who portrays the role of Kim in Miss Saigon?
_________3. The first major Broadway musical was _______, which featured the popular mode
of transport in the American frontier.
_________4. It is a musical play with five-act work commissioned by Alfonso Puyat in 1979,
depicting the life of revolutionary hero Andres Bonifacio.
_________5. It He was a composer-conductor who restaged the Andres Bonifacio: Ang
Dakilang Anak-Pawis at the CCP Main Theater on August 20 and 21.

The musical play is a popular and generally lighter form of musical drama than the
opera. The themes are usually more contemporary, and the musical melodies more
manageable by the average singer. Musical plays have been associated with the Broadway
plays of New York City and West End Productions in London, including My Fair Lady, South
Pacific, Camelot, West Side Story, Les Miserables, Phantom of the Opera, Lion King, Beauty
and the Beast, and Miss Saigon.
Broadway Musicals
The first major Broadway musical was Showboat, which featured the popular mode of transport
in the American frontier. Siamese royalty in The King and I, English aristocracy in My Fair Lady,
Austrian history in The Sound of Music, medieval English tragedy in Camelot, and interracial
gang rivalry and romance in West Side Story. One Filipino artist who attained international
status on both London’s West End and Broadway is Lea Salonga. Miss Saigon is a musical by
Claude-Michel Schonberg and Alain Boublil, with lyrics by Richard Maltby, Jr. Miss Saigon first
opened at West End in London in 1989 and closed in 1994. The USA production opened at the
Broadway Theatre in New York on April 11, 1991 and closed on January 28, 2001 after 4,092
performances. It was again re-staged in London in 2014 with a different cast.
ANDRES BONIFACIO, ANG DAKILANG ANAK-PAWIS, THE MUSICAL
The musical play Andres Bonifacio: Ang Dakilang Anak-Pawis is a five-act work
commissioned by Alfonso Puyat in 1979, depicting the life of revolutionary hero Andres
Bonifacio. It was co-produced by the Cultural Center of the Philippines and the Andres
Bonifacio Music Foundation, Inc., and was staged again at the CCP Main Theater on August 20
and 21, 1994 with Jerry Dadap as composer-conductor and the late Elmo Makil as Bonifacio. In
2014.
ACTIVITY
Directions: Answer the following questions in at least 2 sentences.
1. Have you watched any musical play? What is the title and what is it about?
2. If your answer in number 2 is no, then do you think you can appreciate watching a
musical play? And why?
POST TEST: Choose the letter of the correct answer.
1. The first major Broadway musical was _______, which featured the a. Lea Salonga
popular mode of transport in the American frontier. b. Andres
2. A popular and generally lighter form of musical drama than the opera. Bonifacio: Ang
3. He was a composer-conductor who restaged the Andres Bonifacio: Ang Dakilang Anak-
Dakilang Anak-Pawis at the CCP Main Theater on August 20 & 21. Pawis
4. It is a musical play with five-act work commissioned by Alfonso Puyat in c. Jerry Dadap
1979, depicting the life of revolutionary hero Andres Bonifacio. d. Musical Play
5. Who is the Filipino artist who portrays the role of Kim in Miss Saigon. e. Showboat
166
THEATER PERFORMING GROUPS
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Identify what theater performing group being described.
1. It seeks to develop performers as well as audiences for classical music performances.
2. Its intention is to provide wholesome theater experiences for Filipino.
3. It is the theater company where Lea Salonga started her career in theater acting.
4. The resident theater company of the Cultural Center of the Philippines.
5. The first ever theater company to organize the Third World Theater Festival.
Filipino Performing Groups
1. Philippine Educational Theater Association (PETA) - founded by Cecile Guidote-
Alvarez on April 7, 1967 with the vision of a Philippine Theater engaged in the development
of people and society. In 1971, PETA organized the first Third World Theater Festival.
2. Tanghalang Pilipino (TP) - the resident theater company of the Cultural Center of the
Philippines, founded in 1987. It develops and trains actors, playwrights and designers with
emphasis in the production of original Filipino plays.
3. Repertory Philippines - In 1967, theater director Zenaida Amador fulfilled her dream of
bringing the best of Broadway and London’s West End to Filipino audiences. This company
also trained actors like the multi-awarded theater actress and singer Lea Salonga.
4. Trumpets - In the 1990s, Trumpets provide wholesome theater experiences for Filipino
youth focusing on good values for children, while also building up the Philippine theater-
going public.
5. Philippine Opera Company (POC) - Was founded in 1999 by a group of dedicated
classically trained singers, led by soprano Karla Gutierrez as artistic directress. The POC
seeks to develop performers as well as audiences for classical music performances.
Activity: What Can You Say?
Directions: Answer the question inside the box and explain your answer briefly.
Rubrics: Content – 5, Relevance – 2 points
“What do you note as two of the main objectives that Philippine theater groups have in
common?”
Directions: Read the following statement and answer TRUE if the statement is correct and
write FALSE if the statement is incorrect.
1. Zanaida Amador established the theater company where Lea Salonga started her career.
2. The soprano Karla Gutierrez is the directress of Repertory Philippines.
3. Cecile Guidote-Alvarez founded the PETA on April 7, 1987.
4. Trumpets brought the best of Broadway and London’s West End to Filipino audiences.
5. Joseph the Dreamer was a play mounted by Trumpets.
POSTTEST
1. The performing group that presents adaptations of foreign plays, primarily in English.
A. PETA B. Repertory Philippines C. Philippine Opera Company
2. Which performance company aims to develop both performers and audiences for classical
music theater?
A. Repertory Philippines B. Trumpets C. Philippine Opera Company
3. The theater group specializing in original plays written in Filipino.
A. Tanghalang Pilipino B. Trumpets C. Philippine Opera Company
4. Name the production group that focuses on family-oriented and values-rich performances.
A. Repertory Philippines B. PETA C. Trumpets
5. The Philippine Opera Company was founded in what year?
A. 1999 B. 1989 C. 1979
167
PE GRADE 10 Q4 – WEEK 3
LESSON 1: RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the answer sheet
provided.
1. Activities such as hiking, dancing, swimming, and camping are under the category of _____.
A. Active recreational activities C. Indoor activities
B. Passive recreational activities D. Outdoor activities
2. Active recreation participation is everyone's responsibility, which of the following is the best
reason for this?
A. To have fun, enjoyment, and satisfaction. C. to keep a physically fit body.
B. To maintain weight. D. To have a healthy lifestyle.
3. Activities done during free time is called Recreation. What is the primary reason why one
engages in recreational activity?
A. Enjoyment C. Fundamentals
B. Fitness D. None of these
4. Which of the following is TRUE about recreation and leisure activities?
A. It is limited for you to move. C. Activities free from any concern in studies.
B. The activity is not interesting. D. All of the answer are true.
5. Activities such as playing board games, listening to music, reading are examples of ______.
A. Active recreational activities C. Indoor activities
B. Passive recreational activities D. Outdoor activities
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
The term recreation was regarded as activities you do during leisure. Leisure is an unobligated
time wherein you are free from any pressing concern in studies and/or work. Recreation may be
classified into two; active and passive. Passive recreational activities are those which you
spend your leisure without exerting much of your physical prowess such as playing board and
card games, listening to music, reading, watching TV and surfing the internet or playing
computer games. Active recreational activities, on the other hand, are those that require
deliberate physical efforts which may range from light to vigorous intensities. These include
walking, jogging, taking the stairs, gardening, doing household chores, playing sports,
swimming, dancing, and even hiking or mountaineering.
ACTIVITY: ACTIVE-O!
DIRECTIONS: Participate in an active and passive recreational activity and record yourself in a
2- minute video. Don’t forget to measure your heart rate before and after.

DIRECTIONS: Spell out your name. using each of the letters of your name, list some examples
of active and passive recreational activities. Write your answer on the answer sheet provided.
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: Write at least three (3) significant learnings you learned from this lesson.
168
HEALTH 10 Q-4 WEEK 3
HEALTH CAREER PATHWAYS

Health Career Pathway - Career pathways are clusters of career or occupations that are
grouped because of shared skills.
Examples of Health Career Pathways
Health Career Description Sample Careers
Pathway
1. Nutrition Finding ways to balance individual’s food and  Clinical
nutrition and their impact in patients’ health Dietetics
 Public Health
Nutrition
 Education and
Research
2. Disease Focuses on communicable and non-communicable  Community
Prevention diseases Health Work
and Control
3. Dental Health Deals with various oral condition  Dental Hygiene
 Dental Nursing
4. Environmental Establish correlation between different factors  Air Quality
Healthcare affecting the environment Monitoring
Management  Soil science
analysis
 Radiological
assessment
5. Drug Seeking to reduce community problem due to  Drug
Prevention & alcohol and drug abuse Enforcement
Control  Drug and
Alcohol
Rehabilitation
6. Emergency Specializes in out-of-hospital medical care  Emergency
Medical Medical Aid
Services  Paramedic
7. Maternal and Deals with health issues that affect women and  Midwifery
Child Care children  Outreach
Specialist
8. Occupational Deals to safety, health, and welfare of people  Health
Safety engaged in work or employment inspector
 Industrial
Hygienist
9. Mental Health Deals with interpersonal and intrapersonal  Social Work

Care relationships and life skills.  Clinical
Psychology
 Guidance
Counseling
ACTIVITY
A. Directions: List 3 examples of health career provided/available in your community/country for
each health career pathways. Use the table below for your answers.
Health Career Pathways Health Career
169
B. Based on Activity, answer these questions:
1. What health careers are commonly available in your school, community and country?
2. What type of health career/s do you think is needed in our country?

.
LOOKING BACK: Multiple Choice. Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the chosen
letter on a separate sheet of paper.
1. People onstage presenting characters in dramatic action.
A. Performer B. Script C. Audience D. Director
2. Theater needs to be experienced live. There is a “call and response” atmosphere that cannot
be witnessed in a movie theatre.
A. Performer B. Script C. Audience D. Director
3. It is the element that makes certain performers understand the text and deliver the script
excitingly and appropriately.
A. Performer B. Script C.Audience D. Director

1. Music/Sound - Background music and the musical piece are essential in musical play. It is the
element of theatre that defines as musical play and it is the basis of the vocal tone of the
performer.
2. Director - It is the element that makes certain performers understand the text and deliver the
script excitingly and appropriately.
3. Script - A final element essential to theatre is the text that is performed, and it must be
presented for theatre to occur.
4. Performer - People onstage presenting characters in dramatic action.
5. Audience - Theatre needs to be experienced live. There is a “call and response” atmosphere
that cannot be witnessed in a movie theatre.
6. Space – It is essential to have a stage, or some equivalent area where actors and actress
can perform.
7. Costume – it is important for the performers to give life on what they are portraying as well
as appropriate attire must done.
8. Production/Set design – it the craft that give life to the ambiance of a musical play.
ACTIVITY
Directions: Choose one among the elements of musical play; explain how its absence will
affect an entire musical play. Answer in at least 2 sentences.
POST TEST
Multiple Choice: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the chosen letter on a separate sheet
of paper.
170
1. It is the element of theatre that defines as musical play and it is the basis a. Music/Sounds
of the vocal tone of the performer. b. Director
2. It is the element that makes certain performers understand the text and c. Performer
deliver the script excitingly and appropriately. d. Script
3. People onstage presenting characters in dramatic action. e. Audience
4. A final element essential to theatre is the text that is performed, and it
must be presented for theatre to occur.
5. Theater needs to be experienced live. There is a “call and response”
atmosphere that cannot be witnessed in a movie theatre.
ARTS 10-Quarter 4 WEEK 4

ROLES IN A STAGE PRODUCTION: ADMINISTRATIVE
LOOKING BACK: Identify the theater production roles being described.
1. The one who writes the script for the play.
2. Decides when and where the play will be mounted.
3. Seeks strategy on how to sell the tickets of the play production.

Roles in a Stage Production
1. Producer - chooses all the team members and assigns them their functions. His major
objective is to decide on logistical matters such as when and where the play will be staged
and finances all the production costs or else sources the funds needed.
2. Production Manager - oversees the crews for the sets and props, the sound and music,
the lighting, and the costumes. This includes ensuring that all the needed elements,
facilities, and equipment up until the time of the performance.
3. Marketing Manager - Works alongside with the Producer. Thinks of strategies and seeks
opportunities for the publicity of the play, to sell the production and gather audience.
4. Playwright – Writes the script which is the basis of the entire production. It contains the
exact lines of dialogue and a clear description of the set, props, and lighting to be used.
Activity: Can You Sell It?
Imagine yourself as the Marketing Manager. As stated in the lesson, the objective of the
role is to oversee the design of both poster and ticket of the play production.
Directions: Read the plot of the play Walang Sugat by Severino Montano and create a poster
design for the production.
Materials: You may use half of a short bond paper and any coloring materials of your choice.
Rubrics: Creativity – 5, Relevance – 3 points, Neatness – 2
Directions: Write TRUE if the statement is correct and FALSE if otherwise.
1.The script is the basis of the entire production.
2.If the Producer was not able to finance all the production costs, he may source out funds
for the production.
3.The Producer must thing of strategies to sell the production.
4.Without the Playwright, the Producer can still mount a play.
5.Even without the director’s idea, anyone could design a poster and ticket layout.
171
POSTTEST
1.Who among the following oversees the audition together with the Director?
C. Producer B. Set Designer C. Marketing Manager
2.The main focus of the Producer is the __________ of the production.
C. Stage B. Ticket Sales C. Logistics
3.The playwright’s script is the key element of the production. Yes or no?
C. Yes, because the script is the play itself and the basis of the whole production.
D. No, because it is the producer who funds the play.
E. Definitely no, because it is the actors who gives life to the play.
4.Provides the exact lines of dialogue that each character will memorize and deliver on stage
C. Production Manager B. Stage Manager C. Playwright
PE GRADE 10 QUARTER 4 WEEK 4

LESSON 1: RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND ITS RISK
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Children and adolescents should do one hour (60 minutes) or more of physical activity every
day. The one hour or more a day should be either moderate- or vigorous- intensity aerobic
physical activity. Developing the habit of engaging in physical activities which may come in the
form of active recreation will eventually reduce risk of hypokinetic diseases. The term “hypo”
means low or little and “kinetic” implies motion. These hypokinetic diseases include
hypertension, heart diseases, chronic low back pain, and obesity. Before participating to active
recreational activities, it will require you to perform warm up exercise. If not, physical injuries
might happen. Common injuries involved in recreation are Sprains, (a tear of a ligament)
Strains, (tear of a muscle or tendon) Knee injuries, Fractures, and Dislocations.
ACTIVITY 1
DIRECTIONS: Identify five (5) of your favorite recreational activities and indicate the
corresponding injuries that can possibly happen while doing them.
Favorite Recreational Activities Accompanying Risks (Possible Injuries)
172
REMEMBER
Lack of physical activity is a fact of modern life that most people can no longer avoid, even for
students like you. To enjoy modern-day conveniences and live life to its fullest, however, you
have to make a personalized lifetime exercise program a part of daily living. This challenge can
be addressed by actively engaging in active recreation, making it a habit of both body and mind.

DIRECTIONS: Apply your learning here. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
- What will you do if your classmate accidentally twists his/her ankle?
HEALTH GRADE 10 – QUARTER 4 WEEK 4

LESSON: HEALTH CAREER PATHWAYS
EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to decide on an appropriate health
career path.

Career –an occupation or profession, especially one requiring a special training followed as
one’s lifework.
Career Pathways – cluster of careers and occupations that are grouped because of shared
skills.
Health Careers – designed into familiarizing students with various careers in the medical
professions.
ACTIVITY: REFLECT
A. How do you see yourself…?
…today …after Senior High School …after college
B. Complete these charts.

Career path I am Personal qualities that School subjects that I
interested to do describe me like
173
C. Based on your answer in the chart, answer these questions.
1. What health career do you think would suit you best based on your interest and
skills?
2. Can your personal qualities help you perform and excel in the health career path you
want to venture?

BALLET IN THE PHILIPPINES
(RAMA HARI)
LOOKING BACK: Multiple Choices. Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the chosen
letter on a separate sheet of paper.
1. It is a Philippine adaptation of the Indian epic Ramayana. a. Rama Hari
2. Who sung the Magbalik ka na Mahal? b. Ryan Cayabyab
3. Who arrange the music of Ballet Rama Hari? c. Kuh Ledesma
4. From the video who portrays as Sita? d. Christian Bautista
5. From the video who potrays as Rama? e. Karylle Padilla

Rama Hari, translated as King Rama, is the Philippine adaptation of the Indian epic Ramayana
set to music, dance, and drama. Originally presented on February 8 to 17, 1980, the creative
team consisted of Ryan Cayabyab (Music), National Artist Alice Reyes (Choreography), National
Artist Bienvenido Lumbera (Literature), and National Artist Salvador Bernal (Theater Design), with
the CCP Philharmonic Orchestra conducted by Cayabyab. The major roles were performed by
Basil Valdez (Rama), Kuh Ledesma (Sita), and Leo Valdez (Ravana). The dancers were Nonoy
Froilan as the counterpart of Rama, Effie Nanas/Ester Rimpos as Sita, and Robert Medina as
Ravana. The production had the dancers moving alongside the characters to provide the
choreographic interpretation of their singing and acting. It also featured the song Magbalik Ka Na
Mahal sung by Kuh Ledesma, which was said to be instrumental in launching her music career.
ACTIVITY
Directions: From the picture below, you can see different costume samples. Design your own
Rama Hari costume inspired by the costumes on the picture.
174
Directions: Going through on the making your own costume what is the easiest part and
hardest part of it?
EASIEST HARDEST
WEEK 5
ARTS 10 – Quarter 4
ROLES IN A STAGE PRODUCTION: ARTISTIC AND TECHNICAL
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Identify what production role is being illustrated below.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
1.Director - The overall artistic coordinator of the entire production. He instructs and guides
not just the actors but the entire production as to what the set, prop, and costumes should
look like, and what sounds and color of lights must be used per scene.
2.Stage Manager – Shadows the director the entire rehearsals. Holding a script, Stage
Managers make note of the director’s input on the play including when and where the actors
enter and exit; the tone, expression, and costume of the actors; and all the cues of the director.
3.Technical Director - Works on the transition of lights and sounds enhancing the
atmosphere of the performance. Coordinates with the Director as to what light and what sound
effects should be used to be able to enhance the emotions portrayed in the play.
4.Actors – Physically gives life to the characters in the play by going through rehearsals and
workshops.
5. Set and Prop Designer - conceptualizes and creates the physical stage setup to provide
the ambiance on stage that the director and the playwright intend. He builds the set that will
simulate the world that the play’s characters are supposed to live in.
Activity: Who Said It?
Directions: Read and evaluate who among the roles say the following lines:
1. “I’ve read the whole script, but I haven’t memorized my lines yet.”
2. “According to Director, you’ll enter the dead center stage when he says this line.”
3. “The color of this sofa will work better on this set.”
4. “We need a gunshot sound effect for scene two.”
5. “Three…Two…One…Curtain!”
Directions: Answer TRUE if the statement is correct and write FALSE if otherwise.
6. The Stage Manager acts as the secretary of the Director.
7. The Director works only with the actors and stage manager.
8. Actors should provide their own hand props.
9. If there is a delay in the sound effects, it is the stage manager’s fault.
10. Designing the set and even the props is the main task of the Director.
POSTTEST
1. He builds the set that will simulate the world of the play’s characters.
175
A. Set designer B. Stage Manager C. Director
2. ___________ can always be seen holding a script to take note of the director’s cues.
A. Production Manager B. Set Designer C. Stage Manager
3. Who among the following is the overall artistic coordinator of the entire production?
A. Producer B. Director C. Production Manager
A. Actors B. Playwright C. Producer
PE GRADE 10 Q4 – WEEK 5 WEEK 5

LESSON 1: ESSENTIALS OF CHEERDANCE
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Answer the question in 2-3 sentences.
- How can cheerdance help contribute to physical fitness?
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Cheer Dance is coined from the words, cheer and dance. To cheer is to shout out words or
phrases that may help motivate and boost the morale of a playing team and perform better
during a game. Dance is a physical activity where one expresses emotions or gestures while
performing bodily movements usually in time with rhythm. Cheerdancing rooted from
cheerleading. Cheerleading is the performance of a routine, usually dominated by gymnastic
skills such as jumps, tumbling skills, lifts and tosses combined with shouting of cheers and yells
to lead the crowd to cheer for a certain team during a game or sport. It originated in the United
States. Today, cheerdancing is identified as one of the most spectacular events in one of the
biggest collegiate sports events in the country, the UAAP (University Athletic Association of the
Philippines).
ACTIVITY 1
DIRECTIONS: Identify the following essentials of cheer dance and try to practice it on your own.
REMEMBER
Cheering is the very essence of cheer dance performances. To cheer is to make someone or a
team motivated and encouraged. It boosts, salutes or acclaims the morale of individuals and
teams. In cheer dance, cheering needs to be strong, loud, and metered so that it will be
delivered in time with rhythm or the music played.
POSTTEST
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer and write it on your answer sheet.
1. A collegiate sport event in the Philippines where cheerdancing identified as one of the most
spectacular events.
A. UAAP C. UA and P
B. SCUAA D. NAASCU
2. It is the performance of a routine, usually dominated by gymnastic skills such as jumps,
tumbling skills, lifts and tosses combined with yells to lead the crowd to cheer for a team.
A. Cheerleading C. Dance
B. Cheer Dance D. Cheer
176
3. It is coined from the words, cheer and dance.
A. Cheer C. Cheer Dance
B. Cheerleading D. Dance
4. It is a physical activity where one expresses emotions or gestures while performing
movements usually in time with rhythm.
A. Cheer Dance C. Dance
B. Cheerleading D. Cheer

EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to decide on an appropriate health
career path.

Career –an occupation or profession, especially one requiring a special training followed as
one’s lifework.
Career Pathways – cluster of careers and occupations that are grouped because of shared
skills.
Health Careers – designed into familiarizing students with various careers in the medical
professions.
Health Career Orientation - It is an activity-based career exploration to broaden one’s
knowledge about careers in the health field. Health career orientation helps
you to:
• Evaluate and assess such factors as personal need, interest and skills,
• Provide an opportunity to identify and explore health careers,
• Learn about the duties and responsibilities of health professionals,
• Acquire an awareness of a wide variety of educational training and resources
academic and vocational fields.
• Pursue health career pathways for future education/training.
ACTIVITY: TIME TO DECIDE
Directions: List down three health careers that interest you the most. Identify the pros and cons
of each career.
Health career that What are the PROS? What are the CONS?
interests me
D. Answer these questions.

1. Which health career is best aligned with your values, interest and skills?
Are there any risks? Are you willing to take them? Why?
2. Which health career fulfills both your current and future goals?
177
3. What health career will you choose that will help you create the life you want to live
doing the work you will love to do?

LOOKING BACK: Directions: Explain the meaning of the given Elements of theatre.
SCRIPT
PERFORMANCE
The musical play Andres Bonifacio: Ang Dakilang Anak-Pawis is a five-act work commissioned
by Alfonso Puyat in 1979, depicting the life of revolutionary hero Andres Bonifacio. It was co-
produced by the Cultural Center of the Philippines and the Andres Bonifacio Music Foundation,
Inc., and was staged again at the CCP Main Theater on August 20 and 21, 1994 with Jerry
Dadap as composer-conductor and the late Elmo Makil as Bonifacio. In 2014, the UP College of
Music and Andres Bonifacio Concert Choir presented their own version of the musical play in
celebration of the 150th birth anniversary of Bonifacio.
ACTIVITY
Directions: Answer the following questions:
1. According to what we learn from the lesson, how do you imagine the setting of the
musical play Andres Bonifacio: Ang Dakilang Anak-Pawis?
2. Give an example of any song you know that you think would be best for this kind of
musical play.

Directions: Answer the following questions.
1. What is the important of learning about this kind of musical play that depicts a real life of
a hero?
2. Which do you think is more entertaining to watch for this kind of real-life story, a musical
play or a movie? Why?
178
THE THEATER STAGE
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Identify the following type of theater stages.
1. 2. 3. 4.
- Theatre in the round - platform or open - Most traditional of all - Can take many forms.
- Audience sits on all stage theater style. - The audience and
four sides of the stage. - extends into the - Defined by a performers can remain
- Creates an intimate audience on three Proscenium arch that separate or be
atmosphere where sides and is connected creates a “picture intermingled.
audience feels more to the backstage frame” around the - The configuration of
included. - can handle a larger stage. the stage can change
- limited set changes cast. - Audience sits in front during the
because may block the of the stage. performance.
audiences' view.
Activity: Unleash Your Inner Stage Designer

Directions: Read the opening scene of “Doc Resureccion: Gagamutin ang Bayan” by Layeta
Bucoy and try to visualize it by drawing it in a proscenium stage from the “audience perspective.”
“Sa kaliwa ay kuwa’y lumulutang ang isang bangka kung saan nakahiga’t tulog si Pang. Sa kanan
ay banyong binuo ng yero. Sa gitna ay isang maliit na bintanang natatakpan ng maliit na streamer kung
saan nakalagay ang: Simbolo ng Bagong Pulitika, Gagamutin ang Bayan, Doc Resureccion for Mayor.
Naka-ekis ng pentel pen ang Doc at sa taas nito nakasulat ang Pogi. Malapit sa bangka, may mga gin bilog
at mga bote at gallon na naglalaman ng patis. Mua sa bintana, may mga nakausling maninipis na kawayang
nagsisilbing sampayan ng lambat at patungan ng mga pangawil.”

Directions: Write down at least two (2) advantages of using the following theater stages:
ARENA THRUST PROSCENIUM FLEXIBLE
179
LESSON: CHEERDANCE EXERCISE
EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to engages in moderate to vigorous physical
activities for at least 60 minutes a day in out of school.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Cheerleading is an incredible sport in-and-of itself. Cheer is full of self-discovery, excitement
and passion, it offers numerous benefits to all of ages. Requiring great flexibility in the legs, in
addition to frenetic arm and hand movements, cheerleading offers a cheerful way of boosting
your body’s strength and mobility.
Fitness benefits
Improves lower back strength - Poor posture is rife in everyday living, with school works
slumping in front of computer screens for hours on end. Thankfully, help could be at hand in the
form of cheerleading exercise. Cheerleading workouts require great flexibility and mobility, in
turn exercising the lower back where spine-straightening muscles are found.
Works the core muscles - Demanding lots of upper body movement, cheerleading offers a great
workout for the body’s core muscles, to encourage good posture and stabilize the body’s trunk.
Fights fat - Cheerleading is a great way to burn off the calories and cut down on excess fat.
ACTIVITY 1
DIRECTIONS: Create your own choreography of a 2-3 minutes dance exercise using the basic
or essentials of cheer dancing. Choose your own music.
REMEMBER
Cheering the team to victory as well as staying healthy and physically fit are some examples of
how cheerleading helps boost self-esteem and gives you a healthy life style. Doing a physical
activity is the best way of keeping fit, healthy and inspired. Cheerleading also gives you the
opportunity to meet people and build relationships with your team mates.

DIRECTIONS: Draw a check mark if the statement is correct and cross mark if it is not.
1. Cheer dance is for girls only.
2. Cheer dance is for fun and enjoyment but not considered as sport.
3. Like dancing, cheerleading teaches coordination through cheers, dancing and stunt
sequences.
4. Cheerleading is a whole-body workout.
5. Cheerleading is a fantastic way of connecting a group of people together and it also
promotes team building in a positive way.
180
LESSON: PLANNING FOR A HEALTH CAREER
(WHY PURSUE A HEALTH CAREER?)
EXPECTATION
After going through this module, you are expected to discuss the components and
steps in making a personal health career plan.

YOU’LL MAKE A DIFFERENCE PEOPLES LIVES
 Good salary
 Job Security
Why pursue a health career?  Do work that interests you

 Find a health career that fits your
educational plans
 A clear path to advancement
 Work with people (or not)
ACTIVITY: “WHY PURSUE A HEALTH CAREER?”

Directions: Choose one activity you want to do from the following:
1 Write a newspaper/ magazine article about the need to pursue /choose a
health career.
2 Compose a song on how health career makes a difference in people’s lives.
3 Create a poster that will encourage people to choose a health career.
181
After going through this module, you are expected to perform an excerpt from a 20 th or
21 century Philippine musical and highlight its similarities and differences to other western
st
musical play.
LOOKING BACK: Directions: Explain the meaning of the given Elements of theatre.
AUDIENCE
SPACE

NOLI ME TANGERE
Sisa is seen wailing her haunting refrain as she rests on a tombstone. Basilio, still nursing the
wounds on his leg, arrives and greets his mother. Unable to recognize him at first, Sisa
eventually recovers her fragile memory and embraces her son. However, the shock of the
moment is too much for her heart and she expires. Meanwhile, a seriously wounded Elias
appears and instructs Basilio to build a pyre (funeral fire) for his mother and him as he gives
him a stash of hidden gold to fund his education. As the boy started to gather materials for the
funeral pyre and the early light of dawn appears, Elias gasps out his last breath of life.
MISS SAIGON
Miss Saigon is a musical by Claude-Michel Schoberg and Alain Boublil, with lyrics by Richard
Maltby, Jr. It is a modern adaptation of Giacomo Puccini’s opera Madame Butterfly, which also
tells the tragic tale of a doomed romance wherein an Asian woman is abandoned by her
Caucasian lover. The setting of the plot is relocated to the 1970s’ Saigon during the Vietnam
War, with Madame Butterfly’s love story between an American Lieutenant and a Japanese
geisha modified into a romance between an American soldier and a Vietnamese bar girl.
ACTIVITY
1. From what we learned in the lesson, what is your own understanding of the two musical
plays?
 NOLI ME TANGERE
 MISS SAIGON

Directions: Complete the 321 Chart Table on your answer sheet.
3 Things that you learned

2 Things that you want to clarify
1 Question that you want to ask
182
ARTS 10 – QUARTER 4 WEEK 7
CHARACTER ANALYSIS
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Define the following terms:
1. Physiological -
2. Psychological -
3. Sociological -

One of the things Actors do before stepping on stage, aside from the tedious training and
workshops, is to analyze the assigned character to them to be able to act properly. Every
characterization must be logical; therefore, the actor must be able to study his character
thoroughly. The description of the characters could be seen in the lines where it mentions how
the characters. This is a 3D Character analysis chart, a tool to help actors analyze their character:
Physiological Sociological Psychological
- age, gender or - view on one’s character such as - condition and how is the
sex, posture, appearance, their social class status, education, character on the inside.
height or weight, heredity, occupation, religion, home life, - abilities, temperaments, qualities,
defects, skin, hair, color of the race, nationality or even political and their attitude towards life
eyes and the way he or she affiliation. - extrovert or introvert and what
dresses up. their ambitions are
Activity: Character in Depth

Directions: Choose your favorite character of a movie and write down its 3D. You must be able
to write 5 descriptions per dimension.
Name of Character: _______________
Physiological Psychological Sociological

Directions: The following are descriptions of different characters. Identify what dimension of a
character is being describe. Draw if it is Physical, if Emotional, or if Social.
____1. Wears black shirt all the time.
____2. A public school teacher for 5 years now.
____3. Looked like she was an infant, and very small for her age.
____4. Rich and independent.
____5. Fidgets fingers when nervous.
POSTTEST
1.The dimension focused on the personality of the character.
A. Physiological B. Sociological C. Psychological
2.The character’s occupation and economic status can be written on what dimension?
A. Physiological B. Sociological C. Psychological
3.This describes the character’s visual appearance and stature.
183
LESSON: CONTEMPORARY DANCE AND ITS BENEFITS
LOOKING BACK
DIRECTIONS: List down at least five (5) benefits that you can get from dancing.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Contemporary dance emerged in the 20th century as dancers strived to exhibit more personal
expression in their dancing. It is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several
dance genres including modern, jazz, lyrical and classical ballet. Most dancers prefer using their
bare feet or soft ballet slippers, and often costumes as well that will express their story and
allow for easy movement on stage. Pioneers of contemporary dance include Isadora Duncan,
Martha Graham, and Merce Cunningham because they broke the rules of the strict forms of
ballet. These dancer/ choreographers all believed that dancers should have freedom of
movement, allowing their bodies to freely express their innermost feelings. Improved condition
of your heart and lungs, increased muscular strength, endurance, increased aerobic fitness,
weight management are some of the benefits that you can get from contemporary dance.
ACTIVITY 1
DIRECTIONS: Watch a performance of contemporary dance and write a review of it.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VzUBOIH2N5E

DIRECTIONS: Answer the question in 2-3 sentences.
- If you are going to express your feelings through dance, which dance style do you prefer
and why?
POSTTEST
DIRECTIONS: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on the answer sheet.
1. The following are the benefits of contemporary dance EXCEPT:
A. Greater self-confidence C. Decreased self-esteem
B. Better coordination and flexibility D. Improved mental functioning
2. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of contemporary dance?
A. It is influenced by ballet. C. It focuses on the freedom of movement.
B. It is performed barefoot. D. It is performed in non-traditional movement.
3. What is the most accurate definition of contemporary dance?
A. An adaptation of urban dance styles C. A mixture of modern, jazz, and ballet.
B. Both A and D D. Any dance performed after the 21st century.
4. A form of dance emerged in the 20th century as dancers strived to exhibit more personal
expression in their dancing.
A. Post-modern dance C. Hip hop
B. Liturgical dance D. Contemporary dance
5. These are the pioneers of contemporary dance.
A. Ranz and Niana Guerrero C. Duncan, Graham, Cunningham
B. ExB Gensan D. None of these
184
HEALTH GRADE 10 WEEK 7
LESSON: PLANNING FOR A HEALTH CAREER
(GUIDELINES TO HELP YOU PLAN AND DEVELOP YOUR HEALTH CAREER PLAN)
EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to prepare a personal health career
following the prescribed components and steps.
GUIDELINES TO HELP YOU PLAN AND DEVELOP

YOUR HEALTH CAREER PLAN
 What is my short-term and long-term education and career goals?
 Why did I choose these goals?
 What education/training is required for me to achieve my goals?
 What institutions or facilities provide this training? Which institution or facility is
most appropriate to my interests, lifestyle, and preferences? Why?
 What courses will I take during grades 11 and 12 to prepare me for my education
or training?
 What co-curricular, volunteer or community experiences will help me achieve my

goals?
 What do I have to do to achieve my goals?

 (e.g., save money, get work experience)
 What are the potential challenges I may face in the achievement of my goals?
 What will I do to meet these challenges?
 What is my timeline (e.g., 2 years, 5 years, 10 years) for achieving my goals?
 How will I monitor my success as I work to achieve my goals over the next years?
 Seek advice from at least one person (e.g., a parent, another student,
a counsellor, a mentor).
ACTIVITY: PRELIMINARY HEALTH CAREER PLAN

Write your preliminary health career plan using the guidelines above.
185
After going through this module, you are expected to perform an excerpt from a 20 th or 21st
century Philippine musical and highlight its similarities and differences to other western musical
play.
LOOKING BACK: Direction: Explain the meaning of the given Elements of theatre.
Costume
Production/Set design

I n the Philippines, the musical play is a more recent development than Broadway and West
End, relying mostly on adaptations from novels, literary works, or biographical sketches of
famous artists.
PHLIPPINE MUSICAL PLAYS WESTERN MUSICAL PLAY

La Loba Negra Phantom of the Opera
Noli Me Tangere Beauty and the Beast
El Filibusterismo Les Miserables
Andres Bonifacio: Ang Dakilang Anak-Pawis Sound of Music
Florante at Laura Miss Saigon
West Side Story
ACTIVITY
1. Which among the musical plays have you watched? If there is, answer number 2; If
there is none, answer number 3.
2. What can you say about the play?
3. Which among the musical plays would you like to watch and what made you interested
about it?

DIRECTIONS: Complete the 321 Chart Table on your answer sheet.
3 Things that you learned
2 Things that you want to clarify
1 Question that you want to ask
186
THEATER IN TIME OF PANDEMIC
LOOKING BACK
Directions: YES or NO. You may use the following medium to showcase theater performances:
_____ 1. Youtube _____ 4. Instagram
_____ 2. Zoom _____ 5. Twitter
_____ 3. Facebook

Theater artists were tested as the pandemic rules out mass gatherings, but as the nation itself
goes through this difficult chapter, Filipino thespians say the art of storytelling will still flourish. In
2020, stage productions were closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This is a challenge for
artists like no other, their limits are tested, their creativity is tried, and their ability to adapt is
extremely demanded.
The Philippine Legitimate Stage Artist Group (Philstage) is fielding its “Save Theater
Survey” in order to “get the audience’s perspective on theater in the ‘new normal.” Since then,
Tanghalang Pilipino (TP) launched a program billed as PansamanTANGHALAN (a portmanteau
of Filipino words pansamantala and tanghalan that means “Temporary Theater”) on digital
platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and Instagram. It is also a part of an ongoing
online fundraising project called Open House for the benefit of the Performing Arts Community
which has been immensely affected by the pandemic. Meeting platforms like Zoom and Google
meet were also maximized by these events. Since the attendees of the said platforms are limited,
it is linked to a FB page live streaming for larger audience.
Activity: TikTok Theater
Directions: Create a 3-minute short acting video about the Student’s Academic Life during the
pandemic.
Materials: Acting skills, tiktok app, own written script.
Rubrics: Acting – 10 points, Creativity – 5 points, Script – 5 points.
Directions: Read give your reaction to the quotation below in 5 sentences.
“The COVID-19 pandemic is a challenge for artists like no other, their limits are tested, their
creativity is tried, and their ability to adapt is extremely demanded.”
Rubrics: Content – 3 points, Relevance – 2 points
POSTTEST
1.What theater group initialized the survey “Save Theater Survey”?
A. Philstage B. PETA C. Tanghalang Pilipino
2.They launched a program billed as PansamanTANGHALAN.
A. Philstage B. PETA C. Tanghalang Pilipino
3.The following were used to perform plays during the pandemic except _________.
A. Zoom B. YouTube C. CCP
4.In what year were the stage productions closed?
A. 2019 B. 2020 C. 2021
5.An online fundraising project called ________ was launched by TP for the benefit of the
Performing Arts Community.
A. Open House B. Pandemic Theater C. PansamanTANGHALAN
187
WEEK 8
PE GRADE 10 Q4 - WEEK 8
LESSON: NUTRITION FOR BETTER HEALTH AND FITNESS
EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to identify the nutrients needed of the body
and assess physical activity, exercises, and eating habits.
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
Eating well, in combination with participating in a regular exercise program, is a positive step
you can take to prevent and even reverse some diseases. Just as a car needs quality fuel to
run smoothly, your body needs a balance of nutrients for optimal function. Macronutrients
include carbohydrates, proteins, and fats. Carbohydrates and fats provide energy for daily
activities and during exercise, recreational activity, sports training and even in cheerdancing.
Proteins on the other hand provide both energy and raw materials for recovery and repair.
Micronutrients include vitamins and minerals. Minerals and vitamins, although part of energy-
yielding components in your body, cannot provide energy directly. Vitamins are mainly found in
fruits and vegetables while minerals are found in dairy products, green leafy vegetables.
ACTIVITY 1
DIRECTIONS: Cut-out pictures and create your own MyPlate model. Make sure you create a
balanced meal. Follow this template using another sheet of paper.
REMEMBER
There is much to enjoy in life. Maximize your enjoyment by staying fit and healthy. It is a basic
need to maintain our health so that all other things will fall into place and will happen the way
they should. Now that you have already learned the rudiments of managing your weight,
watching your diet and keeping your body fit through cheerdance and contemporary dance, it’s
not too early nor too late for you to start. The best time to be healthy is now.

DIRECTIONS: Answer the question in 3-5 sentences.
- Why is physical activity and nutrition important?
188
(MEDICAL AND ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONALS)
EXPECTATIONS
After going through this module, you are expected to explores the various health career
paths, selects a particular health career pathway based on personal competence and
interest: participates in a health career orientation program.
Health Care Provider – a person who helps identify, prevent, or treat an illness or disability.
Health Care Practitioner/Provider- an independent healthcare provider who is licensed to

practice on and provide general and/or specialized care to a specific area of the body.”
Allied Health Professionals- a trained healthcare provider practicing under supervision of a

Physician or Healthcare Practitioner. They include Pharmacists, Dental Hygienists, Physical
Therapists and Nurses.
Allied Health Professions That We Presently Have in The Philippines

1. Audiologist 9. Medical Assistant 17. Pharmacist
2. Chiropractor 10. Medical Technologist 18. Physical Therapist
3. Clinical Psychologist 11. Midwife 19. Speech Language
Pathologist
4. Dietitian/Nutritionist 12. Nurse 20. Phlebotomist
5. Emergency Medical Technician 13. Occupational Therapist 21. Radiation Therapist
6. Guidance Counselor 14. Paramedic 22. Respiratory Therapist
7. Health Educator 15. Orthotist/Prosthetist 23. Social Worker
8. Massage Therapist 16, Radiologic Technologist/Radiographer
ACTIVITY 1: A HEALTH CAREER OVERSEAS?

Direction: Answer these questions.
1. What do you think of the health professionals who practice their field of specialization
outside the country?
2. Do you have relatives working overseas as a medical or allied health professional?
What are the reasons for them to work in other countries?
3. Are you familiar with the doctors of the Barrio program of the Department of Health?
Why are these professionals important to society?
ACTIVITY 2: HEALTH CAREERS IN THE COUNTRY

Direction: Answer these questions.
1. Select five medical and allies’ professions that very much needed in our country.
2. With the growing global demand on allied health professions, how does affect our
country?
3. Do you think we have enough allied health professionals in our country? What made
you say so?
189
190
SDO MALABON CITY
10
Edukasyon sa
Pagpapakatao
Ikaapat na Markahan
191
SLeM 1: IKASAMPUNG BAITANG
UNANG LINGGO: MGA ISYUNG MORAL TUNGKOL SA
SEKSWALIDAD
INAASAHAN
 Natutukoy ang mga isyung kaugnay sa kawalan ng paggalang sa dignidad at

sekswalidad
 Nasusuri ang mga isyung kaugnay sa kawalan ng paggalang sa dignidad at
sekswalidad
UNANG PAGSUBOK
Panuto: Basahin at unawaing mabuti ang bawat aytem. Isulat ang titik ng pinakaangkop
na sagot sa sagutang papel.
1. Bahagi ng kultura ng tribung kinabibilangangan nila Pat at Omar na tiyaking

magkakaanak ang mag-asawa kaya’t nagdadalantao na si Pat nang sila’y ikinasal.
Mabuti ba ang kanilang ginawa?
A. Mabuti, dahil sinunod nila ang kanilang kultura.

B. Mabuti, dahil talagang nagmamahalan nman sila.
C. Masama, dahil ito’y pre-marital sex pa din bagama’t iyon ang kultura nila.
D. Mali, dahil magiging usap-usapan sila sa ibang lugar.
2. Sa ‘di maayos na relasyong nakikita ni Effie sa pagitan ng kanyang mga magulang,

naisambit niya sa kanyang kaibigan ang katagang: ”siguro ako ay hindi bunga ng
pagmamahalan”. Ano ang masasabi mong pinakaangkop sa kanyang kalagayan?
A. Dapat laging isaisip na ang pagtatalik ay maaring magbunga.

B. Sadyang may mga bagay na ‘di kayang maipaliwanag ng tao.
C. Laging isasaisip na makakamtan ng magkapareha ang kasukdulan.
D. Sa pagtatalik dapat nasa estado ng biyaya, nagmamahalan at kasal ang
lalaki at babae.
3. Kailan masasabing ang paggamit ng sa sekswalidad ng tao ay masama?
A. Kapag ang paggamit ay nagdadala sa kasiyahan.

B. Kapag ang paggamit ay di naaayon sa nakagisnan.
C. Kapag ang paggamit ay para sa kaligayahan ng isa lamang.
D. Kapag ang paggamit ay nagdadala sa tao upang maging isang pakay o
Kasangkapan.
192
4. Humanga lang daw si Tony sa ganda at alindog ng batang natutulog na si Riza
kaya’t nahawakan niya ang katawan at ilang maseselang bahagi nito. Ano ang isyung
maiuugnay sa kanyang ginawa?
A. Pang-aabusong sekswal C. Cybersex
B. Pornograpiya D. Prostitusyon
5. Isyung kinasasangkutan ng kabataan na ginagawa sa harap ng kompyuter at

kalimitan ang aksyon na gagawain ay ayon sa dikta o kagustuhan ng parokyano.
A. Prostitusyon C. Cybersex
B. Pang-aabusong Sekswal D. Pre-marital sex
BALIK-TANAW
Sa Baitang 8 ay natutuhan mo kung ano ang sekswalidad: Nalaman mo na

binigyan tayo ng hamon na buuin at palaguin ito upang maging ganap ang ating
pagkababae o pagkalalaki. Ngunit sa kasalukuyan ay marami tayong nakikitang mga
manipestasyon na hindi na iginagalang ang sekswalidad. Kung kaya’t may mga iba’t-
ibang isyu sa kasalukuyan na hindi maunawaan at hindi mabigyan ng solusyon.

“Bata, bata paano ka ginawa?” Paggalang sa dignidad at malinis na pananaw sa
sekswalidad. Natutunan mo na ito at lalo pa nating pagyayamanin sa pagtalakay sa
ilang maseselang isyung kinakaharap ng mga kabataang katulad mo.
Gawain 1
Panuto: Isulat ang iyong kasagutan sa bawat patlang.
Ano ang tinutukoy ng mga nasa loob na kahon?
Pakikipagtalak Babasahin o Mga paghipo Pagbibigay ng Napapanood o

ng walang larawang sa katawan o aliw o nakikita ng isa
kasal. nagpapaigtiing pagtingin ng kaligayahan sa o higit pang
ng may pamamagitan bilang sa
makamundong pagnanasa. ng pagtatalik pammamagitan
damdamin. kapalit ng pera. ng kompyuter.
1___________2.____________3 _____________ 4.___________ 5. ____________
193
Gawain 2:
Ibigay ang iyong posisyon: Sumasang-ayon o ‘Di Sumasang-ayon sa mga
sumusunod na isyung moral ukol sa seksuwalidad at magbigay ng maikling paliwanag
kung bakit ito ang iyong naging kasagutan.
1. ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
3. ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
4. ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
5.
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
194
Ayon sa survey ng National Secretariat for Youth Apostolate (NSYA) ay may apat
na isyung kinakaharap ang bawat kabataang Filipino sa kasalukuyan. Ito ay ang
pakikipagtalik ng ‘di-kasal o pre-marital sex, pornograpiya, pang-aabusong sekswal,
prostitusyon at idagdag na natin ang tinatawag na “cybersex”.
Ang pre-marital sex ay gawaing pagtatalik ng isang babae at lalaki na wala pa

sa wastong edad o nasa edad na subalit hindi pa kasal. Ang pakikipagtalik ng hindi pa
kasal ay nagpapawalang-galang at nagpapababa ng dignidad at integridad ng pagkatao
ng mga taong kasangkot sa gawaing ito.
Ang pornograpiya ay mga mahahalay na paglalarawan (babasahin, larawan o

palabas) na may layuning pukawin ang seksuwal na pagnanasa ng nanonood o
nagbabasa. Maaaring mag-iba ang asal ng tao dahil sa pornograpiya. Dahil rito, ang
maganda at mabuting sekswal na damdaming ipinagkaloob ng Diyos ay nagiging
makamundo at mapagnasa.
Ang pang-aabusong sekswal o pangmomolestiya ay ang pagpilit ng mga hindi

kanais-nais na sekswal na pag- uugali ng isang tao sa iba. Ito ay maaaring paglalaro sa
maseselang bahagi ng katawan o sa katawan ng iba. Ang ganitong gawain ay taliwas
sa tunay na esensiya ng sekswalidad. Sapagkat ang paggamit ng kasarian ay para
lamang sa pagtatalik ng mag-asawa na naglalayong ipadama ang pagmamahal sa
pinakamataas na antas.
Ang prostitusyon ay ang pinakamatandang propesyon o gawain na tumutukoy

sa panandaliang-aliw kapalit ng pera. Sinasamantala ng mga bumibili ng aliw ang
kahinaan ng mga babae o lalaki, lalong-lalo na ang mga nangangailangan. Ang
cybersex ay ang birtuwal na pakikipagtalik o pakikipagtagpo ng dalawa o higit pang tao
na may koneksyon sa network ng kompyuter o sa internet. Ang pakikipagtalik, tagpo o
tipan ng mga nasabing tao ay kinakikitaan ng maselang palitan ng mga menshe na
tumutukoy o humahalintulad sa karanasan sa pagtatalik. Ito ay isang uri ng pagganap
na kung saan ang mga kasali ay nagpapanggap o nag-iisip na sila ay nasa tunay na
pakikipagtalik sa pamamagitan ng paglalarawan ng mga gawain at pagbibigay tugon sa
kapareho.
Paano mo nga ba maiiwasan o mapoprotektahan ang iyong sarili mula sa mga

natalakay na isyung moral ukol sa seksuwalidad? Mahalagang maunawaan mo ang
mga pamamaraang ito upang manatiling ligtas at panatag.
Pre-marital Sex:
Ang pakikipagtalik ay nagsisimula sa isip at kagustuan ng isang tao. Kung kaya’t

sa umpisa pa lamang, gawing gabay sa gagawing pagkilos ang mga salita ng Diyos.
Ang pakikipagtalik ay isang banal na gawain na nararapat na isagawa lamang ng
dalawang taong nagmamahalan na ipinagbuklod ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ng kasal.
Gawing gabay ang mga sumusunod:
1. Bigyan ng mabigat na pagpapahalaga ang sexual purity. Ang iyong katawan ay

sagrado at hindi maihahalintulad sa mga bagay o kasangkapan lamang. Kung kaya’t ito
ay dapat pangalagaan at pahalagahan.
195
2. Iwasan ang sumamang mag-isa o pumunta sa mga pribadong lugar.
3. Huwag tangkilikin ang mga babasahin o panoorin na nagpapakita ng mga

malalaswang larawan o gawain.
4. Manindigan sa kabutihan. Huwag malimang sa mga makamundong bagay o gawain

na nakapaligid sa iyo. Laging gawing batayan ang Likas na Batas Moral sa gagawing
pagkilos. Ang mabuti ay mananatiling mabuti. Ang masama ay mananatiling masama
kahit pa marami ang gumgawa.
Pornograpiya:
Pinabababa ng pornograpiya ang halaga at kasagraduhan ng katawan ng tao.

Paano mo nga ba maiiwasan ang makagawa ng kasalanan dulot ng pornograpiya?
1. Huwag tangkilikin ang mga malalaswang babasahin.
2. Iwasan ang pumasok sa mga websites na nagpapakita ng malalaswang panoorin.
3. Laging isipin na ang pagtangkilik sa pornograpiya ay kalaswaan. Sa paningin ng

Diyos, ito ay itinuturing na isa sa mga Deadly Sins na hindi dapat gawin ng tao.
Pang-aabusong Sekswal:
Ang kabataang katulad mo ay nararapat na magkaroon ng kamalayan kung

paano mo mapoprotektahan ang iyong sarili mula pang-aabusong sekswal.
1. Makipag-usap o sumama lamang sa mga taong lubos mo nang kilala at

mapagkakatiwalaan. Umiwas sa mga taong hindi mo gaanong kilala o nakapagbibigay
sa iyo ng hindi maganda / kumportableng damdamin.
2. Maging mapanuri at sensitibo sa nangyayari sa kapaligiran. Kung ikaw ay

nakararamdam ng pagkabahala o panganib sa mga nangyayari sa iyong paligid, lumayo
kaagad sa tao o sa kasalukuyang sitwasyon.
3. Magbasa at alamin ang mga pamamamaan kung paano mo mapoprotektahan ang

iyong sarili laban sa pang-aabusong seksuwal.
4. Huwag matakot magsumbong kung ikaw ay nakararamdam ng panganib mula sa

ibang tao. Maaari kang mag-sumbong sa iyong magulang o sa taong iyong lubos na
pinagkakatiwlaan, sa baranggay o sa DSWD.
Prostitusyon:
Mahalagang maunawaan na ang pakikipagtalik ay hindi lamang para makadama

ng kaligayahang sensuwal, kundi ito ay isang paraan na nagalayong pag-isahin ang
196
isang babae at lalaki sa diwa ng pagmamahal. Gawing gabay o pamantayan ang mga
sumusunod upang maiwasan ang masamang gawaing may kaugnayan sa prostitusyon.
1. Ang tao ay nilikhang kawangis ng Diyos para isang dakila at banal na layunin. Ito ay
ang makapagsagawa ng pagkilos tungo sa katotohanan at kabutihan ng sanlibutan.
2. Ang katawan ng tao ay sagrado. Kaya’t ito ay nararapat na gamitin sa pagsasagawa

lamang ng mga banal gawain at malayo sa kalasawaan.
3. Ang pakikipagtalik ay para lamang sa babae at lalaki na nagmamahalan at

ipinagbuklod ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ng kasal. Hindi ito nararapat na ginagawa para
makapagbigay aliw kapalit ang pera.
TANDAAN
Ang mga isyung kaugnay sa kawalan ng paggalang sa dignidad at
sekswalidad ay ang pre-marital sex, pornograpiya, pang-abusong sexual,
prostitusyon at ang tinatawag na cybersex.
Ang pakikipagtalik o kakayahang sekswal ay dapat ginagawa ng dalawang

taong nagmamahalan - babae at lalaki na pinagbuklod ng Diyos sa pamamagitan
ng kasal. Ito ang pinakamataas na antas na pagpapakita ng pagmamahal kaya’t
marapat na nasa estado ng biyaya o state of grace ang bawat isa.
na sagot sa sagutang papel’
1. Ibinahagi ni Jane kay Joy ang kanyang mga koleksyon ng ibat-ibang larawan na
walang saplot at sinabi niyang: “ito ay isang sining”. Samantala, sinabi nman ni Joy na
kapag mahal mo ang isang tao, ibibigay mo ang lahat. Mayroon ba ditong isyu
kaugnayan ng kawalan ng paggalang sa sekswalidad?
A. Wala, dahil ito ay isang koleksyon lamang.

B. Wala, dahil ang katawan ng tao ay tinatawag na “perfect art”.
C. Mayroon, dahil palusot lamang ni Jane ang pagiging sining nito.
D. Mayroon, dahil marami namang ibang maaaring gawing koleksyon.
2. Si Pamela ay isang “internet sensation queen” dahil siya ay maraming mga

parokyano, ano ang pinakamasaklap na maaaring mangyari sa kanya?
A. Ang maeskandalo sa kanilang lugar.

B. Ang makulong dahil ito ay ipinagbabawal.
C. Ang hindi na makapag-asawa dahil sa kanyang ginagawa.
D. Ang masiyahan na sa ginagawa at maging bahagi na ito ng kanyang buhay.
197
3. May isang linggo nang balisa si Rocky at humihingi ng paumanhin sa ina. Nalaman
ng ina na ‘di sinasadya ay may napindot siya sa kanyang cellphone at lumabas ang
mga malalaswang panoorin. Ano ang dapat gawin o sabihin ng ina kay Rocky?
A. Mag-ingat sa paggamit ng internet.

B. Huwag nang hayaang gumamit ng kompyuter si Rocky.
C. Bantayan o gabayan siya kapag gumagamit ng kompyuter.
D. Ipaliwanag ang mga bagay na nakita at ibigay ang malinis na konsepto.
4. Pinagsasabihan ka na ng mga magulang mo na layuan ang iyong kaibigang si Lucy

dahil sa ito ay nasadlak na sa prostitusyon upang matustusan ang pangangailangan ng
inang may sakit. Ano ang pinakamabuting gawin?
A. Hindi ko siya lalayuan kasi nauunawaan ko ang kanyang sitwasyon.

B. Hindi ko siya lalayuan dahil malalim na ang aming pinagsamahan.
C. Patutunayan ko na mas higit akong kailangan ng aking kaibigan ngayon.
D. Mananatili ako sa tabi niya upang siya’y magabayan sa pagbabago.
5. Walang nakapigil kay Faye kahit ang kanyang asawa nang isambulat niya ang
kinikimkim na galit at pasasalamat sa pagkamatay ng kanyang amain. Sa takot, matagal
niyang itinago ang pangmomolestiya na ginawa nito sa kanya noong siya’y bata pa.
Ano ang masasabi mo sa sitwasyong ito?
A. Lalaya na si Faye sa bangongot na ibinigay ng amain.

B. Hindi na proseso ng maayos ang kalagayan ni Faye noong siya’y bata pa.
C. Mga tunay na isyung na hindi nabibigyan ng solusyon.
D. Dapat ang mga magulang ay maging mapagmatyag sa kalagayan ng
kanilang mga anak.
198
IKALAWANG LINGGO: PAGPAPAHALAGANG MORAL UKOL SA
SEKSUWALIDAD
INAASAHAN
 Napangangatwiranan na: Makatutulong sa pagkakaroon ng posisyon tungkol

sa kahalagahan ng paggalang sa pagkatao ng tao at sa tunay na layunin nito
ang kaalaman sa mga isyung may kinalaman sa kawalan ng paggalang sa
dignidad at sekswalidad ng tao.
 Nakagagawa ng malinaw na posisyon tungkol sa isang isyu sa kawalan ng
paggalang sa dignidad at sekswalidad.
UNANG PAGSUBOK
1. Ain sa mga sumusunod ang hindi kabilang sa isyung moral ukol sa sekswalidad?
A. Abortion
B. Pornograpiya
C. Pre-marital Sex
D. Pangaabusong Sekswal
2. Ano ang nais ipabatid ng katagang, “Our body is a temple of God?”
A. Ang ating katawan ay banal at sagrado.

B. Ang katawan ng tao ay kahalintulad ng sa Diyos.
C. Ang katawan ng tao ay sinasamba katulad ng pagsama sa Diyos.
D. Ang ating katawan ay templo ng Diyos dahil ito din ay kanyang likha.
3. Si Sheila ay ang tumatayong tagapagtaguyod ng pamilya at kapatid. Kailangan

niyang tulungan ang kanyang ama na walang trabaho sa kasalukuyan at ina na may
mabigat na karamdaman upang may maipangtustos sa kanilang pangangailangan. Sa
hirap ng kanyang sitwasyon, napilitan siyang pasukin ang trabaho ng prostitusyon. Ang
isinagawa ni Sheila ay masasabi mo bang moral na pagkilos?
A. Opo. Dahil ginawa naman niya ito para sa kanyang pamilya.

B. Opo. Dahil biktima lamang siya ng kahirapan at napilitan lang naman siyang gawin
ito.
C. Hindi po. Dahil kahit mabuti ang layunin niya pero mali ang pamamaraan hindi pa
din ito maituturing na moral na pagkilos.
D. Hindi po. Dahil ang moral na pagkilos ay nakasalalay sa kagustuhan ng tao at hindi
dapat napipilitan.
199
4. Aling dahilan ang may pinakaangkop na paliwanag ukol sa isyu ng pornograpiya?
A. Ito ay larawan lamang kaya’t hindi ito dapat maging isyung moral.
B. Ang pornograpiya ay normal na lamang sa kasalukuyan kung kaya’t hindi
na ito dapat pang maging isyu.
C. May ilang mga kabataan at matatanda ang nakakakita at nakakapanood na
ng mga ito kaya’t ito ay katangap-tangap na ring tangkilikin.
D. Ito ay produkto ng kalaswaan na hindi maaaring maging katanggap-
tanggap kahit marami pa ang gumagawa nito; matanda man o bata.
5. Aling kabataan ang nagpapakita ng pagpapahalaga sa kanyang sekswalidad?
A. Si Josa na hindi iniinda ang anumang damit na kanyang isusuot kahit pa sobrang
igsi ng shorts o pantaas.
B. Si Ryan na mahilig manood ng mga palabas na nagpapakita ng kalaswaan.
C. Ang magkasintahang si Roger at Cait ay matagal nang mag-nobyo kaya’t sila ay
panatag na sa gawaing sekswal kahit pa sila ay hindi kasal.
D. Ang magkasintahang si Tenor at Lena ay naniniwalang sagrado ang kasal kaya’t
nais muna nilang magpakasal bago sila magsama.
BALIK-TANAW
Mula sa mga nakaraang aralin, natutunan mo na ang tao ay nilikha ng Diyos na
kawangis niya. Anumang likha ng Diyos ay itinuturing na sagrado at banal kaya’t ang
katawan ng tao ay nararapat lamang na pangalagaan at bigyan ng paggalang. Hindi ito
nararapat na ituring na isang materyal lamang na pwedeng gamitin sa anumang paraan
na naisin. Ang katawan na biyaya ng Diyos sa tao ay pahiram lamang kung kaya’t ito
ay nararapat nating pangalagaan at bigyan ng paggalang

Sa mundong gingagalawan, maraming bagay o pangyayari na maaaring
makapagbigay ng kalituhan sa tao upang matukoy nito kung ano nga ba talaga ang
mabuti at ano ang masama. Kung minsan ang dating mali’y nagiging tama at ang dating
tama’y nagiging mali sa kasalukuyan. Ano nga ba talaga ang dapat na maging
pamantayan rito? Iyong isagawa ang mga sumusunod na gawain upang mas
maunawaan ang aralin.
Gawain 1
Panuto: Sumasang-ayon o ‘Di Sumasang-ayon? Ibigay ang iyong posisyon sa mga
sumusunod na pahayag at ipaliwanag. Isulat ang kasagutan sa sagutang papel.
1. Ang pakikipagtalik ay kasama na sa gawain ng dalawang taong nagmamahalan,

kasal man o hindi.
200
2. Ang panonood ng mga kabataan ng malalaswang video ay nakatutulong upang
mas mapaunlad ang kamalayan ukol sa kailang seksuwalidad.
3. Ang pagpasok sa gawaing prostitusyon ay maaaring tama kung ang layunin nito ay
para matugunan ang pangangailangan ng pamilya.
4. Ang magpakita ng malalaswang larawan ng sarili sa internet ay ayos lamang lalo

pa’t sa panahon ngayon ay marami naman ang gumagawa.
5. Ang pang-aabusong sekswal ay tumataliwas sa tunay na mithiin ng seksuwalidad.
Gawain 2:
Ibigay ang iyong nararapat na maging tugon o pagkilos sa mga sumusunod sa

sitwasyon.
Sitwasyon Ano ang iyong pipiliing gawin?

Panindigan ang kasagutan.
1. Nais ninyong patunayan sa bilang

magkasintahan na tapat at totoo ang
inyong pagmamahalan sa bawat isa…
2. Alam mong ang pagtatapos ng pag-

aaral ang sagot upang maiahon sa hirap
ang iyong mga magulang. Ngunit sila ay
walang kakayahang ikaw ay pag-aralin sa
kasalukuyan….
3. Mayroong nag-imbita sa iyong sumali

sa gawain ng kanilang grupo na kung
saan ay kikita ka ng malaki ngunit ito ay
taliwas sa moral na pamantayan ng
Diyos…
4. Karamihan sa iyong mga kakilala ay

hindi kasal ngunit sila ay nagsasama na
sa iisang bahay. Niyaya ka ng iyong
kasintahan na tularan na lamang ninyo
sila…
5. Ang iyong kaibigan ay mahilig sa mga

malalaswang babasahin at panoorin.
Pinadalhan ka niya ng video ng ilang
malalaswang panoorin sa iyong
Messenger…
201
TANDAAN
“Our Body is a Temple of God”

1 Corinthians 6:19-20
Ang tao ay ginawa ng Diyos na kawangis Niya. Binigyan Niya ito ng

biyayang isip at kilos-loob na maaaring gamitin upang maisakatuparan ang
tunay na layuning mapanindigan ang katotohanan at makagawa ng
kabutihan. Nararapat lamang na gamitin ang ating katawan sa tama at
pangalagaan ito upang hindi abusuhin, saktan o gamitin na parang materyal
o bagay ng kahit sinuman.
Ang mga isyung moral tungkol sa seksuwalidad ay mahalagang

maunawaan ng bawat kabataang katulad mo. Ang pagkakaroon ng
kamalayan sa mga isyung ito ay makatutulong upang mapanatili ang
paggalang sa dignidad ng bawat tao, bilang babae o lalaki. Malaya ang tao
na gamitin ang kanyang kakayahang seksuwal, ngunit ang kalayaan ay
mapanagutan at nararapat na tumutungo sa mabuti lamang. Ang
pakikipagtalik ng walang kasal, prostitusyon, pagbabasa at panonood ng mga
malalasawa ay malaya nating magagawa, ngunit mabuti ba ang mga kilos na
ito? Kaaakibat ng malayang pagkilos ay ang pananagutan na alamin ang
maaaring maging epekto nito sa sarili at sa kapwa bago ito isagawa. Ang
mabuti o makataong kilos ay resulta ng mabuting layunin at mabuting
pamamaraan.
202
Gawain 3:
Iguhit ang iyong sarili sa loob ng bilog. Matapos ay kumuha ng 6 na bible verses
na may kaugnayan sa pangangalaga sa seksuwalidad. Isulat ito sa loob ng bawat
thought balloon na siyang iyong magiging gabay upang matamo ang tunay na esensiya
o layunin ng iyong seksuwalidad. (suggested activity for Performance Task). Gamiting
gabay ang larawan sa ibaba.
1. Ang pagkalulong sa prostitusyon ay nakaaapekto sa dignidad ng tao.

A. Totoo. Sapagkat ang mga kababaihang nalululong rito ay inaabuso ng mga
taong naghahanap ng panandaliang aliw.
B. Totoo. Sapagkat ang mga kababaihang gumagawa nito ay unti-unting
nawawalan ng tiwala sa kanilang sarili.
C. Totoo. Sapagkat ang taong nagbebenta ng katawan ay nasisilaw sa pera.
D. Totoo. Sapagkat ang taong gumagawa nito ay isang bagay na lamang kung
tratuhin at hindi na napakikitaan ng halaga o paggalang bilang isang tao.
203
2. Ang pakikipagtalik ay normal para sa kabataang nagmamahalan.
A. Sang-ayon. Sapagkat ang gawaing ito ay maaaring makapagpatibay ng relasyon
ng dalawang tong nagmamahalan, anoman ang edad nito.
B. Sang-ayon. Sapagkat malaya ang dalawang taong nagmamahalan kung paano
nila ninanais na maipadama ang pagmamahal nila sa bawat isa.
C. ‘Di Sang-ayon. Sapagkat ang gawaing ito ay ginagawa lamang ng dalawang
taong nagmamahalan at pinag-kaisa ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ng kasal.
D. ‘Di-Sang-ayon. Sapagkat ang kabataan ay wala pang kakayahang bumuhay ng
isang sanggol dahil sila ay masyado pang bata.
3. Alin ang hindi kabilang sa isyung seksuwal?

A. Maganda ang hubog ng katawan ni Lena kaya nagpasiya siyang magpaguhit
nang nakahubad.
B. Si Shiela ay araw-araw hinihipuan ng kaniyang amain sa maseselang bahagi ng
kanyang katawan.
C. Niyaya ni Ron ang matagal na niyang kasintahang si Gem na magpakasal
sapagkat gusto na nilang magtatag ng pamilya.
D. Dala ng kabataan at bugso ng damdamin, nagbunga ang isang gabing
pagkalimot sa sarili ni Alona at ng kanyang boyfriend na si Rey.
4. Alin ang mabuting pananaw na dapat pahalagahan ng kabataan sa mga isyung

seksuwalidad na kanilang kinakaharap sa kasalukuyan?
A. Ito ay normal na lamang sa panahon ngayon dahil marami naman na ang
gumagawa.
B. Ang pagtatangkilik ng malalaswang babasahin at video ay hindi maaaring
makapagdulot ng masama kung hindi naman ito aktwal na isasagawa ng
kabataan.
C. Anumang uri ng kalaswaan ay masama sapagkat ito ay nagtutulak sa tao na
makadama ng pagnanasa (lust) na isang maituturing na malaking kasalanan.
D. Walang masama sa pakikipagtalik kung marunong mag-ingat (paggamit ng
condom) ang magkasintahan sa pagsasagawa nito.
5. Ano nga ba ang tunay na esensiya ng sekswalidad?

A. Ang mga seksuwal na faculdad o kakayahan ng tao ay tumutukoy sa dalawang
layuning maaari lamang gawin ng isang babae at lalaki na pinagbuklod ng kasal
o pinag-isang dibdib.
B. Ang paggamit ng kasarian ay para lamang sa pagtatalik ng mag-asawa na
naglalayong ipadama ang pagmamahal at bukas sa tunguhin magkaroon ng
anak upang bumuo ng pamilya
C. Ito ay isang regalo o banal na kaloob ngunit maaari lamang gawin ng mga taong
pinagbuklod sa Sakramento ng Kasal.
D. Ang paggamit ng ating katawan para sa seksuwal na gawain ay mabuti ngunit
maaari lamang gawin ng mga taong pinagbuklod ng kasal.
204
LAGUMANG PAGSUSULIT 1
(SLEM 1 & 2)
1. Aling isyu ng seksuwalidad ang tumutukoy sa pagtatalik ng magkasintahan bago ang

kasal?
A. Pang-aabusong seksuwal
B. Pre-marital sex
C. Pornograpiya
D. Prostitusyon
2. Ito ay itinuturing na pinakamatandang propesyon o gawain na nagbibigay ng

panandaliang-aliw kapalit ang pera.
B. Pre-marital sex
C. Pornograpiya
D. Prostitusyon
3. Ito ay ang malalaswang basahin, larawan o palabas na naglalayong pukawin ang

seksuwal na pagnanasa ng isang tao.
B. Pre-marital sex
C. Pornograpiya
D. Prostitusyon
4. Ito ay tumutukoy sa sapilitan o puwersahang pagsasagawa ng seksuwal na gawain

ng nakatatanda sa mas bata, halimbawa nito ay ang sexual harrasment.
B. Pre-marital sex
C. Pornograpiya
D. Prostitusyon
Bigyan ng katwiran ang mga sumusunod na pahayag:
5. Ang pagkalulong sa prostitusyon ay nakaaapekto sa dignidad ng tao.

A. Totoo. Sapagkat ang mga kababaihang nalululong rito ay inaabuso ng mga
taong naghahanap ng panandaliang aliw.
B. Totoo. Sapagkat ang mga kababaihang gumagawa nito ay unti-unting
nawawalan ng tiwala sa kanilang sarili.
C. Totoo. Sapagkat ang taong nagbebenta ng kanyang katawan ay nasisilaw sa
pera.
D. Totoo. Sapagkat ang taong gumagawa nito ay isang bagay na lamang kung
tratuhin at hindi na napakikitaan ng halaga o paggalang bilang isang tao.
205
6. Ang pakikipagtalik ay normal para sa kabataang nagmamahalan.
A. Tama. Sapagkat ang gawaing ito ay maaaring makapagpatibay ng relasyon ng

dalawang tong nagmamahalan, anoman ang edad nito.
B. Tama. Sapagkat malaya ang dalawang taong nagmamahalan kung paano nila
ninanais na maipadama ang pagmamahal nila sa bawat isa.
C. Hindi tama. Sapagkat ang gawaing ito ay ginagawa lamang ng dalawang taong
nagmamahalan at pinag-kaisa ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ng kasal.
D. Hindi tama. Sapagkat ang kabataan ay wala pang kakayahang bumuhay ng
isang sanggol dahil siya ay masyado pang bata.
7. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang hindi kabilang sa isyung seksuwal?
A. Maganda ang hubog ng katawan ni Lena kaya nagpasiya siyang magpaguhit

nang nakahubad.
B. Si Shiela ay araw-araw hinihipuan ng kanyang amain sa maseselang bahagi ng
kanyang katawan.
C. Niyaya ni Ron ang matagal na niyang kasintahang si Gem na magpakasal
sapagkat gusto na nilang magtatag ng pamilya.
D. Dala ng kabataan at bugso ng damdamin, nagbunga ang isang gabing
pagkalimot sa sarili ni Alona at ng kanyang boyfriend na si Rey.
8. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang mabuting pananaw na dapat pahalagahan ng kabataan

sa mga isyung seksuwalidad na kanilang kinakaharap sa kasalukuyan?
A. Ito ay normal na lamang sa panahon ngayon dahil marami naman na ang

gumagawa.
B. Ang pagtatangkilik ng malalaswang babasahin at video ay hindi maaaring
makapagdulot ng masama kung hindi naman ito aktwal na isasagawa ng
kabataan.
C. Anumang uri ng kalaswaan ay masama sapagkat ito ay nagtutulak sa tao na
makadama ng pagnanasa (lust) na isang maituturing na malaking kasalanan.
D. Walang masama sa pakikipagtalik kung marunong mag-ingat (paggamit ng
condom) ang magkasintahan sa pagsasagawa nito.
9. Ano nga ba ang tunay na esensiya ng seksuwalidad?
A. Ang mga seksuwal na faculdad o kakayahan ng tao ay tumutukoy sa dalawang

layuning maaari lamang gawin ng isang babae at lalaki na pinagbuklod ng kasal
o pinag-isang dibdib.
B. Ang paggamit ng kasarian ay para lamang sa pagtatalik ng mag-asawa na
naglalayong ipadama ang pagmamahal at bukas sa tunguhin magkaroon ng
anak upang bumuo ng pamilya.
C. Ito ay isang regalo o banal na kaloob ngunit maaari lamang gawin ng mga taong
pinagbuklod sa Sakramento ng Kasal.
D. Ang paggamit ng ating katawan para sa seksuwal na gawain ay mabuti ngunit
maaari lamang gawin ng mga taong pinagbuklod ng kasal.
206
10. Ang pagtingin sa malalaswang babasahin ay walang masamang epektong
maidudulot sa tao.
A. Sumasang-ayon. Sapagkat ito ay simpleng pagtingin lamang sa mga larawan

na maitutuing na isang sining.
B. Sumasang-ayon. Sapagkat maraming tumatangkilik nito, matanda man o bata,
may asawa man o wala.
C. ‘Di Sumasang-ayon. Sapagkat ito ay nagmumulat sa tao ng mga malalaswang
gawain na hindi nararapat tularan ng kahit sinuman.
D. ‘Di Sumasang-ayon. Sapagkat ito ay pagtrato sa kapwa bilang kasangkapan na
maaaring humantong sa makamundong pagnanasa.
11. Ang pagbebenta ng sarili ay maaaring maging katanggap-tanggap sa lipunan kung

ang taong gumagawa nito ay may mabigat na pangangailangan sa pera.
A. Tama. Dahil wala naman taong nais magbenta ng sarili kung hindi rin lang kapit
sa patalim.
B. Tama. Dahil ginagagawa naman ng tao ito para matugunan ang
pangangailangan ng kanyang pamilya upang patuloy na mabuhay.
C. Mali. Dahil hangga’t maaari pumili ng mas marangal na trabaho na
makatutulong upang matustusan ang pangangailangan ng pamilya.
D. Mali. Dahil anumang mabuting layunin na ginagamitan ng masamang
pamamaraan ay mananatiling hindi mabuti.
12. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang tunay na layunin ng kakayahang seksuwal na maaari
lamang gawin ng isang babae at lalaki na pinagbuklod ng kasal?
A. Magparami (Multiply) at Magpaunlad (Grow)

B. Magkaroon ng anak (Procreative) at Magpaunlad (Grow)
C. Magkaroon ng anak (Procreative) at Mapag-isa (Unitive)
D. Kasiyahan (Satisfaction) at Seguridad (Security)
13. Ano ang seksuwalidad?
A. Ito ay tumutukoy sa kasarian ng isang tao – bilang babae o lalaki.

B. Ito ay ang sksuwal na relasyong nabubuo sa pagitan ng isang babae at lalaki.
C. Ito ay isang malayang pagpili at personal na tungkulin na ginagampanan ng tao
upang maging isang ganap na babae at lalaki.
D. Ito ay tumutukoy sa mga isyung may kinalaman sa pakikipagtalik o pang-
aabusong seksuwal na maaaring maranasan ng isang tao.
14. Alin sa mga sumusunod ang tunay na layuning ng isip at kilos-loob na

ipinagkaloob ng Diyos sa tao?
A. Umunawa ng kaalaman at Kumilos ng tama

B. Mag-isip ng solusyon at maisakatuparan ang plano
C. Alamin ang katotohanan at makagawa ng kabutihan
D. Tukuyin ang tama at tulungan ang kapwa
207
15. Bakit mahalaga na sa katotohanan ay dapat mapanindigan at nararapat na
ipahayag nang may katapangan sa lahat ng pagkakataon?
A. Dahil ito ang maghahatid sa tao ng paghanga at paggalang.

B. Dahil ito ang nararapat gawin ng ng isang tapat at mabuting tao.
C. Dahil ito ay para sa kabutihang panlahat.
D. Dahil ito ang katotohanan.
II. Lagyan ng tsek ang mga pamamaraan upang mapaglabanan ang isyung moral ukol
sa seksuwalidad.
__ 1. Iwasan ang pagbabasa ng mga malalaswang babasahin.
__ 2. Makipagtalik sa taong minamahal kahit pa hindi kasal.
__ 3. Makipag-usap o sumama lamang sa mga taong lubos na

pinagkakatiwalaan.
__ 4. Kung nakararamdam ng takot o panganib sa kapaligiran magsumbong sa

kaibigan na nasa kaparehas na gulang.
__ 5. Gamiting gabay ang likas na batas moral sa mga isasagawang pagkilos.
208
IKATLONG LINGGO: MGA ISYUNG MORAL TUNGKOL SA
KAWALAN NG PAGGALANG SA KATOTOHANAN
INAASAHAN
 Natutukoy ang mga isyung kaugnay sa kawalan ng paggalang sa katotohanan.
 Nasusuri ang mga isyung may kinalaman sa kawalan ng paggalang sa

katotohanan.
SUBUKIN NATIN
Panuto: Piliin at isulat ang letra ng tinutukoy sa bawat aytem.
A. Officious lie B. Entrusted secrets C. Intellectual Honesty

D. Whistleblowing E. Mental Reservation.
___1. Ito ay ang maingat na paggamit ng mga salita sa pagpapaliwanag na kung saan
ay walang ibinibigay na tiyak na impormasyon sa nakikinig kung may katotohanan nga
ito.
___2. Nagsinungaling si Ana sa kanyang guro na hindi makakapasok sa klase dahil

sasamahan niya ang kanyang ina na magpagamot ngunit ang totoo ay makikipagkita
lamang sya sa kanyang nobyo.
___3. Pinag-iingatan ni Gng. Dela Cruz ang mga saloobing ibinahagi ng kanyang mga
mag-aaral na humihingi ng payo at bumibisita sa kanya sa Guidance Office.
___4. Sumasailalim sa prinsipyong ito ang lahat ng mga orihinal na ideya, mga salita,
at mga datos na nakuha at nahiram na dapat bigyan ng kredito o pagkilala sa may-akda
o pinagmulan.
___5. Alam ni Sally na delikado ngunit lakas loob pa rin niyang isiniwalat ang mga illegal
na transaksyon ng kanilang punong barangay.
BALIK-TANAW
Isulat ang S kung ikaw ay sumasang-ayon sa pahayag at DS kung ikaw ay hindi

sumasang-ayon. Ipaliwanag kung bakit ito ang iyong naging sagot. Gawin ito sa
sagutang papel.
_____1. Ang isang guro ay nagbigay ng mga special assignments sa kaniyang mga
mag-aaral upang magamit sa tinatapos niyang term paper sa Masteral. Tulong na rin
209
para sa kaniya na mabawasan ang hirap sa paggawa nito ngunit lingid ito sa kaalaman
ng mag-aaral niya.
Ipaliwanag:____________________________________________________
_____2. Ang mga tagapagturo ay may moral na obligasyon na ingatan ang mga
dokumento tulad ng kanilang academic records. Gayunpaman, maaari niya itong ipakita
sa mga magulang kahit pa walang pahintulot sa anak nito.
Ipaliwanag:_____________________________________________________
_____3. Ang mga sensitibong usapin tulad ng pagbubunyag ng mga lihim ay nararapat
na pag-usapan nang bukas, may paggalang, at pagmamalasakit sa nagpapahayag nito.
Ipaliwanag:_____________________________________________________
Ang katotohanan ang nagsisilbing ilaw ng tao sa paghahnap ng kaalaman at

layunin niya sa buhay. Ang sinumang taong magbigay ng pagpapahlaga sa
katotohanan ay magkakamit ng kaluwagan sa buhay (comfort of life) na may kalakip na
kaligtasan, katiwasayan, at pananampalataya.
Ayon kay Fr. Roque Ferriols: “Tahanan ng mga Katoto”. Ibig sabihin may kasama ako
na makakita o may katoto ako na makakakita sa katotohanan.
Imoralidad ng Pagsisinungaling. Sa paglawak ng kaalaman sa halaga ng

katotohanan at mga kaakibat na pananagutan dito, hindi pa rin maipagkakaila na ang
sinuman ay may kakayahan na makalikha ng isang kasinungalingan upang pagtakpan
ang pagkakamali at maging malinis ang imahe sa mata ng iba. Ang pagsisinungaling
ay ang hindi pagkiling at pagsang-ayon sa katotohanan. Anuman ang dahilan, ang hindi
pagkiling sa katotohanan ay isang kasinungalingan. Ang pagsisinungaling ay paglabag
sa Sampung Utos ng Diyos. Mayroong tatlong (3) uri ng kasinungalingan, ito ay ang
mga sumusunod:
1. Jacose Lies – sinasabi o sinasambit upang maghatid ng kasiyahan lamang. (Hal.

Pagbibigay ng regalo sa bata na sinasabing nanggaling kay Santa Claus).
2. Officious lie – ipinapahayag upang maipagtanggol ang kanyang sarili o ‘di kaya ay
paglikha ng isang usaping kahiya-hiya upang dito mabaling. (Hal. Pagdadahilan na
lumiban sa klase nang nakaraang araw dahil sa pagkamatay ng kaniyang ama, na
ang totoo ay noong nakaraang taon pa ito yumao.)
3. Pernicious lie – sinasabi ang reputasyon ng isang tao na pumapabor sa interes o

kapakanan ng iba. (Hal. Ang paghihinalang ang kamag-aral ay isang call girl dahil sa
inggit sa kaniyang karisma at sa maraming humahangang kalalakihan rito.)
210
Ano naman ang kahulugan ng Lihim, Mental Reservation, at Prinsipyo ng
Confidentiality? Ang lihim ay ang pagtatago ng impormasyon na hindi pa
naibinubunyag o naisusuwalat. Mayroong ilang mga lihim na hindi maaaring basta-
basta ihayag. Ito ay ang mga sumusunod:
1. Natural Secrets – sikreto na nakaugat mula sa Likas na Batas Moral
2. Promised Secrets – lihim ng taong ipinangakuan at pinagkatiwalaan nito.
3. Committed or entrusted secrets – lihim bago ang mga impormasyon at

kaalaman sa isang bagay ay nabunyag.
Narito naman ang ilang paraan sa pagtatago ng katotohanan:

1. Evasion – pag-iwas sa katotohanan
2. Equivocation – paglihis ng maling kaalaman
Ang mga sumusunod ay ilan pa sa mga pamamamaraan na isinasagawa ng tao

upang maitago ang lihim at maling gawi o ‘di kaya ay baluktutin ang katotohanan para
sa sariling kapakinabangan.
1. Mental Reservation - ito ay ang maingat na paggamit ng mga salita sa

pagpapaliwanag na kung saan ay walang ibinibigay na tiyak na impormasyon sa
nakikinig kung may katotohanan nga ito.
2. Plagiarism – paglabag sa Intellectual Honesty. Paghahayag ng mga maling datos,

ideya.
3. Intellectual Piracy – paglabag sa karapatang-ari paggamit ng walang pahintulot sa

mga orihinal na gawa ng isang tao
4. Prinsipyo ng Intellectual Honesty- Sumasailalim sa prinsipyong ito ang lahat ng

mga orihinal na ideya, mga salita, at mga datos na nakuha at nahiram na dapat bigyan
ng kredito o pagkilala sa may-akda o pinagmulan
5. Whistleblowing – isang akto o hayagang kilos ng pagsisiwalat mula sa tao na

karaniwan ay empleyado ng gobyerno na nagsisiwalat ng maling asal ng isang
organisasyon.
Tayahin ang Iyong Pag-unawa (Isulat ang iyong kasagutan sa sagutang papel)
1. Ano ang katotohanan para sa iyo?
2. Bakit dapat panindigan ang katotohanan?
211
3. Ano-ano ang mga isyung may kinalaman sa katotohanan? Isa-isahin ang mga ito at
ipaliwanag.
4. Paano mo maisasabuhay ang pagmamahal at pagpapahalaga sa katotohanan?

Magbigay ng hindi bababa sa 3 hakbangin.
5. Ano ang naunawaan mong mahalagang konsepto ng aralin? Isulat ito sa
pamamagitan ng paggamit ng graphic organizer.
TANDAAN
Ang katotohanan ang nagsisilbing ilaw ng tao sa paghahanap ng

kaalaman at layunin niya sa buhay. Ang pagsukat ng kaniyang katapatan ay
nangangailangan ng pagsisikap na alamin ang katotohanan. Nararapat lamang
na iyong alalahanin ang tunay na tunguhin ng biyayang isip at talino na ibinigay
ng Diyos sa tao – ito ay ang alamin at mapanindigan ang katotohanan. Anuman
ang iyong layunin sa isinagawang pagkilos, ang pagbabaliktad o pagtitiwalag sa
panig ng katotohanan ay mananatiling paglabag sa utos ng Diyos. Ang pagiging
tapat sa lahat ng oras at pagpanig sa katotohanan lubos na ikinalulugod ng
Diyos.
GAWAIN 2
Kung ikaw ay bibigyan ng isang posisyon sa isang samahan na magsasagawa ng batas
ukol sa gawaing intelektwal at etikal, anong batas ang iyong nais ipanukala upang
mapanatili ang paggalang sa likha ng iba at pagpanig sa katotohanan? Isulat ang iyong
kasagutan sa sagutang papel.
Kung ikaw ay naatasan bilang…
1. Pangulo ng “Student Council Government”

2. Awtor ng libro
3. Kompositor ng mga awitin
4. Opisyal ng gobyerno
5. Non-government organization
212
Panuto: Pilin at isulat ang letra ng tinutukoy sa bawat aytem.

A. Pernicious Lie
B. Promised Secret
C. Plagiarism
D. Jacose Lies
E. Intellectual piracy
______1. Siniraan ni Nezuko ang kanyang kapitbahay dahil siya ay nai-inggit sa

karisma at ganda nito.
______2. Inilihim muna ni Alvia sa kanyang pamilya ang pag-aaplay niya ng trabaho sa
Canada bilang guro hanggang hindi pa siya natatanggap sa agency na inaplayan.
______3. Naglabas ng bagong album ng mga awitin ang paboritong K-Pop group ni
Elisa dahil sa kakulangan ng pambili napilitan siyang bumili ng pekeng album ng grupo.
______4. Hindi nagawa ni Jimin ang kanyang Action Research na pinagagawa ng

kanilang guro bilang performance task na kailangan nang maipasa, kaya para
makapagpasa ginamit niya ang Action Research na ginawa ng kanyang kapatid na nag-
aaral sa ibang paaralan.
______5. Nagkaroon ng pangkatang gawain sa klase ni Gng. Santos at nangako siyang

bibigyan ng dagdag na puntos ang nagpapakita ng pakikiisa sa gawain ngunit hindi ito
natupad ng guro.
213
IKAAPAT NA LINGGO: Mga Isyung Moral Tungkol sa Kawalan
ng Paggalang sa Katotohanan
INAASAHAN
 Napatutunayang ang pagiging mulat sa mga isyu tungkol sa kawalan ng

paggalang sa katotohanan ay daan upang isulong at isabuhay ang pagiging
mapanagutan at tapat na nilalang
 Nakabubuo ng mga hakbang upang maisabuhay ang paggalang sa

katotohanan
SUBUKIN NATIN
1. Ang pagsisinungaling ay itinuturing na lason na humahadlang sa kaliwanagan ng
isang bagay o sitwasyon. Anong patunay na ito’y natural na masama?
A. Sapagkat sinasang-ayunan ang mali
B. Sapagkat ito ay isnag uri ng pandaraya
C. Sapagkat inililihis ang katotohanan
D. Sapagkat ipinagkakait ang tunay na pangyayari
2. Bakit mahalaga na sa katotohanan ay dapat mapanindigan at nararapat na

ipahayag nang may katapangan sa lahat ng pagkakataon?
A. Dahil ito ang maghahatid sa tao ng paghanga at paggalang.
B. Dahil ito ang nararapat gawin ng ng isang tapat at mabuting tao.
C. Dahil ito ay para sa kabutihang panlahat.
D. Dahil ito ang katotohanan.
3. Si Leandro ay dating bilanggo. Dahil sa nais niyang kalimutan ang madilim na

nakaraan, Itinago niya ang karanasang ito sa kompanyang kaniyang
pinaglilingkuran sa kasalukuyan. Sa iyong palagay, may karapatan ba siyang itago
ang katotohanan?
A. Mayroon, dahil may alam siya dito.
B. Mayroon, dahil ang lahat ay may karapatang magbago.
C. Mayroon, dahil siya ay responsible rito.
D. Mayroon, dahil sa kahihiyang ibinigay nito sa kaniya.
4. Sa pagkamit sa katotohanan, ano ang kalakip nito sa buhay ng isang tao?

A. Katahimikan at kasiguraduhan C. Kaligayahan at karangyaan
B. Kapayapaan at kaligtasan D. Kaligtasan at katiwasayan
5. Bakit maling maging gawi ang mangopya?

A. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay kahalintulad ng pagsisinungaling na
maaaring ikasira ng kredibilidad ng isang tao.
B. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay uri ng pandaraya na maaring makapagdulot
ng iba pang mga kasamaan tulad ng pagnanakaw, panloloko, atbp.
214
C. Sapagkat ang taong mahilig mangopya ay lumalaking mangugulang at
mapanglamang ng kapwa.
D. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay nagtutulak sa tao na maging pala-asa na
lamang sa kaalaman ng kanyang kapwa.
BALIK-TANAW
“Nagawa ko lamang naman itago ang katotohanan dahil nais kong protektahan
ang aking kaibigan”. Sa katagang iyong nabasa, masama ba ang kaniyang ginawa?
Naunawaan mo sa iyong nakaraang aralin ang iba’t-ibang uri ng kasinungaling at ang
kani-kaniyang dahilan nito kung bakit nagagawa ng isang tao ang itago o ilihis ang
katotohanan. Pakatandaan na ang paglilihim sa katotohanan ay isa ring uri ng
kasinungalingan. Ang bigat ng maling pagkilos o pagsisinungaling ay nakasalalay sa
layunin, pamamaraan at sirkumstansya o sitwasyon na kinabibilangan ng isang
indibidwal.
Naritong muli ang 3 Uri ng Kasinungaling ayon kay Sambajon Jr. et. Al. (2011):
1. Jocose Lie - ginagawa para magpatawa/magpasaya at walang masamang

intensyon. (Hal. Pagbibigay ng regalo sa bata na sinasabing
nanggaling kay Santa Claus).
2. Officious lies - tinatawag din na White lies na may magandang intensyon.
Hal. Paggawa ng dahilan upang hindi maaya sa inuman.
3. Pernicious lies - ito ay may intensyong manira o manglamang sa iba. Hal.Plastik
Halina’t iyong basahin ang mga sumusunod na sitwasyon at pag-uusap ng mga tauhan.
Matapos ay isagawa ang nakatalang gawain upang iyong mas maunawaan ang aralin.
Sitwasyon 1: Hinahanap ng ama ang kanyang pera na nasa ibabaw ng lamesa.

Kanyang tinanong ang bunsong anak na nasa 3 taong gulang na kasalukuyang
naglalaro.
Ama: Anak, nakita mo ba ang aking pera?

Bunso: Hindi ko po nakita ang inyong pera.
Ate: Sinabihan ko po siya na ibalik sa lamesa ang pera dahil nakita ko po siyang
hawak ito kangina at pinaglalaruan.
Ama: Ganun ba? Bunso bakit ang sabi mo ay hindi mo nakita ang aking pera?
Bunso: Binibiro lamang po kita. Ang totoo po itinago ko po ito sa bulsa ng inyong
pantalon.
Sitwasyon 2: Si Ando at Krista ay sampung taon nang mag-asawa. Nang mapunta sa

abroad si Ando upang magtrabaho siya ay nagkaroon ng kalaguyo.
Krista: Totoo ba ang nakarating sa akin na ikaw ay may kalaguyo?

Ando: Hindi totoo iyan. Ikaw ang asawa ko at ikaw lamang ang nais kong makasama.
Krista: Ngunit nitong nakaraang buwan ay bihira ka nang tumawag. Lubos ka na ring
nami-miss ng iyong mga anak.
Ando: Pasensya na. Naging masyado akong abala sa trabaho at ibang mga gawain.
215
Sitwasyon 3: Mayroong pagsusulit si Martha at Elsa. Nag-aral ng mabuti si Martha dahil
nais niyang makakuha ng mataas na marka. Samantalang si Elsa ay naging abala sa
paggamit ng cellphone at nalimutan nang makapag-rebyu.
Martha: Ako ay nag-aral ng mabuti dahil nais kong makapasa.

Elsa: Kaibigan, baka naman maaari mo akong tulungan? Hindi kasi ako nakapag-aral
at siguradong malulungkot ang aking ina kapag ako ay bumagsak.
Martha: Ang magkaibigan ay dapat laging nagtutulungan. Sige huwag kang mag-alala
ikaw ay aking pakokopyahin.
Gawain 1
Panuto: Mula sa sitwasyong nabanggit, punan ng sagot ang patlang sa bawat kahon.
Gamitin ang sagutang papel.
Dapat ba siyang
Pagsisinungaling Dahilan ng Epekto ng managot? /
Sitwasyon na Isinagawa Pagsisinungaling Pagsisinungaling Gaano kabigat
sa Kapwa ang
magiging
pananagutan?
1. Bunso
2. Ando
3. Martha
4. Elsa
Gabay na tanong:
1. Ayon sa iyong pagkaka-unawa anong uri ng kasinungalingan ang naisagawa ng
mga tauhan:
a. Bunso - _____________________________
b. Ando - ______________________________
c. Martha - _____________________________
d. Elsa - _______________________________
2. Sa iyong sariling pananaw, ano kaya ang maaaring kahinatnan kung ang mga
tauhan sa bawat sitwasyon na sina: Bunso, Ando, Martha at Elsa ay patuloy o
paulit-ulit na isagawa ang pagsisinungaling? Ipaliwanag ang kasagutan.
__________________________________________________________________
Ang pagsisinungaling ay nakasasakit sa iyo at sa iba. Kapag ikaw ay
nagsisinungaling, nagnanakaw, nangungupit, o nandaraya, maaari itong makasira sa
iyong pagkatao at pakikipag-ugnayan sa iba. Ang pagiging tapat ay magpagaganda ng
mga oportunidad sa hinaharap at magdaragdag sa iyong kakayahang magabayan ng
Espiritu Santo. Maging tapat sa pag-aral kaya’t piliing huwag mandaya sa anumang
paraan. Maging tapat sa iyong magiging trabaho na tinutumbasan nang husto ang
buong halagang ibinabayad sa iyo. Maging tapat sa iyong pagmamahal sapagka’t ito
ay biyaya mula sa Diyos na nararapat ibahagi ng wagas sa kapwa.
216
Dapat mong maunawaan na ang pagbabaluktot o pagtataliwas sa katotohanan

ay isang masamang pagkilos na hindi nararapat na makasanayan. Ang paulit-ulit na
pagsisinungaling ay nagdudulot sa tao ng pagkakaroon ng maling konsensya. Maaaring
dumating ang araw na ikaw ay masanay na at wala nang maramdamang pagkabagabag
sa tuwing ikaw ay nagsisinungaling. Ang ganitong estado ng iyong konsensya na
naging manhid sa gawaing masama ay lubos na nakatatakot! Ang pagiging totoo ay
isang pamamaraan upang mapangalagaan ang katarungan sa pakikipag-kapwa. Ang
maging tapat sa iyong sinasabi ay pagbibigay ng karapatan sa iyong kapwa na
malaman ang katotohanan. Ang pag-iwas sa pangongopya ay isa ring makatarungang
pagkilos na siyang nagbibigay galang sa katotohanang ang mga nagsusumikap ang
siyang karapat-dapat makapasa. Ang pagkatao ng isang tao ay hindi nasusukat lamang
sa nilalaman o kakayahan ng isip, bagkus higit sa lahat ito ay nasusukat sa kanyang
paninindigan sa katotohanan at paggawa ng kabutihan. Ang taong tapat ay ang taong
may integridad na siyang pinagkakatiwalaan ng lahat ng tao.
Sa pangkalahatan, ang pagsasabi ng totoo ay pagpapairal ng kung ano ang

inaasahan sa atin bilang tao at mapanagutang mamamayan sa lipunan. Ang pagiging
tapat ay ang pagpapakita ng paggalang at pagpapahalaga sa dignidad ng sarili at ng
kapwa. Maraming mga pagkakataon na ang tao ay nakapagsisinungaling, at hindi
katanggap-tanggap and gawi na ito dahil isa itong panloloko sa ibang tao. Kung ang
dahilan ng pagsisinungaling ay upang makapag-abot ng kasiyahan sa ibang tao,
maprotektahan o mapangalagaan ang dignidad at kaligtasan ng iba ay maaaring hindi
natin hayagang sabihin ang totoo. Ngunit kung darating sa mga sitwasyon o
pagkakataon na kailangan nating ihayag at sabihin ang totoo para sa kabutihang
panlahat dapat ay mangibabaw ang katotohanan.
GAWAIN 2:
Gamit ang talaan sa ibaba, gumawa ng mga pamamaraan kung paano mo mapananatili
ang iyong katapatan sa bawat gampanin. Isulat ang iyong kasagutan sa sagutan papel.
Paano ko mapananatili ang Pamamaraan 1 Pamamaraan 2
aking katapatan bilang…
Anak
Kapatid
Mag-aaral
Mamamayan
Anak ng Diyos
Sa Sarili
217
1. Aling pagpapahalaga ang maaaring maging susi upang maalis ang isyung Graft and
Corruption sa ating bansa?
A. Pagtitimpi C. Karunungan
B. Pagiging tapat D. Pagiging Disiplinado
2. Ang pagtatago ng lihim bagamat alam mong ito ay makatutulong upang malutasan
ang isyung pang-aabuso na ikinakaharap ng isang tao ay masama. Alin sa mga
sumusunod ang lubos mong ipinagkait sa biktima?
A. Kapanatagan
B. Katarungan
C. Kapayapaan
D. Karapatan
3. Bakit maling maging gawi ang mangopya?
A. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay kahalintulad ng pagsisinungaling na

maaaring ikasira ng kredibilidad ng isang tao.
B. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay uri ng pandaraya na maaring
makapagdulot ng iba pang mga kasamaan tulad ng pagnanakaw, panloloko, atbp.
D. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay nagtutulak sa tao na maging pala-asa
na lamang sa kaalaman ng kanyang kapwa.
4. “With great power comes great responsibility.” Paano mo ito gagamitin sa iyong
gawain?
A. Gagamitin ang kapangyarihan upang mas malinang ang sariling kakayahan.

B. Pagsisikapan ang isang gawain ng may buong kahusayan at katapatan sa tungkulin.
C. Taas-noo na ipagmamalaki ang kapangyarihan ng mayroong pananagutan.
D. Gagamitin ang tungkulin sa pansariling interes at kasiyahan lamang.
5. Bilang kabataan, paano ka nararapat tumugon sa mga impormasyong iyong

natatanggap mula sa social media katulad ng facebook, instagram, yotuube, atbp.?
A. Magsikap na unawain ang nilalaman ng mga nababasa at ikuwento din ito sa iba.
B. Maging mapanuri sa mga totoo at hindi totoong mga impormasyong nababasa bago
paniwalaan.
C. Kilalanin ang taong nag-post o nagsulat ng impormasyon bago paniwalaan.
D. Maging bukas at huwag matakot na ihayag ang saloobin sa mga nababasa at
napapanood sa social media.
218
LAGUMANG PAGSUSULIT II
(SLEM 3 & 4)
I. Isulat ang titik ng pinakaangkop na sagot sa iyong sagutang papel.
1. Ito ay ang uri ng sikreto na nakaugat sa Likas na Batas Moral.

A. Promised Secrets C. Committed Secrets
B. Natural Secrets D. Entrusted Secrets
2. Ito ay tumutukoy sa lihim na ipinangako ng taong pinagkakatiwalaan nito.

C. Promised Secrets C. Committed Secrets
D. Natural Secrets D. Entrusted Secrets
3. Ito ay isa sa mga paraan sapagtatago ng katotohanan sa pamamagitan ng paglilihis

ng mga maling kaalaman.
A. Evasion C. Escalation
B. Equivocation D. Evaluation
4. Ito ay ang maingat na paggamit ng mga salita sa pagpapaliwanag na kung saan ay

walang ibinibigay na tiyak na impormasyon sa nakikinig kung may katotohanan nga
ito.
A. Prinsipyo ng Confidentiality C. Intellectual Honesty
B. Entrusted Secrets D. Mental Reservation
5. Ito ay itinuturing na pagnanakaw at pagsisinungaling dahil inaangkin ang ang akda

o ideya ng iba na hindi naman siya ang tunay na bumuo.
A. Dishonesty C. Evasion
B. Plagiarism D. Equivocation
6. Si Ana ay matapang na ibinunyag ang katiwaliang nagaganap sa kumpanyang

kanyang pinagtatrabahuhan. Anong uri ng hayagang pagkilos ang isinagawa ni Ana?
A. Whistleblowing C. Intellectual Piracy
B. Anonymity D. Equivocation
7. Ito ay paglabag sa karapatang-ari dahil sa paggamit nang walang pahintulot sa mga

orihinal na gawa ng isang tao.
A. Whistleblowing C. Intellectual Piracy
B. Anonymity D. Intellectual Honesty
8. Ito ay ang pagtatago ng impormasyonna hindi pa naibubunyag o naisisiwalat.

A. Secret C. Evasion
B. Anonymity D. Equivocation
C.
(No. 9-11)Tukuyin ang uri ng kasinungalingan na inilalarawan ng mga

sumusunod:
9. Ang pagkukuwento ng nanay tungkol sa Santa Klaus na nagbibigay ng regalo sa
mga batang naging mabuti.
A. Jocose lie B. Officious lie C. Pernicious lie D. White lie
219
10. Ang pagdadahilan ng mag-aaral sa kanyang pagliban sa klase dahil sa
pagkakasakit kahit pa ang tunay na dahilan ay napuyat at hindi nagising ng maaga.
A. Jocose lie B. Officious lie C. Pernicious lie D. White lie
11. Pagkakalat ng maling bintang sa kamag-aral na siya ang kumuha ng nawawalang

pera ng isa pang kamag-aral.
A. Jocose lie
B. Officious lie
C. Pernicious lie
D. White lie
12. Ang pagtatago ng lihim bagamat alam mong ito ay makatutulong upang malutasan
ang isyung pang-aabuso na ikinakaharap ng isang tao ay masama. Alin sa mga
sumusunod ang lubos mong ipinagkait sa biktima?
A. Kapanatagan C. Kapayapaan
B. Katarungan D. Karapatan
13. Bakit maling maging gawi ang Pangongopiya?
A. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay kahalintulad ng pagsisinungaling na maaaring

ikasira ng kredibilidad ng isang tao.
B. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay uri ng pandaraya na maaring makapagdulot ng
iba pang mga kasamaan tulad ng pagnanakaw, panloloko, atbp.
D. Sapagkat ang pangongopya ay nagtutulak sa tao na maging pala-asa na
lamang sa kaalaman ng kanyang kapwa.
14. Ano ang ibig ipagkahulugan ng katagang “tahanan ng mga katoto” ni Dr. Manuel
Dy?
A. Ang tahanan ko ang lugar ng katotohanan.

B. May kasama ako na naniniwala sa halaga ng tahanan.
C. Ang mga katoto ay makikita ko sa loob ng tahanan.
D. May kasama ako na makakakita ng katotohanan.
15. Bilang kabataan, paano ka nararapat tumugon sa mga impormasyong iyong

natatanggap mula sa social media katulad ng facebook, instagram, yotube, atbp.?
A. Magsikap na unawain ang nilalaman ng mga nababasa at ikuwento din ito sa

iba.
B. Maging mapanuri sa mga totoo at hindi totoong mga impormasyong nababasa
bago paniwalaan.
C. Kilalanin ang taong nag-post o nagsulat ng impormasyon bago paniwalaan.
D. Maging bukas at huwag matakot na ihayag ang saloobin sa mga nababasa at
napapanood sa social media.
220
16. Sino o aling likha ng Diyos ang Siyang Kanyang inaasahang makagagawa ng mga
katangi-tanging gawain, at siya lamang ang binigyan ng natatanging talino?
A. Hayop C. Tao
B. Halaman D. Kalikasan
17. Aling pagpapahalaga ang maaaring maging susi upang maalis ang isyung Graft
and Corruption sa ating bansa?
A. Karunungan C. Pagiging disiplinado

B. Pagtitimpi D. Pagiging tapat
18. Alin ang hindi nagpapahayag ng kahulugan ng integridad?
A. Ang integridad ay katapatan.

B. Ang integridad ay pagpapakatao.
C. Ang integridad ay listahan ng dapat at hindi dapat gawin.
D. Ang integridad ay pagiging buo at kumpleto ng pagkatao.
19. “With great power comes great responsibility.” Paano mo ito gagamitin sa iyong
gawain?
A. Gagamitin ang kapangyarihan upang mas malinang ang sariling kakayahan.

B. Pagsisikapan ang isang gawain ng may buong kahusayan at katapatan sa
tungkulin.
C. Taas-noo na ipagmamalaki ang kapangyarihan ng mayroong pananagutan.
D. Gagamitin ang tungkulin para sa pansariling interes at kasiyahan lamang.
20. Alin sa mga sumusunod na pamantayan ang hindi kabilang sa posisyon na dapat
panindigan ng bawat kabataan, sa kabila ng mga nagtutunggaliang mga isyu sa
lipunan?
A. “Ang kultura at paniniwala ng isang lipunan ay nagbabago, gayundin ang

konsepto ng pagiging mabuti at masama.”
B. “Ang solusyon sa suliranin ng lipunan ay nagsisimula sa sarili.”
C. “Ang mabuting pagkilos ay resulta ng mabuting layunin at mabuting
pamamaraan.”
D. “Ang mali ay kailanman hindi magiging tama, ano man o sino man ang
gumagawa.”
221
Mga Sanggunian:
Aklat:
Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao 10, Modyul 14, Mga Isyung Moral Tungkol Sa
Seksuwalidad, pp, 280-29
Learning Resource Material

Romero, Mary Grace M. Mnemonic MiMaps, A Tool in Increasing EsP Students’
Learning and Retention, 2018.
Aklat:
Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao 10, Modyul 15, Mga Isyung Moral Tungkol Sa Kawalan
ng Paggalang Sa Katotohanan, pp, 302-333
222
SDO MALABON CITY
10
Supplementary
Learning Materials in
Technology and
Livelihood Education
Cookery
4th Quarter
223
WEEK 1: COOK MEAT CUTS
EXPECTATIONS
At the end of the module, you should be able to:

1. give the different kinds of meat and its sources;
2. differentiate each kinds of doneness in meat; and
3. classify the market forms of meat.
PRETEST
Directions: Read each question carefully. Choose the letter of the best answer
and write it on your answer sheet.
1. How do you describe a medium rare meat?

A. Meat feels firm and there is a definite resistance.
B. Meat feels hard and tough.
C. Meat feels springy and resistant.
D. Meat feels soft and velvety in texture.
2. Mr. and Mrs. Lejano celebrate wedding anniversary in a fine dining restaurant. They
prefer to eat grilled beef that when pressed with a finger, the meat is very soft with jelly
like texture. What kind of doneness in meat is this?
A. Medium B. Medium Rare C. Rare D. Well-done
3. What do you call a meat sold in the market after it is recently slaughtered?
A. Cured B. Fresh C. Frozen D. Processed
4. If a pork’s meat is from domesticated pigs, then chevon is a meat from what animal?
A. Beef B. Carabao C. Goat D. Lamb
5. Pepperoni and sausages are example of what market form of meat?
A. Cured meat B. Fresh meat C. Frozen meat D. Processed meat
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Complete the four fight BAC guidelines by filling up the missing
word/words.
1. ____________ - Wash hands and surfaces often.
2. SEPARATE - Don't __________________________
3. COOK - Cook to proper ____________________
4. ____________ - Refrigerate promptly.
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
Meat is a term for the flesh or other edible parts of animals (usually
domesticated) used for food, including not only the muscles and fat but also the
224
tendons and ligaments. Meat comprises water, protein, fat, and various amounts of
minerals and vitamins.
Different kinds of meat and its source
Pork – meat from domesticated pigs, typically high

in fat, commonly slaughtered one year or less of
age to ensure tender cuts.
Beef -meat from cattle over one-year-old

Veal – flesh of a young calf, 4-5 months old.
Because of its age, it is considered by some to
be the finest meat.
Veal – flesh of a young calf, 4-5 months old.

– meats
Because
Lamb of domesticated
of its age, it is immature sheep.
considered
Mutton - meat of bydomesticated
some to be the finestsheep.
mature meat.
Carabeef – meat from carabao.
Chevon – meat from deer/goat.
Four Kinds of Doneness in Meat

1. Rare – when pressed with a finger, the meat is very soft with
jelly like texture (52°C internal temperature)
2. Medium Rare – when pressed with a finger, meat feels
springy and resistant. (57°C internal temperature)
3. Medium – when pressed with a finger, meat feels firm and
there is a definite resistance. (68°C internal temperature)
4. Well Done – when pressed with a finger the meat feels
hard and rough. (71°C internal temperature)
pinterest.ph-lisaedeson-bbq-grubbin
Market Forms of Meat

Meat can be bought in different market forms and its important to know to
make sure that we are buying meat in a legal, safe, and fresh meats in the market.
a. Fresh meat – meat that is recently slaughtered, has not been preserved or frozen
b. Chilled meat – meat that is placed in chiller or slightly cold.
c. Cured meat – meat preserved by salting, smoking, or aging.
d. Processed meat –meat preserved by chemical process.
225
ACTIVITY
Directions: Fill in the missing information on table that describes the
different doneness of meat.
Doneness of Meat Meat texture Meat Internal Temp. (°C)
Very soft with jelly like
1.______________ 2.______________
texture
3. ______________ 4. ______________ 57°C
Medium 5. ______________ 6. ______________

meat feels hard and
7. ______________ 8. ______________
rough
REMEMBER
 Meat comprises water, protein, fat, and various amounts of minerals and
vitamins. We can obtain meat usually from domesticated animals.
 It can be bought in the market in fresh, chilled, cured, and processed
form.

1. What are the nutrients that we can get from meat? __________________________
2. Why is it important to know the different market forms of meat? ________________
Directions: Cite at least three (3) example of meat products usually bought in
local market/supermarket in the following Market Form list.
REFERENCES
Department of Education. (2015). Learner’s Material, Cookery 10. pp.337-341
226
EXPECTATIONS

1. familiarize in the different cuts of meat;
2. discuss the primal cuts of pork, beef, and lamb; and
3. prepare meat cuts according to the given recipe.
PRETEST
1. You requested your mother to cook beef steak, what cut of meat your mother
should buy in the market?
A. Tender Cut B. Less Tender Cut C. Tough Cut D. Variety Cut
2. Which of the following animals is not classified as red meat?
A. Poultry B. Mutton C. Pork D. Lamb
3. Which meats come from an animal's weaker muscles, or any relatively low-activity
muscles that have fine-textured muscle fibers?
A. Tender Cut B. Less Tender Cut C. Tough Cut D. Variety Cut
4. Which is not belong to the variety cut of meat?
A. Brain B. Loin C. Liver D. Skin
5. What do you call to the trunk of a slaughtered animal such as a cow, sheep, or
pig, for cutting up as meat?
A. Carcass B. Forequarter C. Primal Cut D. Tough Cut
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Identify the meat of the following animal sources. Write your answers
on the clue blanks provided.
1. Goat - __ __ __ __ __ __
2. Cow - __ __ __ __
3. Hog - __ __ __ __
4. Carabao - __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
5. Mature Sheep - __ __ __ __ __ __
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
Carcass is the trunk of an animal such as a cow, sheep, or pig, for cutting up
as meat. When prepared for the market, it is cut into larger pieces or wholesale cuts
and further reduced to retail cut.
227
Beef is divided into large sections called primal cuts. These beef primal cuts or
“primal” are then broken down further into individual steak and other retail cuts. A “side”
of beef is literally the one side of the beef carcass that is split through the backbone.
Each side is then halved between the 12th and 13th ribs into sections called the
forequarter and hindquarter.
Pork is divided into large sections called primal cuts. These primal cuts are then
broken down further into individual retail cuts.
Primary Cuts of Meat
www.beststopinscott.coma-guide-to-meat-the-8-cuts-
of-beef
A. PORK
228
B. BEEF
C. LAMB
Fundamentally, tender meats come from an animal's weaker muscles, or any

relatively low-activity muscles that have fine-textured muscle fibers with relatively
weak collagen. Beef tenderloin, pork chops, and lamb racks are all considered tender
meats.
Less tender cuts of meat – such as pork and lamb shoulder, chuck roast, and
beef brisket are best suited for slow cooking.
Tough cuts of meat, like chuck roast, brisket, hanger steak, and flank steak, are
not just cheaper than their leaner counterparts — when cooked just right, they deliver
even more flavor. In general, muscles that work harder will be tough.
Meat from an animal that is not cut from a standard muscle but is obtained from
organs is called variety meat. Variety meat includes muscular organs such as heart,
tripe (stomach lining), and tongue and other organ meat such as brains, liver, kidneys,
and sweetbreads (thymus glands of veal and lamb).
ACTIVITY
Directions: Name the primal cut of meat asked in each animal. Write the
answers in the space provided.
229
REMEMBER
Meat is prepared into cuts, joints, and mince to make it:

• convenient to buy in smaller amounts.
• convenient to buy in suitable portions sizes, e.g. chops, steaks.
• easier to prepare and quicker to cook.
• easier to store safely.

1. What is the purpose of cutting primal cut into retail cuts?
___________________________________________________________________
2. Why is it important to consider the tenderness and toughness of meat before
cooking?
___________________________________________________________________
Directions: Classify the following meat cut. Write T for tender meat, LT for less
tender cut meat, TO for tough cut of meat and VT for variety cut of meat.
_______1. Heart _______6. skin

_______2. Tenderloin _______7. Flank
_______3. Chuck _______8. Picnic shoulder
_______4. Loin _______9. Lamb rack
_______5. Liver _______10. Pork chops
REFERENCES
 Department of Education. (2015). Learner’s Material, Cookery 10. pp.342-343
 https://www.chefsteps.com
 https://worksheets.theteacherscorner.net
230
EXPECTATIONS

a. identifies the types of marinade;
b. discusses the general guidelines in marinating meat; and
c. makes use of the different types of marinade.
PRETEST
1. What type of marinade that gives sweet and fruity taste on any cut pork or chicken?
A. Pineapple B. Jamaican Jerk C. Mustard-Vinegar D. Bourbon
2. Which is not classified as non-reactive material for marinating?
A. Aluminum B. Cast Iron C. Copper D. Plastic
3. According to the general guidelines for marinating, meat is generally marinated for
a minimum of how many hours?
A. 2 hr. B. 2 1/2 hrs. C. 3 hrs. D. 4 hrs.
4. If you will prepare meat in which it is soak in an acidic sauce to add flavor or to
tenderize it, what method of preparing meat is being used?
A. Marinade B. Coating C. Roasting D. Stewing
5. Which of the following ingredients is considered as an acid component for
marinating?
A. Chili Sauce B. Soy Sauce C. Sugar D. Vinegar
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
Marinades
A Marinade is a medium, often wet, used to prepare meat for cooking. Good
marinade will add flavor to your favorite meat and make it more tender and juicier.
Making a marinade is very simple. All you need are three basic components.
 The first, is an acid, such as lemon juice, vinegar, yogurt, or wine. The acid is
important as it breaks down the meat and tenderizes it.
 The second, is oil. This protects and preserves the food while marinated and
when it’s being cooked.
 The third, is any herb and/or spice. This is what gives a marinade its unique
flavor and zest. Feel free to experiment by grouping one or more ingredients
from each component.
231
Here are some general guidelines for marinating:
 Meat and poultry are generally marinated for 2 hours up to 2 days.
 Seafood and fish should be marinated for no longer than one hour.
 Use a non-reactive container - steer clear of aluminum, copper, or cast iron.
 Wait for your marinade to cool down before pouring over the meat of your
choice.
 Always refrigerate your meat while it's marinating.
 Never reuse marinades!
Top Pork Marinades
Pineapple Marinade This sweet, fruity marinade works great on any cut of pork. You'll
get a great Hawaiian-teriyaki flavor, perfect for when you're serving a simple pork-
over-rice dish. Make extra marinade to use as a sauce, or to baste the meat as it's
cooking. Keep the basting sauce separate from the marinade to avoid cross-
contamination. Combine crushed pineapple, soy, spices, vinegar, and honey. Ready
to use in 20 minutes, after it has rested for 15 minutes.
Pork Chop Marinade This is a great Asian style marinade that works well on all cuts
of pork. Brown sugar, spices, and soy sauce give sweet and savory flavors, while the
fresh ginger adds a bit of pungency. If you really like the spice, you can heat this up
even more with some extra chili sauce or perhaps a pinch of cayenne. Mix up all of
the ingredients and have your marinade ready in 25 minutes.
Jamaican Jerk Marinade - Jamaican jerk seasonings and jerk rubs provide amazing
Caribbean flavors to the outsides of meats, but our marinade gets that great jerk flavor
deep into the meat. Let the pork rest in the mixture for up to 8 hours and cook as
preferred. You're going to love the delicious outer crust, but be amazed by the flavorful
meat inside.
Pork Rib Marinade This is a great way to add flavor to ribs, regardless of how they
are cooked. Choose any rub you like and make different versions of this marinade,
conserving the amounts for better results. Use Italian seasoning, Provence herbs,
curry mixtures, onion salt, or any combination of dry spices that you can think of.
Teriyaki Marinade - Avoid all the preservatives in store-bought Teriyaki sauces by

making your own in a snap. Because of the generous amount of salty soy sauce, keep
an eye on the amount of salt you're using when cooking the rest of the dishes that
you're serving with the pork. Mix soy sauce, water, sugar, garlic, vinegar, and green
onions. Add a dash of hot sauce for heat, or a tablespoon of molasses to thicken the
preparation and make it sweeter. Ready in 10 minutes.
Pork Chop and Tenderloin Marinade - Ideal for either chops or tenderloin cuts, this
Asian-inspired marinade combines the best of savory flavors (peanuts, soy, and
232
Worcestershire sauce) with fresh ginger and earthy liquid smoke. Marinate your chops
for 4 to 6 hours and cook as preferred.
Bourbon Marinade - This sweet bourbon marinade is amazing on any type of meat.
Although it is comprised of strong flavors like bourbon, brown sugar, mustard, oil, and
Worcestershire sauce, the end result is actually somewhat mild. Use good quality
bourbon; like in any recipe that includes alcohol, if the liquor or wine isn't good, the
result can't be either. Make sure you marinate the pork for several hours to assure all
of the flavors sink into the meat you grill.
Mustard-Vinegar Marinade - Like a delicious mustard-based salad dressing, this

marinade is a nice break from the typical. The acidity of the vinegar and Dijon mustard
tenderize the meat, adding flavor while the pork marinates. Combine mustard, olive
oil, garlic, dry herbs, and spices to form a paste. Let stand for 10 minutes for the flavors
to develop. Marinate your meat and cook as preferred. Ready in 5 minutes.
ACTIVITY
Directions: Identify the 3 basic components of marinade. Give at least
two (2) examples in each and its function.
Examples Function
_________________________
_______________________
_________________________
_______________________
_________________________
_______________________
_________________________
_________________________
_______________________
_________________________
_______________________
_________________________
_______________________
_________________________
233
REMEMBER
 Marinade composes of three main components: the oil, acid and herbs
or spices.
 Follow guidelines and recipes in marinating to obtain the delicious and
flavorful meat.

1.What is the advantage of learning the different types of pork marinades?
___________________________________________________________________
2. Why do we need to marinate meat before cooking?

___________________________________________________________________
Directions: Select one marinade from the given marinades in the lesson. Write
the recipe you used in the recipe paper below. Tell and describe your experiences in
preparing the meal for your family using any of the marinades. Ask any one of the
family to evaluate your finish product using the rubric below.
REFERENCES
Department of Education. (2015). Learner’s Material, Cookery 10. pp.344-345

https://www.thespruceeats.com/top-pork-marinade-recipes-335324
234
EXPECTATIONS

a. identifies the different methods for cooking meat cuts;
b. discusses each dry heat and moist heat methods of cooking; and
c. applies the different techniques in meat preparation.
PRETEST
1. In each of the following methods, which of the following is not included in dry heat
cooking?
A. broiling B. roasting C. sautéing D. steaming
2. If siomai needs steaming, what cooking method is used in menudo?
A. deep-frying B. broiling C. braising D. pan frying
3. What is the effect of heat to meat when it is boiled too long?
A. hard B. shrink C. tough D. all of these
4. What kind of dish is suitable for deep-frying?
A. Pork Hamonado B. Beef steak C. lechon kawali D. roasted beef
5. What cooking technique uses a very hot pan and a small amount of fat?
A. deep-frying B. searing C. sautéing D. frying
LOOKING BACK
Direction: Name five (5) PORK MARINADES and differentiate each.

MARINADES DESCRIPTION
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
Choosing the Right Cooking Technique
Using the appropriate cooking method for the type of food being prepared is
a major part of the culinary arts. Tough cuts of meat like beef brisket or lamb shank
need to be cooked slowly, at low heat, for a long time, and with plenty of moisture.
235
Prepared properly, these cuts can be incredibly tender and delicious. On the other
hand, dry-heat methods typically involve very high temperatures and short cooking
times. A piece of brisket cooked in this way — on a grill, let's say would be tough,
chewy and largely inedible. Interestingly enough, a beef tenderloin steak cooked using
a slow, moist-heat method such as braising would also turn out tough, chewy and
inedible.
Methods of cooking meat
1. Dry heat cooking, such as roasting, broiling, or sautéing.
2. Moist heat cooking, like braising, steaming, or poaching.
Dry heat cooking
Dry heat cooking refers to any cooking technique where the heat is
transferred to the food item without using any moisture. Dry heat cooking typically
involves high heat, with temperatures of 300°F or hotter.
Note: The browning of food (including the process by which meat is browned, called
the Maillard reaction) can only be achieved through dry-heat cooking. Examples of
dry-heat methods include:
Roasting & Baking
Forms of dry-heat cooking that use hot, dry air to cook food
roasting and baking. Like other dry-heat cooking methods,
roasting and baking brown the surface of the food, which in turn
develops complex flavors and aromas. Both words describe a
method of cooking an item by enveloping it in hot, dry air,
generally inside an oven and at temperatures of at least 300°F
and often much hotter. A convection oven, which circulates hot
air throughout the oven, can enhance the browning reaction.
Grilling & Broiling
Dry-heat cooking methods that rely on heat being conducted
through the air from an open flame are grilling and broiling. This type
of cooking produces browning reactions on the surface of the food,
thus encouraging the development of complex flavors and aromas.
Grilling cooks hot and fast, because air is a poor conductor of heat.
Broiling and grilling require the food to be quite close to the heat
source, which in this case, is likely to be an open flame.
Sautéing & Pan-Frying
Sautéing is a form of dry-heat cooking that uses a very hot
pan and a small amount of fat to cook the food very quickly. Like
other dry-heat cooking methods, sautéing browns the food's
surface as it cooks and develops complex flavors and aromas.
Sautéing requires a very hot pan. When sautéing, it's
important to heat the pan for a minute, then add a small amount
of fat and let it gets hot as well, before adding the food to the pan.
This hot fat helps brown the surface of the food. Another key is to
avoid overloading or overcrowding the pan.
Deep-Frying
Since deep-frying involves submerging food in hot, liquid
fat, it might take some time to get used to the idea that it's actually
a form of dry-heat cooking. But if you've ever seen the violent
reaction of hot oil to even a tiny drop of water, you know that oil
and water are a couple of opposites that has nothing to do with
each other.
236
Moist heat cooking
Moist heat cooking methods include any technique that involves cooking with
moisture — whether it's steam, water, stock, wine or some other liquid. Cooking
temperatures are much lower, anywhere from 140°F to a maximum of 212°F, because
water doesn't get any hotter than that. Examples of moist-heat cooking methods
include:
Simmering
With simmering, the cooking liquid is a bit hotter than
poaching from 180°F to 205°F. Here we will see bubbles forming
and gently rising to the surface of the water, but the water still isn't
at a full rolling boil. Because it surrounds the food in water that
maintains a more or less constant temperature, simmering cook’s
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simmering food very evenly. It's an excellent choice for culinary preparations
including stocks or soups, starchy items such as potatoes or
pastas, and many others.
Boiling
The hottest of these three stages is boiling, where the
water reaches its highest possible temperature of 212°F. It's
actually the least likely of the three to be used for cooking. That's
because the violent agitation caused by the rolling boil can be
too rough on food and will often damage it.
Steaming
Steaming is a moist-heat cooking technique that employs hot
steam to conduct the heat to the food item. Steaming can be done on
a stovetop, with a pot containing a small amount of liquid that is
brought to a simmer. The item to be cooked is then placed in a basket
suspended above the liquid and the pot covered.
Braising & Stewing
Braising is a form of moist-heat cooking in which the item to be cooked
is partially covered with liquid and then simmered slowly at a low
temperature. Though it can be done on the stovetop, braising is best
done in the oven, because the heat fully surrounds the pot and causes
the food to cook more evenly than if it were only heated from below.
ACTIVITY
Direction: Find the 13 methods of cooking inside the puzzle. Classify the
methods found if it is Dry Heat or Moist Heat methods of cooking.
237
Dry-Heat Method Moist-Heat
Method
REMEMBER
 Cooking techniques are classified into two methods, the dry-heat method and
moist-heat method.
 In choosing the cooking methods to used in meat always consider the cuts of
meat, fat content and desired quality.

1. What is the difference between broiling and grilling?
_________________________________________________________________________
2. How does cuts of meat affects the cooking methods to use in preparing your meat dishes?
_________________________________________________________________________
Directions: Identify the word/words being ask and described in the following
statements. Write your answer on the space provided for.
___________1. In this type of method of cooking, the cooking liquid is a bit hotter than
poaching from 180°F to 205°F. Here we will see bubbles forming and gently rising to the
surface of the water, but the water still isn't at a full rolling boil.
___________2. Steaming, boiling and braising, are example under what cooking method?
___________3. Form of dry-heat cooking that uses a very hot pan and a small amount of
fat to cook the food very quickly.
___________4. It refers to any cooking technique where the heat is transferred to the food
item without using any moisture.
___________5. What cut of meat is suitable for braising?
REFERENCES
 Department of Education. (2015). Learner’s Material, Cookery 10. pp.347-353

 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Simmering
 https://www.google.com/search?q=boiling+meat&source698
238
EXPECTATIONS

1. perform mise en place;
2. follow procedures according standards; and
3. cook meat-cuts dishes according to the given recipe.
PRETEST
Directions: Choose the letter of the correct answer and write it on your answer
sheet.
1. Which of the following tools/equipment is needed for grilling meat?
A. Double boiler B. Griller C. Saucepan D. Steamer
2. What tool will you use to transfer soup of Sinigang na Baboy from the stockpot
to the serving bowl?
A. Ladle B. Soup Spoon C. Thongs D. Saucepan
3. It is a Filipino meat roll stuffed with sausage or hotdogs, carrots, pickles,
cheese, and egg. This is considered as a holiday dish and is usually served
during Christmas and New Year’s Eve.
A. Braised Beef B. Cordon Bleu C. Morcon D. Stir-fried Pork
4. Among these meat dishes, which undergoes braising/stewing?
A. Beef Caldereta B. Lechon Kawali C. Pork Sisig D. Nilagang Baka
5. Which cut of meat is usually used in cooking Lechon Kawali?
A. Collar joint B. Leg Joint C. Pork Belly D. T-bone Chop
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Complete the crossword puzzle by identifying what cooking

method is being described.
Down:
2. Dry-heat cooking methods that rely on heat
being conducted through the air from an
open flame.
4. Moist-heat cooking technique that employs
hot steam to conduct the heat to the food item.
Across:
1. The cooking liquid is a bit hotter than
poaching from 180°F to 205°F.
3. A form of moist-heat cooking in which the
item to be cooked is partially covered with
liquid and then simmered slowly at a low
temperature.
5. A form of dry-heat cooking that uses a very hot pan and a small amount of fat to
cook the food very quickly.
239
6. Involves submerging food in hot, liquid fat.
7. Method of cooking an item by enveloping it in hot, dry air, generally inside an oven.
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
Cooking is one of the most essential life skills which can be learned at any life
stages. As you go along this course, you have learned to cook from the very simple of
all ingredients – the eggs, to vegetables, to fish, and to chicken and other game and
poultry. At this point, you will be learning to cook different meat dishes.
BRAISED SHORT RIBS

Tools/Equipment Needed: Procedures:
Oven 1. Tie the short ribs so the meat will stay
String for tying on the bone during cooking.
2. Dry the meat so it will brown easily.
Pan
3. Heat the oil in a heavy skillet until very
Ladle hot. Brown the meat on all sides.
Strainer Transfer browned meat to a pan.
4. Sauté onions, celery and carrot to the
Ingredients Needed: skillet until lightly browned.
25 kg short rib sections 5. Stir in the bread flour to make a roux.
250 ml oil 6. Add the brown stock and tomato
Figure 1. Braised puree. Simmer until thickens.
300 g onions Short Ribs 7. Add bay leaf and season to taste with
150 g celery salt and pepper.
150 g carrots 8. Pour the sauce over the steaks.
150 g bread flour Cover and braise until tender.
25 l brown stock 9. Transfer the steaks in a serving plate.
150 ml tomato puree 10. Strain the sauce and pour over
steaks.
2 pcs. Bay leaves
Salt and Pepper to taste
GRILLED MEAT
Tools/Equipment Needed:
Broiler or Griller
Brush for meat
Fork
Knife
Tong
Ladle
Ingredients Needed:
Meat
Oil
Salt and pepper to taste
240
Procedures:
1. Collect and prepare all equipment and supplies. Trim excess fat from meats to avoid
flare-ups.
2. Preheat the broiler or grill.
3. Brush the meat with oil or dip it in oil and let excess drip off. Place the meat on the
broiler or grill. The oil helps prevent sticking and keeps the product moist.
4. When one side is brown and the meat is cooked halfway, turn it over with a fork
(piercing only the fat, not the meat, or juices will be lost) or tongs.
5. Cook the second side until the meat is cooked to the desired doneness. If the meat
is to be brushed with a glaze or sauce, it is usually best to wait until the product is
partially cooked on each side before applying the first coat. After the meat has been
cooked on both sides ½ to ¾ done, brush the top with a light coat of the sauce.
Turnover and repeat as necessary.
6. Remove from broiler or grill and serve immediately.
ACTIVITY
Adobo is said to be the one of the most popular dishes in Filipino Cuisine.
Cooking it involves meat, seafood, or vegetables marinated in vinegar, soy sauce,
garlic, bay leaves, and black peppercorns. However, there are numerous
variations of Adobo in the country. In your household, how do you prepare your
Adobo?
Directions:
1. Fill-up the boxes with the necessary details on your family’s Adobo
recipe. Pair with two or three of your classmates and compare and
contrast your recipe with them in terms of tools, ingredients and
procedure.
2. Prepare to present the results of your data using a graphic organizer.
Tools Ingredients Procedure:
REMEMBER
Always remember that cooking or cookery is the combination of art, science,

and craft of using heat to prepare food for consumption. Cooking techniques and
ingredients, as well as tools being used vary widely across the world, from grilling food
over an open fire to using electric stoves, to baking in various types of ovens, reflecting
unique environmental, economic, and cultural traditions and trends.
241

1. Were you able to cook for your family? __________________________________
2. What factors did you consider in accomplishing the task at hand?_____________
Directions: Look for five Filipino Meat Dishes aside from the ones mentioned
above. Complete the table by providing their name, region or place of origin,
ingredients, and procedures.
Filipino Meat Dish Region or Ingredients Procedures

Place of Origin
REFERENCES
Crossword puzzle:
https://www.education.com/worksheet-generator/reading/crossword-puzzle/
Department of Education. Learner’s Material, Cookery 10. 2015
Grilled Meat Picture:
https://www.google.com/search?q=grilled+meat
Inter-Agency Task Force (IATF) on Management of Emerging and Infectious Diseases
(2020). Publication. “Omnibus Guidelines on the Implementation of Community Quarantine in
the Philippines.”
Retrieved from: https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2020/05may/20200429-
Omnibus-Guidelines-on-the-Implementation-of-Community-Quarantine-in-the-
Philippines.pdf
242
WEEK 6: PRESENT MEAT DISHES
EXPECTATIONS

1. present meat dishes aesthetically, based on classical and cultural
standards;
2. select suitable plate according to standard in serving meat dishes; and
3. present meat dishes hygienically and sequentially within the required
timeframe.
PRETEST
Directions: Read each question carefully. Choose the letter which corresponds to
the correct answer and write it on your answer sheet.
1. What is the first step to achieve restaurant-quality presentation?

A. Garnish the plate with flavorful herbs or spices to take it to the next level.
B. Layer the food and play with contrasting colors and textures to increase its
visual appeal.
C. Sear your meat and let it rest.
D. Start with brightly-colored, well-cooked food.
2. What type of attractive platter can be used to present food?
A. China B. Metal C. Wood D. All of the above.
3. How can we bring out vegetables’ brightest colors?
I. By boiling. II. By roasting. III. By steaming. IV. By sauteing.
A. I only. C. II, III, IV.
B. II and III. D. I and IV.
4. “If your food looks too oily, too dry, mushy, tough, or otherwise difficult to chew
and swallow, it won't matter how perfectly colorful it looks.” What part of
presentation does this statement refer to?
A. Arrangement B. Color C. Garnish D. Texture
5. Which basic element of plating is being described? “Ensure that there is the
right amount of ingredients and the plate complements the dish, not too big or
too small.”
A. Balance the dish. C. Highlight the key ingredient.
B. Create a framework. D. Keep it simple.
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Provide information on different ways of performing each cooking

method. The first one is done for you as an example.
243
Baking Grilling Sauteing
•Baking using brick oven •____________________ •___________________
•Baking using electric oven •____________________ •___________________
•Baking using oven toaster •____________________ •___________________
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
Food presentation refers to the arrangement of food on the plate in a way that
makes it appealing to the diner. By this time, you should know what food presentation
can do to even of the simplest of dishes. A well-presented plate can engage your
diner’s senses, and thus elevate his or her dining experience.
•Presentation must have three elements:

•Centerpiece, may be an uncut portion of the main food item.
•Slices or serving portions of the main food item, arrange
1. artistically.
•Garnish, arranged artistically in proportion to the cut slices.
• The food should be easy to handle and serve, so one portion can be
2. removed without ruining the arrangement.
• Simple arrangements are easier to serve, and more likely to be still

3. attractive when they are half demolished by the guests
• Attractive platter are made of metals, mirrors, china, plastic or

4. woods, presentable and suitable for use with food.
• It must look attractive and appropriate not only by itself, but among
5. other presentations on the table.
Figure 2. Basic Principles of Platter Presentation.

How to Present Food on a Plate?
When you're plating food, the goal is to create a dining experience that tempts
all of the senses, not just the palate. When food looks appetizing the body actually
produces more fluids that aid in nutrient absorption - so you might even say that
beautiful food is more wholesome than food that doesn't look appealing. To achieve
restaurant-quality presentation, follow these 3-easy steps:
244
2. Layer the food
3. Finally,
and play with
garnish the plate
contrasting
1. Start with with flavorful
colors and
brightly-colored, herbs or spices
textures to
well-cooked food. to take it to the
increase its
next level.
visual appeal.
Starting with Beautiful Food
• Avoid a monochromatic color scheme.
• Bring out vegetables' brightest colors.
• Sear your meat and let it rest
• Cook fried foods carefully.
• Take texture into account.
• Experiment with interesting shapes.
Plating it With Care

• When in doubt, choose white plates.
• Visualize the finished plate.
• Limit portion sizes.
• Follow the rule of odds.
• Play with different textures.
• Layer foods to add height
• Use sauce wisely.
• Keep up with food styling trends.
Adding Appetizing Touches
• Use garnishes that enhance the flavor of the
meal.
• Employ drizzles and swirls.
• Make sure the plate is clean.
Figure 3. Tips on How to Present food on a Plate.

ACTIVITY
Directions: Pretend you are both an artist and a chef. On your answer sheet,
draw and color/paint to illustrate these three tips on presenting food on a plate. Use
grilled steak as your main dish.
Avoid a monochromatic Follow the rule of odds. Employ drizzles and
color scheme. swirls.
245
REMEMBER
To sum it up, here are the 5 Basic Elements of Plating:

1. Create a Framework. Start with drawings and sketches to visualize the plate. Find
inspiration from a picture or object. Assemble a practice plate to work on executing
your vision.
2. Keep It Simple. Select one ingredient to focus on and use space to simplify the
presentation. Clutter distracts from the main elements of your dish that might confuse
the diners on what to focus on.
3. Balance the Dish. Play with colors, shapes and textures to ensure diners are not
overwhelmed. The presentation should never overpower flavor and function.
4. Get the Right Portion Size. Ensure that there is the right amount of ingredients
and the plate complements the dish, not too big or too small. Strike the right proportion
of protein, carbohydrates and vegetables to create a nutritionally balanced meal.
5. Highlight the Key Ingredient. Ensure that the main ingredient stands out and pay
equal attention to the “support”. This refers to the other elements on the plate such as
garnishes, sauces and even the plate itself.

1. What are three simple steps to achieve restaurant-quality presentation?
2. Why is it important to choose the right plate?
Directions: Cite an example from your personal experience when you

appreciate the food that you ordered because of its presentation and taste. Inside
the like button, list down at least three (3) things you observed in their presentation
which you liked and will make you buy their food again.
1.
2.
3.
REFERENCES
Invaluable.com. The Art of Dining: How to Create a Beautiful Plate (Image)
Retrieved from:
https://images.app.goo.gl/jBnhsjaE63doh3cq5
Pottery Barn. Great white traditional dinner plate. (image)
246
WEEK 7: STORE MEAT DISHES
EXPECTATIONS

1. distinguish different methods of preserving meat;
2. utilize quality trimmings and leftovers in storing meat;
3. store fresh and cryovac-packed meat according to health regulations;
4. use required containers and store meat in proper temperature to
maintain quality and freshness; and
5. store meat in accordance with FIFO operating procedures and meat
storage requirements.
PRETEST
1. What is the most common method of preserving meat?
A. Curing B. Drying C. Freezing D. Smoking
2. Smoked meats like ham, bacon, and chicken which undergoes cold smoking is held
under what temperature?
A. Between 26 to 43ºC. C. Between 35 to 60ºC.
B. Between 30 to 55ºC. D. From 71 to 79ºC.
3. What is the recommended maximum storage for canned meats like meatloaf and
corned beef?
A. 3-6 months, in original package C. 12 months
B. 6-12 months, in original package D. 24 months
4. To achieve high standards of sanitation, the following measures should be strictly
observed:
A. Clean floors walls, ceilings, counters, tables, and chairs regularly.
B. Handle, store, and refrigerate food properly to prevent spoilage and
contamination.
C. See to it that physical equipment and layout are conducive to sanitary
practices.
D. All of the above.
5. “Store new purchases behind old ones and always use the old stock first.” What
main storing principle is behind this statement?
A. CLAYGO B. FIFO C. SOP D. ROI
LOOKING BACK
Directions: On your answer sheet, write what food presentation tips is being
illustrated in each picture. You can choose your answer from the box.
-Use sauce wisely. -Use garnishes that enhances the flavor of the meal.
-Experiment with interesting shapes. -Layer foods to add height.
-Follow the rule of odds. -Make sure the plate is clean.
247
1 2 3 4 5
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
There are different methods of preserving meat. These include drying or

dehydration, smoking, salting, curing, refrigerating, freezing, canning and freeze
drying.
Methods of
Preserving Description Types
Meat
This is the most common method
of preserving meat. Drying
involves the reduction of the
original 70% of water content of □ Natural sun drying -
the meat to about 15%. The Natural sunlight is used to
removal of the moisture content reduce the amount of
Drying does three things, namely: moisture content of meat.
 Enzymatic changes are □ Dehydration or artificial
retarded; drying - Oven is used for
 Growth of microorganisms drying the meat.
is much hampered
 Microbes lose water and
become inert.
Meat is smoked to create a □ Cold Smoking - The
distinctive color and flavor, thus temperature is held
helping its preservation. The between 26 to 43ºC and
flavor, color, and attractive glaze the products are smoked
on the surface of the meat is over a period of days or
desired like in ham, bacon, and weeks.
Smoking tinapa. □ Hot Smoking - The
The heat generated during temperature is higher, from
smoking destroys the enzymes 71 to 79ºC.The high
and dries the product artificially, temperature speed up the
thus preventing the growth of drying process, giving the
molds and vegetative bacteria on product a mild smoked
the surface. flavor.
248
Salt improves the keeping quality of meat. It removes the water
Salting from the tissue of the meat and the cells of spoilage organisms
that may be present in the meat.
In this method, salt, sugar, potassium or sodium nitrate, and
other curing elements such as ascorbic acid, phosphate blend,
and spices are used to prolong the keeping quality of meat.
Curing agents also help improve the flavor and appearance of
Curing meat and retain its original color. Sugar minimizes the
hardness of the straight cure process. It also makes the
product more appetizing and provides energy to the nitrate-
reducing bacteria which gives the red color. Spices give the
desired flavor and aroma.
Meat is stored at a temperature range of 2 to 10ºC to retard
Refrigerating
mold and bacterial growth for a limited period.
Meat is preserved at a temperature of 10ºC and below.
Freezing deactivates enzymes and bacteria. Meat can be
preserved for two months to one year using this method.
Meat preserved by canning is packed in sealed cans or jars
which are subjected to a temperature of 100ºC and above 5-7
kilo pressured for a specific period of time. This process
Canning
destroys the organism that causes spoilage. It maintains the
high quality of meat product and extends its life for about a
year.
The process involves the removal of moisture from the meat
tissues by transforming the moisture content into ice and gas.
The product to be dried is first frozen and the ice is sublimed
Freeze Drying from the frozen mass, removing 98% of the water content. The
remaining moisture is further reduced to 0.5% or lower by
subjecting the product to high temperature as possible without
destroying it.
Table 1. Methods of Preserving Meat
Proper Storage of Preserved Meat

Many processed items prepared for future use may be stored in the freezer.
These should be wrapped in plastic or foil to prevent the occurrence of freezer burn
and avoid having a pulpy texture that comes from loss of moisture. Each item should
be labeled with the name of the product, date of expiry, and quantity.
Food Suggested Maximum Recommended Maximum

Temperature (°C) Storage
Canned Products 21 12 Months
Frozen Products (beef, -18 to -29 6-12 Months, in original
poultry) package
Fresh Pork (not ground) -18 to -29 3-6 Months, in original
package
Sausage, Ground Meat -18 to -29 1-3 Months, in original
package
Cold cuts, sliced 3 to 4 3-5 Days, in semi-moisture
proof paper
249
Cured Bacon 3 to 4 1-4 Weeks, tightly wrapped
Ham (tender, cured) 3 to 4 1-6 Weeks, tightly wrapped
Ham (canned) 3 to 4 6 Weeks, in original
container
Dried Beef 3 to 4 6 Weeks, tightly wrapped
Table 2. Food Storage Chart
ACTIVITY
Directions: Draw a 😊 if the statement promotes hygiene practices in storing
meat products and ☹ if it does not.
1. Eliminate vermin and rodents from food areas.
2. Make sure that food service employees are in good health, and are not
carriers of communicable diseases.
3. Handle and store food and food products even if you have flu.
4. Wash and sanitize dishes, glasses, utensils, and equipment.
5. See to it that physical equipment and layout are conducive to sanitary
REMEMBER
Meat is among the most perishable foods. This perishable ability makes it a
potentially hazardous food. At ambient temperatures, meat spoils so fast. It is
therefore necessary to keep it in chilled storage.

1. What is the role of methods of meat preservation in our lives? Cite 3 specific
examples.
2. Look for five preserved meat locally produced in your town. Write the name of the
product and the method of preservation used.
Directions: Answer in a precise and concise manner.

Why is it important to store meat properly?
REFERENCES
Alamy. Refrigerated Meat Products High resolution (Image)
Retrieved from:
https://images.app.goo.gl/Znn8LHjzCUMbdQgu6
Bruno, Antoinette. Chef Greg Engelhardt of Andre's - Las Vegas, NV (Image)
Retrieved from:
250
WEEK 8: EVALUATE MEAT DISHES
EXPECTATIONS

1. Identify factors to evaluate in finished products;
2. Create own rubric;
3. prepare and cook preserved meat; and
4. rate the finished products using rubrics.
PRETEST
1. Color and color combinations, sizes and shapes of ingredients, visual
attractiveness, eye appeal and signs of freshness are the things we evaluate in
____________.
A. Appearance B. Aroma C. Flavor D. Texture
2. ____________ refers to the combination of aroma, texture, temperature and taste
reacting with saliva.
A. Aroma B. Flavor C. Taste D. Texture
3. What do we evaluate when we look into the qualities felt with the finger, tongue,
palate or teeth?
A. Flavor B. Taste C. Temperature D. Texture
4. All of the following are what we evaluate for taste EXCEPT:
A. Salty B. Sweet C. Umami D. Visual Appeal
5. Why is it important to evaluate dishes in the menu?
A. To check if dishes meet restaurant standards for quality
B. To detect deviations from food quality standards
C. To identify ways to improve dish quality
D. All of the above.
LOOKING BACK
Directions: Complete the Food Storage Chart for fresh and preserved meat.
Suggested Maximum Recommended Maximum

Food
Temperature (°C) Storage
Fresh Pork (not ground) 1.? 3-6 Months, in original package
Cured Bacon 3 to 4 2.?
3.? 21 12 Months
Dried Beef 3 to 4 4.?
Frozen Beef and Poultry 5.? 6-12 Months, in original
package
251
BRIEF
INTRODUCTION
What are the factors to evaluate in finished products?

By restaurant and industry standards, they evaluate the characteristics of food,
as perceived by the five senses – appearance, aroma, taste, texture and consistency.
You can define your own standards and expectations for each dish and check if the
prepared dish matches up.
Appearance: Color and color combinations, sizes and shapes of ingredients,
visual attractiveness, eye appeal, signs of freshness
Aroma: The smell or aroma such as tangy, herby, earthy, among others
Taste: The basic sweet, salty, sour, bitter and umami tastes
Texture and Consistency: The qualities felt with the finger, tongue, palate
or teeth
Temperature: Knowing the right temperature to serve dishes such as hot,

cold or room temperature
Flavor: Refers to the combination of aroma, texture and temperature and

taste reacting with saliva
Nutritive Value: An indication of the contribution of a food to the nutrient

content of the diet.
Figure 4. Factors to Evaluate in Finished Product.

ACTIVITY
Directions: Following the recipe below, prepare and cook your own
longganisa.
“SKINLESS LONGGANISA”
Standard recipe developed by Vanjo Merano of PanlasangPinoy.com
Tools/Equipment Ingredients Procedure:
 knife  800 g ground 1. Peel the skin off the garlic
 chopping board pork cloves. Crush thoroughly
 mortar and  9 tablespoons using mortar and pestle.
pestle dark brown Mince the crushed garlic. Set
 measuring cup sugar aside.
 measuring  1 tablespoon 2. In a large mixing bowl,
spoon smoked combine ground pork along
 wooden spoon paprika with all of the ingredients. Mix
 3 tablespoons well.
 mixing bowl
vegetable oil 3. Cover the bowl. Refrigerate
 wax paper
for 2 hours.
4. Shape the longganisa by
laying a sheet of wax paper
252
 refrigerator /  1¼ on a flat surface. Scoop
cooling tablespoons around 3 tablespoons of
mechanism coarse salt mixture and put over the wax
 1 teaspoon paper. Fold the wax paper
ground black from top to down until the
pepper mixture covered. Hold the
 2 head garlic edge of the paper with your
fingers and then slide the card
towards the mixture. Push a
bit more until a sausage
shape is formed. Do this step
until the entire mixture is
consumed.
5. Refrigerate overnight.
6. Cook and serve for breakfast.
Share and enjoy!
Note:
1. Ask your parents/adult family members to acquire necessary ingredients for
you.
Following the Inter-Agency Task Force (IATF) for the Management of
Emerging Infectious Diseases Omnibus Guidelines, those who belong to the
most vulnerable sectors including minors and senior citizens are not allowed
to go outside while a community is under a quarantine.
REMEMBER
Evaluating the Quality of Preserved Meat Products
Good quality pork has less than 1 ¼ cm of golden-brown fat that covers the
surface of the meat and a thoroughly cooked interior where meat has even pinkish
color. It has also a juicy and tender texture, a pleasing aroma and a tender seasoned
and pleasing taste with a slight hint of smoky flavor.
What are the factors you need to evaluate in any finished product?
253
Directions: Answer in a precise and concise manner.
Why is it important to evaluate dishes in the menu?
REFERENCES
Inter-Agency Task Force (IATF) on Management of Emerging Infectious Diseases (2021).
Publication. RESOLUTION NO. 106-B Series of 2021
Retrieved from:
https://doh.gov.ph/sites/default/files/health-update/IATFResolution106-B.pdf
Merano, Vanjo (2018). Skinless Longganisa Recipe.
Retrieved from:
https://panlasangpinoy.com/skinless-longganisa-recipe/
NAL Agricultural Thesaurus. Nutritive Value.
Retrieved from:
agclass.nal.usda.gov
Unilever Food Solutions (2021). Chefmanship Academy. Topic 4: Evaluating Your Dishes
Retrieved from:
https://www.unileverfoodsolutions.com.ph/chef-inspiration/chefmanship-
academy/module-3-the-importance-of-menu-planning/topic-4-evaluating-your-
dishes.html
254
255
256
SDO MALABON CITY
10
Supplementary
Learning Materials in
Technology and
Livelihood Education
Computer System Servicing

Fourth Quarter
257
WEEK 1: Setting Up Computer Networks
This lesson contains concepts and principles about computer network and its
components.
At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:
 define computer network;
 identify computer network components; and
 recognize the different types of cables used in transmission.
Directions: Select the letter of the correct answer. Write the answer on your
answer sheet.
1. What do you call a circuit board installed in a computer that provides a dedicated
network connection to the computer?
A. Hub C. Network Interface Card
B. Modem D. Switch
2. Which hardware device allows the computer to connect to the internet via existing
telephone line?
B. Modem D. Router
3. Which hardware device connects multiple devices on a computer network?
A. Hub C. Router
B. Modem D. Switch
4. Which hardware device connects computer and other devices to internet?
A. Hub C. Router
B. Modem D. Switch
5. Which cable is consists of a bundle of glass threads, each of which is capable of
transmitting messages modulated onto light waves?
A. Fiber optic cable C. Thin coaxial cable
B. Thick coaxial cable D. Twisted pair cable
258
Write a short paragraph of the things you have discovered and
learned from the 3rd grading period
A computer network is a group of computers linked to each other that

enables the computer to communicate with another computer and share their
resources, data, and applications.
The aim of the computer network is to share resources among various devices.
Components of the Computer Network
1. Network Interface Card (NIC) – a hardware component used to
connect a computer with another computer in a network. There are two
types of Network Interface Card
2. Hub – a hardware device that divides network connection among
multiple devices.
3. Switch – a hardware device that connects multiple devices on a
computer network. A Switch contains more advanced features than Hub.
4. Router - is a hardware device which is used to connect a LAN with an
internet connection. It is used to receive, analyze forward the incoming
packets to another network.
5. Modem – is a hardware device that allows computer to connect to
internet over the existing telephone line. It stands
Modulator/Demodulator. It converts digital into analog signal (vice
versa) over the telephone lines.
6. Cables and Connectors - A cable is a transmission media used for
transmitting a signal while a connector is a device that terminates a
segment of cabling or provides a point of entry for networking devices
such as computers, hubs, and routers
259
Types of Network Cables
1. Fiber Optic Cable - is consists of a bundle of glass threads, each of
which is capable of transmitting messages modulated onto light waves
2. Twisted Pair Cable -is used for telephone communications and most
modern Ethernet networks. A pair of wires forms a circuit that can
transmit data. The pairs are twisted to provide protection
against crosstalk, the noise generated by adjacent pairs
3. Coaxial Cable – is consists of a hollow outer cylindrical conductor that
surrounds a single inner wire made of two conducting elements. One of
these elements, located in the center of the cable is a copper conductor.
Surrounding the copper conductor is a layer of flexible insulation. Over
this insulating material is a woven copper braid or metallic foil that acts
both as the second wire in the circuit and as a shield for the inner
conductor. This second layer, or shield, can help reduce the amount of
outside interference. Covering this shield is the cable jacket
Types of Computer Networks

A computer network can be categorized by their size. A computer network is
mainly of four types:
1. Local Area Network (LAN) - Local Area Network is a group of computers
connected to each other in a small area such as building and office.
2. Personal Area Network (PAN) - is a network arranged within an
individual person, typically within a range of 10 meters.
3. Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) - is a network that covers a larger
geographic area by interconnecting a different LAN to form a larger network.
4. Wide Area Network (WAN) is a network that extends over a large
geographical area such as states or countries.
Activity
Create a concept map about the Computer Network. Write your answer on
your answer sheet.
260
Directions: Select the letter of the correct answer. Write the answer on your
answer sheet.
1. What do you call a circuit board installed in a computer that provides

a dedicated network connection to the computer?
B. Modem D. Switch
2. Which hardware device allows the computer to connect to the
internet via existing telephone line?
B. Modem D. Router
3. Which hardware device connects multiple devices on a computer
network?
A. Hub C. Router
B. Modem D. Switch
4. Which hardware device connects computer and other devices to the
internet?
A. Hub C. Router
B. Modem D. Switch
5. Which cable is consists of a bundle of glass threads, each of which

is capable of transmitting messages modulated onto light waves?
A. Fiber optic cable C. Thin coaxial cable
B. Thick coaxial cable D. Twisted pair cable
References
 http://westcoastcomm.com/three-major-types-network-cables-used-
communication-systems/
 https://www.ciscopress.com/articles/article.asp?p=31276&seqNum=2
 https://www.lifewire.com/fiber-optic-cable-817874
261
WEEK 2: Network Cable Installation
This module contains a unit of competency on Network Cable Installation.

It focuses on the guidelines and best practices on network cable installation
At the end of this module, you are expected to:
 define network cabling; and
 recognize network cable installation guidelines
Direction: Write CM (Cable Maintenance), CP (Cable Planning) and CO (Cable

Organization) for each of the statement described below. Write your answer on your
answer sheet
____1. Don’t bundle the cables over one another, as their performance would be
degraded.
____2. Test every cable you install and terminate, so that you can immediately
separate any potentially malfunctioning one.
____3. Don’t expose cables to direct sunlight or condensation
____4. Remove all the abandoned cables to prevent airflow restriction and
temperature increase.
____5. Don’t bend the cables beyond 90°, or their specified bend radius.
____6. Make sure you have a port in the patch panel for every horizontal cable you
terminate.
____7. Make sure the unshielded twisted-pair cables for canceling out EMI from
external sources aren’t exposed.
____8. Ensure there are enough vertical and horizontal runs because even removing
a single cable can cause downtime.
____9. Remove all the abandoned cables to prevent airflow restriction and
temperature increase
____10. Label the cables at both ends and label the racks and the patch panels as
well
Before you proceed to the next lesson, let us check if you learned something
from our past lesson about the different concepts of computer networks
Components of Computer Types of Network Cables Types of Computer

Networks Networks
262
1. 1. 1.
2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3.
4.
5.
6.
Network cables are used to connect and transfer data and information
between computers, routers, switches and storage area networks. These cables
are essentially the carrier or media through which data flows
Network Cable Installation Guidelines

When installing network cable, the most important thing to keep in mind is
safety. Follow these guidelines and you’re sure to have a safe and secure network
cable installation.
Keep Your Cable Organized

 Don’t bundle the cables over one another, as their performance would be
degraded.
 Make sure the unshielded twisted-pair cables for canceling out EMI from external
sources aren’t exposed.
 Keep the fiber and copper cables in the runs separate.
 Label the cables at both ends and label the racks and the patch panels as well.
 Don’t route the cables through pipes or holes. You might want to add more cable
runs late
Cable Planning
 Test every cable you install and terminate, so that you can immediately separate
any potentially malfunctioning one.
 Make sure you have a port in the patch panel for every horizontal cable you
terminate.
 Ensure there are enough vertical and horizontal runs because even removing a
single cable can cause downtime.
 Use the straight patch panels in the cabling distribution racks and use the angled
patch panels in the cabling distribution area.
 Don’t route the cables over the ports in the patch panels, or over other equipment,
but rather above or below the ports and into the horizontal cable manager.
 Make sure there are at least 2 inches (50 mm) between the cables and
263
conductors.
 Don’t use patch cables that are constructed with a solid-core STP cable with
stranded-core RJ-45 connectors.
Cable Maintenance
 Remove all the abandoned cables to prevent airflow restriction and temperature
increase.
 Don’t expose cables to direct sunlight or condensation
Directions: Write T if the statement is correct and F if it is incorrect
1. Do not expose the unshielded twisted pair cable

2. Bundle the cables over one another
3. Test every cable to install
4. Do not expose the cables to direct sunlight or condensation
5. Keep the fiber and copper cables in the runs together
6. Label the cables at both ends and label the racks and patch panels
as well
7. Route the cables over the ports in the patch panels, or over other
equipment
8. Remove all the abandoned cables to prevent airflow restriction and
9. Don’t route the cables through pipes or holes
10. Make sure there are at least 2 inches (50 mm) between the cables
and conductors
Activity: Answer the question briefly:

As a CSS student, why is it important to follow the safety guidelines in
installing the network cables?
264
Directions: Write CM (Cable Maintenance), CP (Cable Planning) and CO (Cable
Organization) for each of the statement described below. Write your answer on your
answer sheet
_____1. Don’t bundle the cables over one another, as their performance would be
degraded.
_____2. Test every cable you install and terminate, so that you can immediately
separate any potentially malfunctioning one.
_____3. Don’t expose cables to direct sunlight or condensation
_____4. Remove all the abandoned cables to prevent airflow restriction and
temperature increase.
_____5. Don’t bend the cables beyond 90°, or their specified bend radius.
_____6. Make sure you have a port in the patch panel for every horizontal cable you
terminate.
_____7. Make sure the unshielded twisted-pair cables for canceling out EMI from
external sources aren’t exposed.
_____8. Ensure there are enough vertical and horizontal runs because even removing
a single cable can cause downtime.
_____9. Remove all the abandoned cables to prevent airflow restriction and
_____10. Label the cables at both ends and label the racks and the panels as well
References
https://totalcommstraining.com/what-is-network-cabling/
https://mscelectrical.com/network-cable-installations/
https://www.tpcwire.com/blog/the-dos-donts-of-installing-ethernet-cable
265
WEEK 3: Network Topology
This module contains a unit of competency on Network Topology. It

focuses on the different types of Network Topologies and their features.
 define network topology;
 identify the different network topologies; and
 describe each network topology.

1. Which network topology has every computer and network device
connected in a single cable?
A. Bus B. Hybrid C. Mesh D. Ring
2. Which network topology resembles the bus topology but with
connected ends?
A. Mesh B. Hybrid C. Ring D. Star
3. Which network topology has all the computers connected to a single
hub through a cable?
A. Hybrid B. Mesh C. Ring D. Star
4. Which network topology has a point to point connection to other
nodes or devices?
A. Hybrid B. Mesh C. Star D. Tree
5. Which network topology has a root node and all other nodes are
connected to it forming a hierarchy?
Write down 3 do’s and 3 don’t in installing network cable

Do’s Don’ts
1. 1.
2. 2.
3. 3.
266
______8.
Network topology describes the structure of the network, how the

components are interconnected to each other. It is the schematic description of
a network arrangement connecting various nodes through lines of connection.
Types of Network Topology
1. Bus Topology – is a network type in which every computer and network device is
connected to a single cable known as the backbone cable.
Features of Bus Topology

 It transmits data to one direction only
 Every device is connected to a single cable
Advantages Disadvantages
1. Cost effective 1. When cable fails, whole network fails
2. Moderate data speed 2. Extensive cabling
3. Easy to understand 3. Signal interference
2. Ring Topology – resembles that bus topology but with

connected ends.
Features of Ring Topology

 The data flows in one direction. It is unidirectional
 The data flows in a clockwise direction
 Uses token as the access method
1. Transmitting network is not affected by 1. Difficult troubleshooting
high traffic or by adding more nodes, as only
the nodes having tokens can transmit data
2. Cost effective 2. Failure of one computer
disturbs the whole network
267
3. Star Topology – all the computers are connected to
a single hub through a cable. This hub is the central
node where all the other nodes are connected to it.
Features of Star Topology:

 Every node has its own dedicated connection to
the hub
 Hub acts as a repeater for data flow
 Can be used with twisted pair, optical fiber or
coaxial cable.
1. Fast performance with few nodes and 1. If the central hub goes down, all the
low network traffic connected nodes are affected
2. Easy to set up, modify and 2. High installation cost
troubleshoot
4. Mesh Topology – it is a point to point connection to other nodes or devices. All

the network nodes are connected to each other. It has
n(n-1)/2 physical channels to link n devices.
Types of Mesh Topology:
1. Full Mesh Topology – each computer is
connected to all computers
available in the network.
2. Partial Mesh Topology – certain computers
are connected to those with which they can
communicate frequently.
Features of Mesh Topology

 There are multiple paths from one computer to another computer
 Does not contain the switch, hub or any other central computer which acts as
a central point of communication
1. Reliable 1. High cost
2. Fast communication 2. Difficult to maintain and manage
3. Easier to reconfigure 3. Connection redundancy
5. Tree Topology - has a root node and all other nodes are connected to it forming
a hierarchy also known as hierarchical topology.
Features of Topology:
 combines the characteristics of bus topology and
star topology
 The top-most node in tree topology is known as a
root node, and all other nodes are the descendants
of the root node
 There is only one path exists between two nodes
for the data transmission. Thus, it forms a parent-
child hierarchy
268
1. Expansion of nodes is easy 1. Heavily cabled
2. Easily managed and maintained 2. Costly
3. Error detection is easy 3. If central hub fails, network fails
6. Hybrid Topology - combination of various different topologies.
Features of Hybrid Technology

 Inherits the advantages and disadvantages of the topologies included
1. Reliable and effective 1. Complex in design
2. Scalable 2. Costly in hub
3. Flexible 3. Costly in infrastructure
Activity: Answer the following questions.
1. Given the different network topologies, what do you think will be the best option if
you are to install a network? Why?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
2. What are the things you need to consider in choosing a network topology?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
269
1. Which network topology has every computer and network device connected
in a single cable?
A. Bus B. Hybrid C. Mesh D. Ring
2. Which network topology resembles the bus topology but with connected
ends?
A. Mesh B. Hybrid C. Ring D. Star
3. Which network topology has all the computers connected to a single hub
through a cable?
A. Hybrid B. Mesh C. Ring D. Star
4. Which network topology has a point to point connection to other nodes or

devices?
5. Which network topology has a root node and all other nodes are connected
to it forming a hierarchy?
References
https://www.studytonight.com/computer-networks/network-topology-types
https://www.javatpoint.com/computer-network-topologies
270
WEEK 4: The Network Interface Card
This module contains unit of competency the Network Interface Card

(NIC). It describes the role and the configurable options for the NICs.
 define the role of the NIC in a network, including preparing, sending,
and controlling data; and
 Identify the NICs configuration options and settings.
Directions: Read each question carefully. Choose the letter of the best answer and
write it on your answer sheet.
1. What is the role of the Network Interface Card?
A. Control the flow of data between the computer and the cabling system
B. Prepare data from the computer for the network cable
C. Send the data to another computer
D. All of the above
2. What does the acronym IEEE stand for?
A. Institute of Electronics and Electrical Engineers
B. Institute of Engineers for Electrical and Electronics
C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
D. International Engineers for Electrical and Electronics
3. Which is the configurable options for the network interface card?
A. Interrupt Request (IRQ) C. Transceiver
B. Base I/O port address D. All of the Above
4. Which configurable option or setting in the NIC refers to the hardware lines over
which devices such as I/O ports, the keyboard, disk drives.
5. Which configurable option or setting in the NIC specifies a channel through which
information flows between the computer's hardware (such as the NIC) and its CPU
271
Directions: List down the distinguishing feature of each network topology
Network Topology Distinguishing Feature
Bus
Ring
Star
A network interface card (NIC) is a hardware component without which a computer

cannot be connected over a network. It is a circuit board installed in a computer that
provides a dedicated network connection to the computer. It is also called network
interface controller, network adapter or LAN adapter.
The Role of the Network Interface Card
 Prepare data from the computer for the network cable
 Send the data to another computer
 Control the flow of data between the computer and the cabling system
 Receive incoming data from the cable and translate it into bytes that can be
understood by the computer's central processing unit (CPU).
Preparing the Data
Before data can be sent over the network, the NIC must change it from a form
the computer can understand to a form that can travel over a network cable. Data
moves through a computer along paths called buses. These are actually several data
paths placed side by side. Because the paths are side by side (parallel), data can
move along them in lateral groups instead of in a single (serial) data stream.
Network Address
In addition to transforming data, the NIC also has to advertise its own location, or
address, to the rest of the network to distinguish it from all the other cards on the
network.
A committee of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
assigns blocks of addresses to each NIC manufacturer. The manufacturers hardwire
these addresses into chips on the card by a process known as "burning" the address
into the card. With this process, each NIC—and therefore each computer—has a
unique address on a network
Sending and Controlling Data
Before the sending NIC actually sends data over the network, it carries on an
electronic dialog with the receiving NIC so that both cards agree on the following:
 The maximum size of the groups of data to be sent
 The amount of data to be sent before confirmation of receipt is given
 The time intervals between sending data chunks
 The amount of time to wait before confirmation is sent
 How much data each card can hold before it overflows
 The speed of the data transmission
272
Configuration Options and Settings
Network interface cards often have configurable
options that must be set in order for the card to function
properly. Some of the older designs use externally mounted
dual inline package (DIP) switches as shown in the figure to
the right.
 Interrupt (IRQ)
 Base input/output (I/O) port address
 Base memory address
 Transceiver
Interrupt Request (IRQ) Lines

Interrupt request lines (IRQs) are hardware lines over which devices such as I/O
ports, the keyboard, disk drives, and NICs can send interrupts or requests for service
to the computer's microprocessor.
Base I/O Port
The base I/O port specifies a channel through which information flows between
the computer's hardware (such as the NIC) and its CPU. The port appears to the CPU
as an address.
Base Memory Address
The base memory address identifies a location in a computer's memory (RAM).
The NIC uses this location as a buffer area to store the incoming and outgoing data
frames. This setting is sometimes called the RAM start address.
Selecting the Transceiver
The NIC can have other settings that need to be defined during configuration. For
example, some cards come with one external and one on-board transceiver.
Answer the following questions briefly

1. Why is NIC important in setting up the network?
2. What are the roles of the NIC?
3. What are the things to consider before the NIC can receive or send data?
273
1. What is the role of the Network Interface Card?
A. Control the flow of data between the computer and the cabling system
B. Prepare data from the computer for the network cable
C. Send the data to another computer
D. All of the above
2. What does the acronym IEEE stand for?
A. Institute of Electronics and Electrical Engineers
B. Institute of Engineers for Electrical and Electronics
C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
D. International Engineers for Electrical and Electronics
3. Which is the configurable options for the network interface card?
4. Which configurable option or setting in the NIC refers to the hardware lines over
which devices such as I/O ports, the keyboard, disk drives.
5. Which configurable option or setting in the NIC specifies a channel through which
information flows between the computer's hardware (such as the NIC) and its CPU
References
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/what-is-network-interface-card-nic
https://flylib.com/books/en/2.733.1.20/1/
274
WEEK 5: Types of Network Interface Card
This module contains unit of competency Types of Network Interface Card

a. define the ethernet and Wireless Network NIC;
b. identify the components of network interface card; and
c. appreciate the importance of network interface card in
setting the computer network.
1. What ethernet standard developed in 1987 that uses twisted cables like telephonic
cables for communication?
A. 5-Base T C. 100-Base T
B. 10-Base T D. Gigabit Ethernet
2. What network interface card consists of small antenna integrated into the card,
where the communication between various devices is set up wirelessly using the
router and various network protocols?
A. Antenna C. Network
B. Ethernet NIC D. Wireless NIC
3. What component of NIC is used to store the data temporarily and is used the stored
data whenever required while processing the communication?
A. Connectors C. Memory
B. Jumpers D. Processors
4. What unique identity address is given to network interface card where ethernet
packets are communicated with the computer?
A. Connectors C. Mac Address
B. Jumpers D. Memory
5. What NIC device is used to connect wirelessly to the internet?
B. Jumpers D. Routers
275
MATCHING TYPE: Match Column A with Column B.
Column A Column B
1. An association that assigns blocks of A. Base I/O port
addresses to each NIC manufacturer
2. hardware lines over which devices such as B. Base Memory Address
I/O ports, the keyboard, disk drives, and
NICs can send interrupts or requests for
service to the computer's microprocessor
3. The base I/O port specifies a channel C. IEEE
through which information flows between the
computer's hardware (such as the NIC) and
its CPU
4. The base memory address identifies a D. IRQ Lines
location in a computer's memory (RAM)
5. Another name for NIC E. Network Adapter
F. Transceiver
There are two types of NIC. They are the Ethernet NIC and the Wireless NIC.
Ethernet NIC
Ethernet NIC card is a slot for a cable where we have to plug one end of the
ethernet cable into the slots of the computer and another end of the cable is plugged
into the modem, likewise, various devices are connected to make a communication
set up between them. There are three standards in Ethernet they are:
 5-Base T: It was developed in 1973, which can transmit, paragraphs using
coaxial cable up to a distance 1000mts.
 10-Base T: It was developed in 1987, it uses twisted cables like telephonic
cables for communication.
 100-Base T: It is also known as fast ethernet, the speed of data transmitted is
very high
 Gigabit Ethernet: It is also named as 1000-Base T ethernet, the special
feature of this is it increases the network bandwidth up to 10 times, which can
transmit up to 1000mbps of data.
Wireless Network NIC

consist of a small antenna integrated onto the card,
where the communication between various devices is set up
wirelessly using the router and various network protocols.
One such example of a wireless network NIC is fiber data
digital interface FDDI.
276
Components of Network Interface Card
 External Memory - used to store the data temporarily and uses the stored
data whenever required while processing the communication
 Connectors are used to make the physical link between cables and plugin
with the board, this type of connection is especially seen in Ethernet type of
NIC cables.
 A Processor converts the data message into a signal format for
communication to take place easily.
 Different types of standard Buses are plugged into Buses Connector slots,
based on the compatibility of the operation process buses are chosen
 Jumpers or Dual in package switches are used to control the communication
operation, which is either by turning on or turning off the switch
 MAC address which is a unique identity address is given to network interface
card where ethernet packets are communicated with the computer. MAC
address is also known as a physical network address
 A router is an NIC device that is used to connect wirelessly to the internet.
The applications of a NIC are as follows:
 The computer uses NIC for data exchange over a network like documents,
images, files, etc.
 Applicable for wireless communication devices like Firewalls, Bridges,
Repeater.
Applicable for wired communication devices hubs, switches, router, smartphones, etc
TRUE OR FALSE: Write T if the statement is correct and F if the statement is incorrect
_____1. There are two types of NIC
_____2. The external memory converts the message into a signal format for
communication to take place easily
_____3. Connectors are used to make the physical link between cables and plugin
with the board
_____4. Jumpers or Dual in package switches are used to control the communication
operation
_____5. MAC address which is a unique identity address is given to network interface
card
277
1. What ethernet standard developed in 1987 that uses twisted cables like telephonic
cables for communication?
A. 5-Base T C. 100-Base T
B. 10-Base T D. Gigabit Ethernet
2. What network interface card is consists of small antenna integrated into the card,
where the communication between various devices is set up wirelessly using the
router and various network protocols?
A. Antenna C. Network
B. Ethernet NIC D. Wireless NIC
3. What component of NIC is used to store the data temporarily and is used the stored
data whenever required while processing the communication?
B. Jumpers D. Processors
4. What unique identity address is given to network interface card where ethernet
packets are communicated with the computer?
A. Connectors C. Mac Address
B. Jumpers D. Memory
5. What NIC device is used to connect wirelessly to the internet?
B. Jumpers D. Routers
References
https://www.elprocus.com/network-interface-card-nic/
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/what-is-network-interface-card-nic
https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/n/nic.htm
278
WEEK 6: Network Operating System
This module contains a unit of competency on Network Operating

System. It consists of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes required for a
Computer Systems Servicing course.
 define network operating system;
 identify the salient feature of network operating systems; and
 recognize the different network operating systems.
Directions: Read each question carefully. Choose the letter of thebest answer
1. What software manages the computer hardware resources and provides common
services for computer programs?
A. Operating System C. Spreadsheet
B. Presentation D. Word Processing
2. What software runs on a server and gives it the capability to manage data, users,
groups, security, applications and other networking functions?
A. Network Operating System C. Spreadsheet
3. Which is an example of a network operating system?
A. Microsoft Windows Server 2003 C. Unix
B. Linux D. All of the these
4. Which feature of network operating system takes care of authentications,
restrictions, authorization and access control?
A. Clustering capabilities C. Protocol support
B. Directory and name service management D. Security
5. What is NOT included in the major operations of a network operating system?
A. Device Management C. File Management
B. Design Management D. Memory Management
Identify each of the following.

1. An NIC component used to store the data temporarily and uses the stored data
whenever required while processing the communication
Answer: __________________
2. It converts the data message into a signal format for communication to take place
easily
279
Answer: __________________
3. A unique identity address is given to network interface card where ethernet
packets are communicated with the computer
Answer: __________________
4. An NIC device that is used to connect wirelessly to the internet
Answer: __________________
5. Switches are used to control the communication operations
Answer: __________________
An operating system is a construct that allows the user application programs to

interact with the system hardware. Its major operations include process
management, memory management, device management and file management.
Network Operating System runs on a server and gives the server the
capability to manage data, users, groups, security, applications, and other
networking functions
A network operating system is an operating system designed for the sole
purpose of supporting workstations, database sharing, application sharing and file
and printer access sharing among multiple computers in a network.
Network operating system software is integrated into a number of popular
operating systems including Windows 2000 Server/Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows NT Server/Windows NT Workstation, Windows 98, Windows 95, and
AppleTalk.
Novell's NetWare
The most familiar and popular example of an NOS in which the client computer's
networking software is added on to its existing computer operating system. The
desktop computer needs both operating systems in order to handle stand-alone
and networking functions together
Unix/Linux Operating System
UNIX, created originally by Bell Labs (under AT and T), is a powerful server
operating system that can be used in peer-to-peer or client/server networks.
UNIX was the first operating system written in the C programming language. Due
to an antitrust ruling forbidding AT and T from releasing operating systems
commercially, AT and T released UNIX upon its completion in 1974 to
universities, mostly, enabling people to go in and actually view the source code
to the system, which enabled coders to reconstruct the basic functions of the
original UNIX operating system. From this practice, called reverse engineering,
came Linux, which was first developed in the late 1980s by a young student at
the University of Helsinki in Finland named Linus Torvalds
280
Salient Features of Network Operating Systems
 Basic operating system features support like protocol support, processor
support, hardware detection and multiprocessing support for applications
 Security features like authentication, restrictions, authorizations and access
control
 Features for file, Web service, printing and replication
 Directory and name services management
 User management features along with provisions for remote access and
system management
 Internetworking features like routing and WAN ports
 Clustering capabilities
Common Tasks Associated with Network Operating Systems

 User administration
 System maintenance activities like backup
 Tasks associated with file management
 Security monitoring on all resources in the network
 Setting priority to print jobs in the network
Enumerate the important function of a network operating system

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
281
Directions: Read each question carefully. Choose the letter of thebest answer


A. Clustering capabilities
B. Directory and name service management
C. Protocol support
D. Security

References
https://www.techopedia.com/definition/3515/operating-system-os
https://www.computernetworkingnotes.com/networking-tutorials/network-operating-system-
features-and-functions.html
282
WEEK 7: Peer to Peer (P2P) Network
This module contains a unit of competency on Peer to Peer Network. It

consists of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes required for a Computer Systems
Servicing course.
 define peer to peer (P2P) network;

 identify the functions of a peer to peer (P2P) network; and
 recognize some important tips to use the peer-to-peer network safely
and efficiently.
Directions: Read each question carefully. Choose the letter of thebest

answer and write it on your answer sheet.
1. Which IT infrastructure has two or more computer systems connected in order to

share resources?
A. Client C. Peer to Peer
B. Client-Server D. Server
2. Which is NOT true about peer-to-peer network?
A. Being a part of a P2P network enables sharing equipment such printers
between the various devices in the network
B. Each device in a P2P network gives resources to the network and consumes
resources that the network provides.
C. In a P2P network, files are shared between the different computers.
D. The setup of a peer-to-peer network requires a simple software.
3. What key advantage of a peer-to-peer network enables it to add new clients easily?
A. Adaptability C. High performance
B. Easy file sharing D. Reliability
4. What key advantage of a peer-to-peer network describes that a peer to peer
network will remain functional even if the central server crashes?
5. A peer-to-peer network can share files quickly over large distances. What key
advantage is being described here?
283
Enumerate examples of a Network Operating Systems
1. 4.
2. 5.
3.
The ability to share information and resources is a vital part of information

technology. A peer-to-peer network is an IT infrastructure in which two or more
computer systems connect in order to share resources
A Peer to Peer (P2P) network is different from the client-server network that
people have traditionally used in networking. A client-server network is a connection
between a client computer and a server computer to provide the client with resources.
In this network type, the client does not contribute resources to the network.
Features of a Peer-to-Peer Network
 Each device in a P2P network gives

resources to the network and consumes
resources that the network provides.
 In a P2P network, files are shared between
the different computers.
 Being a part of a P2P network enables
sharing equipment such as printers
between the various devices in the network.
 The setup of a peer-to-peer network
requires specialized software.
Peer-to-Peer Network
 Some P2P networks are formed by
overlaying a virtual network on a physical network. The network uses the
physical connection to transfer data while the virtual overlay allows the
computers on the network to communicate with each other.
284
Key Advantages of a Peer-to-Peer Network
 Easy file sharing: An advanced P2P network can share files quickly over
large distances.
 Reduced costs: There is no need to invest in a separate computer for a
server when setting up a P2P network.
 Adaptability: P2P network extends to include new clients easily. This benefit
makes these networks more flexible than client-server networks.
 Reliability: Unlike a client-server network, which can fail if the central server
malfunctions, a P2P network will likely remain functional even if the central
server crashes.
 High performance: While a client-server network performs less effectively
when more clients join the network, a P2P network can improve its
performance when more clients join it. This is because each client in a P2P
network is also a server that contributes resources to the network.
 Efficiency: Emerging P2P networks enable collaboration between devices
that have different resources that can benefit the whole network.
Disadvantages of Peer-to-Peer Network

 It is difficult to back up the data as it is stored in different computer systems
and there is no central server.
 It is difficult to provide overall security in the peer-to-peer network as each
system is independent and contains its own data.
Tips for Using P2P Network:
 Secure your P2P network with network security solutions
 Develop an innovative policy that suits the decentralized architecture of the
network to manage your data and applications
 Check your network regularly for malware
MATCHING TYPE: Match Column A with Column B

Column A Column B
1. Can share files quickly over large distances. A. Adaptability
2. No need to invest in a separate computer for a B. Easy file sharing
server when setting up a P2P network
3. Include new clients easily C. Efficiency
4. Remain functional even if the central server D. High Performance
crashes
5. A P2P network can improve its performance E. Reduced cost
when more clients join it
F. Reliability
285


A. Clustering capabilities
B. Directory and name service management
C. Protocol support
D. Security

References
https://www.indeed.com/career-advice/career-development/what-is-a-peer-to-peer-network
https://www.tutorialspoint.com/Peer-to-Peer-Computing
286
WEEK 8: Network Problems
This module contains a unit of competency on Network problems. It

consists of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes required for a Computer
Systems Servicing course
 identify network problems;
 solve common network problems; and
 recognize possible solutions to network problems.
MATCHING TYPE: Match the problem in Column A with the action in Column B.
COLUMN A COLUMN B
1. Unplugged network cable A. Change the old router if necessary
B. Confirm that the wi-fi channel number
2. Website temporary offline and encryption keys on your router have
not changed
C. Ensure your wired or wireless network
3. IP Address conflicts hardware is switched on and plugged in
D. If you have recently installed or

upgraded software firewalls on your
4. Computer firewall malfunctions computer, temporarily disable them to
determine whether it may be the cause
of Internet connection problems
E. If your network uses static IP addresses,
manually change your IP to a different
5. Wireless Network Configuration number
F. Try visiting several popular Web sites
rather than just one
Networks are networks. Despite best efforts to keep things smooth all the time
every day, things happen. Here's a look at some common network issues, some tips
for quickly resolving them, and even better, how to prevent them from occurring again
287
When you suddenly cannot connect to the Internet, any of several things could
be wrong. Use this checklist to find and solve common Internet connection problems
1. Unplugged Network Cable - Unplugged or loose network cables are one of the
most common reasons why you might suddenly find yourself unable to connect to
the Internet.
Action: Ensure your wired or wireless network hardware is switched on and
plugged in
2. Website Temporarily Offline - What may seem to be a network problem
connecting to the Internet is sometimes simply a Web site (or whatever server is
on the other end of the connection) being temporarily offline
Action: Before assuming your Internet connection is faulty, try visiting several
popular Web sites rather than just one
3. IP Address Conflicts - If your computer and another on the network both have the
same IP address, the conflict between them will prevent either from working
properly online.
Action - To resolve an IP conflict, follow these instructions to release and renew
your IP address. If your network uses static IP addresses, manually
change your IP to a different number
Windows XP
Step 1: Click Start > Run. In the Run window, enter
“cmd” then click OK
Step 2: On the command prompt, enter
“ipconfig/release” then press [Enter]
Step 3: Once the IP address becomes 0.0.0.0, enter
“ipconfig/renew” then press [Enter].
4. Computer Firewall Malfunctions –

Firewall software running on most computers is intended to prevent unwanted
network traffic from disrupting its operation. Unfortunately, these software firewalls
can malfunction and start blocking valid Internet traffic. When two software
firewalls, such as Windows Firewall plus a third-party product, are installed on the
same computer, contention between the two can also incorrectly block traffic.
Action: If you have recently installed or upgraded software firewalls on your
computer, temporarily disable them to determine whether it may be the
cause of Internet connection problems
5. Wireless Network Configuration - Wi-Fi networks with encryption options like WPA or
WEP turned on require computers to use matching security keys when connecting. If
someone changes the encryption keys or password on the access point, devices that
worked before will suddenly be unable to establish sessions and Internet connections.
Likewise, (though less likely), if the access point settings are changed to require using a
specific Wi-Fi channel number, some computers may be unable to discover it.
Action: Confirm that the Wi-Fi channel number and encryption keys on your router have not
recently changed (check with the network administrator if necessary). When using a hotspot,
288
follow the provider's instructors for signing in carefully
6. Broadband Router or Access Point Malfunctions - Home networks that use
broadband routers are easier to manage than those without one, but technical
glitches with the router can also prevent computers from connecting to the
Internet. Router failures are caused by overheating, excessive traffic, or simply a
faulty unit. Typical symptoms of a flaky router include computers on the network
not being able to obtain IP addresses, or the router console not responding to
requests
Action: Check the router's lights and console if possible, to ensure it is running
and responding properly. Troubleshoot and reset the router if
necessary. Change the old router if necessary
7. Network Downtime - Those using satellite Internet service may notice they cannot
connect to the Internet during periods of very bad weather. Providers in dense
urban areas (including cellular Internet carriers) sometimes are unable to support
203 peaks in network traffic that causes sporadic outages for some customers.
Finally, those who subscribe to newer or more complex forms of Internet services
(such as fixed wireless broadband) may experience more downtime than others
as providers encounter more issues with relatively less mature equipment.
Action: If all else fails, contact your Internet provider to verify whether they are
experiencing an outage. Some providers also give advice on
troubleshooting problems connecting to their network
Direction: Identify the network problems being described in each situation

1. You suddenly find yourself unable to connect to the internet
Problem: __________________________
2. Computer in the network cannot obtain an IP address
Problem: __________________________
3. The computer in the network has the same IP address
Problem; __________________________
4. The devices that worked before suddenly cannot establish session and
internet connections
Problem: __________________________
5. Blocking of valid internet traffic
Problem: __________________________
289
MATCHING TYPE: Match the problem in Column A with the action in
Column
B.
COLUMN A COLUMN B
1. Unplugged network cable A. Change the old router if
necessary
B. Confirm that the wi-fi channel
2. Website temporary offline number and encryption keys on
your router have not changed
C. Ensure your wired or wireless
3. IP Address conflicts network hardware is switched
on and plugged in
D. If you have recently installed or

upgraded software firewalls on
4. Computer firewall malfunctions your computer, temporarily
disable them to determine
whether it may be the cause of
Internet connection problems
E. If your network uses static IP

addresses, manually change
5. Wireless Network Configuration your IP to a different number
F. try visiting several popular Web
sites rather than just one
References
https://amparonians.weebly.com/uploads/5/4/6/2/54623275/e-chs_lm_module4_q3-
q4dec.pdf
https://www.cbtnuggets.com/blog/technology/networking/7-common-network-issues-
and-how-to-resolve-them-fast
290

Grade10 Quarter4 All-Subjects

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grade10 Quarter4 All-Subjects

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SDO MALABON CITY

MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN

Ang El Filibusterismo o Ang Paghahari ng Kasakiman na isinulat ni

Sa pagsusulat niya ng kaniyang ikalawang nobela, nagkaroon siya ng iba’t ibang

May tampok ring kuwento ng pag-ibig ang El Filibusterismo na ukol sa pagmamahal ni

Nagkaroon din ng suliranin si Rizal sa paglilimbag ng aklat kabilang ang pananalapi.

Ang nasabing nobela ay pampolitika na nagpapadama, nagpapahiwatig at nagpapagising

Noli Me Tangere El Filibusterismo

10. Sinasang-ayunan mo ba si Simoun sa kanyang puna? Ano ang nais

A. Panuto: Paghambingin sa tatlong salik ang tatlong pari bilang mga

Pagganap ng Pakikipagkapwa- Paraan ng

B. Panuto: Magtala ng mga napapanahong isyu na maaaring maiugnay

Alamat Isyung Maiuugnay

Alamat ni Donya Geronima

Alamat ni San Nicolas

Pagkatapos ng aralin at gawaing ito, inaasahang makamit mo ang

MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN

Upang higit na maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

GAWAIN 1: Himayin Natin

Sanhi: Nakakita si Telesforo nang masukal na bahagi ng kagubatan sa

GAWAIN 2: Sagutin Natin

PAG-ALAM SA MGA NATUTUHAN

Pahayag Nagsabi Kahulugan Kaugnayan sa

MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN

Nakapahalagang gampanin ang kinakaharap ng mga pinuno ng

Upang higit na maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

UMNDITI 1. Umigting ang pagpapatupad ng gunban tuwing

TNAALDAANK 2. Dinapuan ng insekto ang natirang pagkain dahil

NTTNLUIAU 3. Sinalungat ng mga nasasakdal ang bintang ng

IIILPGN 4. Nabinbin ang kanilang paglipat sa bagong tahanan

KNGUMHAI 5. Ang panukalang K to 12 ay nagkaroon na ng

1. Ano ang dahilan ng dalawang kura at nagpapatalo sila sa sugal sa

Mga Dahilan sa Hindi Isyu Mga Dahilan ng

MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN

“Ang taong nagigipit kahit sa patalim ay kumakapit.” Ito ay

Ang bawat nilikha ay pinagkalooban ng talino at kakayahang

Madalas na nakakaapekto ang nararamdaman natin sa

Upang mas maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

GAWAIN 1: Paghambingin ang paraan ng kalakalan noon sa

GAWAIN 2: Sagutin Natin

PAG-ALAM SA MGA NATUTUHAN

GAWAIN 1. Paghambingin ang buhay nina Imuthis at Crisostomo Ibarra

1. Si Quiroga ang nagbigay ng salusalo sa mga makapangyarihan at

MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN

Ang mga Pilipino’y sadyang mahilig manood, mapa-telebisyon o

Taglay ng mga Pilipino ang kagandahang asal na marunong

Upang higit na maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

GAWAIN 1: Sagutin Natin

GAWAIN 2: Magsaliksik ukol sa kasalukuyang Maynila sa mga

GAWAIN 3: Talakayin ang pagbabagong naganap o ebolusyon ng mga

PAG-ALAM SA MGA NATUTUHAN

A. Sagutin ang mga tanong.

B. Paghambingin ang mga kabataan noon sa mga kabataan sa

Aspeto Kabataan Noon Kabataan Ngayon

Panuto: Nanonood, nagbabasa o nakikinig ka ba ng mga balita hinggil

MAIKLING PAGPAPAKILALA SA ARALIN

Madaling magbitiw ng mga salita, ngunit higit na mahalaga ang

Ang mapanuring mamamayan ay masusing pinag-aaralan ang

Lahat tayo ay pawang mga bisita lamang sa daigdig na ito.

Ang Pilipinas ay isang bansang may mataas na pagpapahalaga sa

Upang higit na maunawaan mo ang mga pangyayari sa bawat

GAWAIN 1: Sagutin Natin

A. Panuto: Punan ng sagot ang talahanayan tungkol sa lumalaganap na